unfoldingWord_en_tn/tn_GEN.tsv

1	Reference	ID	Tags	SupportReference	Quote	Occurrence	Note
2	front:intro	d9wn				0	# Introduction to Genesis\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n\nIn the book of Genesis, God communicates to all people the early history of the universe. He begins with how he created everything from nothing, including the earth and all the heavenly bodies (sun, moon, stars), all the plants and animals, and especially how he created human beings in his image to be in a relationship with him. This book also explains how sin and death came into the world and what God’s plan is to save people from that. In fact, all the important teachings in the Bible begin in Genesis. That makes this book **foundational** and important for everyone so that they can know and understand the truth about God and his plan for their lives.\n\nBeginning with verse 1, the book of Genesis is a **narrative** that tells the history of events that actually happened. This is confirmed by the fact that the conjunctions and the forms of the verbs that are used in the Hebrew text reflect the Hebrew narrative style, which is used to narrate historical accounts. In the same way, those who translate the book of Genesis should also use grammatical structures in their languages that are used for true, historical narratives. God uses narrative, which is one of the most interesting styles of communication, to not only tell people about the events in the early history of the world, but also to teach them about himself and about the way he interacts with people as their loving Creator.\n\nGenesis provides the **vital context** for the rest of God’s Word, especially the gospel message about Jesus, and so it helps people to understand their need for him to be their Savior. In fact, without Genesis, it would not be clear why everyone needs to trust in Jesus as the only one who can save them from sin and its consequences, so that they can associate with God and be part of his eternal family.\n\nIn light of all that, Genesis should be one of the first books of the Bible that is translated into every language that needs a translation. May God guide and bless you and your translation team as you undertake this important task together by his power.\n\n### Author and date of writing\n\nMoses was the human author of the first five books of the Bible, including the book of Genesis (Exodus 24:3-4; Deuteronomy 31:9, 24; John 1:45). The Holy Spirit is the one who inspired what Moses wrote in those books (2 Peter 1:21), so ultimately God is the author, and these books are part of his Message to mankind. Those five books are sometimes referred to as the Torah (a Hebrew word that means “teaching,” “instruction,” or “law”) or the Pentateuch (a Greek word that means “five books”). In the New Testament this set of books is also referred to as “the Law” (John 1:45) or “the Law of Moses” (Acts 28:23), and Jesus himself affirmed that Moses wrote them (John 5:46-47; 7:23).\n\nMoses was born in the country of Egypt around 1526 B.C. (Exodus 2:1-10). According to the genealogies in Genesis, his birth was about 1,000 years after the Flood (which was about 1,650 years after creation). Moses may have written much of the Pentateuch during the forty years that he led the people of Israel as they wandered in the wilderness (around 1446 B.C.—1406 B.C.).\n\nThe very first verse in Genesis assumes that God (the author guiding the human author) has always existed and that he has no beginning and no end (also see Genesis 21:33; Deuteronomy 33:27; Psalm 90:2). He uses his personal name “Yahweh” for the first time in Genesis 2:4. The name “Yahweh” means “he is” and indicates that God is eternal. His name also means that he is unchanging and that he is always present.\n\n### Book outline\n\nIn all, Genesis covers a span of about 2200 years of history. After the world’s early history, the rest of Genesis tells about the ancestors of God’s people, with special focus on Abraham, Isaac, Jacob, and Joseph (and their families). Genealogies are an important part of what ties the book together from beginning to end.\n\nThe following outline shows these two main divisions in the book of Genesis: (1) Early World History, and (2) The History about the Ancestors of God’s Chosen People. Those two divisions each have roughly four main subdivisions, which are based on four key events (in the first division) and four key ancestors (in the second division). Some scholars prefer to divide the book up into ten divisions that are introduced by the Hebrew phrase that means “these are the generations of...” In the outline below, **asterisks** mark the sections that contain that phrase. The phrase is found in Genesis 2:4 (heavens and earth), 5:1 (Adam), 6:9 (Noah), 10:1, 32 (sons of Noah), 11:10 (Shem), 11:27 (Terah), 25:12 (Ishmael), 25:19 (Isaac), 36:1, 9 (Esau), and 37:2 (Jacob).\n\n**Bolded words** in the outline show which sections contain promises and covenants from God and also mark who the main ancestors were in the various sub-divisions.\n\n#### Division 1: Early World History\n\nCreation\n- God creates the universe and everything in it (1:1-2:3)\n- Adam and Eve and the Garden of Eden (2:4-25)\\*\n\nThe Fall\n- The first sin and God’s judgment; prophecy of Christ (3:1-24) - **promise**\n- Cain and Abel: the first murder; Cain’s descendants (4:1-26)\n- The descendants of Adam to Noah (5:1-32)\\*\n\nThe Flood\n- God destroys the world with a flood, puts rainbow in the sky - **covenant** (6:1-9:17)\\*\n- Noah curses his son Ham and his grandson Canaan, blesses other sons (9:18-27)\n- The descendants of Noah’s sons Shem, Ham, and Japheth (10:1-32)\\*\\*\n\nTower of Babel\n- Mankind rebels against God at Babel, so God creates many different languages and scatters the people over the earth (11:1-9)\n\n#### Division 2: The History about the Ancestors of God’s Chosen People\n\nThe history about **Abraham** [Genesis 11:10-25:11]\n- The descendants of Shem to Abram (11:10-26)\\*\n- Terah and his three sons’ families in Haran; Terah dies (11:27-32)\\*\n- Abram travels to Canaan with Sarai and his nephew Lot (12:1-9) - **promise**\n- Abram lies about Sarai to Pharaoh, king of Egypt (12:10-20)\n- Back in the Negev Desert, Abram and Lot part ways (13:1-18) - **promise**\n- War of the kings; Abram rescues Lot and the other citizens of Sodom (14:1-17)\n- Melchizedek blesses Abram; Abram refuses bounty from king of Sodom (14:18-24)\n- God’s **covenant** with Abram (15:1-21) - **promise**\n- Hagar and Ishmael (16:1-16)\n- New names: Abraham and Sarah; **covenant** of circumcision (17:1-27) - **promise**\n- Three men visit Abram, Yahweh renews promise, Sarah laughs (18:1-15) - **promise**\n- Abram pleads with Yahweh to spare Sodom (18:16-33)\n- Lot and two daughters escape destruction of Sodom and Gomorrah (19:1-29)\n- Lot’s grandsons: the ancestors of the Moabites and Ammonites (19:30-38)\n- Abraham lies about Sarah to Abimelech, king of the Philistines (20:1-18)\n- Isaac is born to Sarah; Ishmael grows up in the desert (21:1-21)\n- Abraham makes a treaty with King Abimelech at Beersheba (21:22-34)\n- God tests Abraham by commanding him to sacrifice Isaac (22:1-19) - **promise**\n- Sarah dies and Abraham buys burial property in the land of Canaan (23:1-20)\n- God provides Rebekah as a wife for Isaac (24:1-67)\n- Abraham’s descendants by second wife Keturah (25:1-6)\n- Abraham dies and is buried by Isaac and Ishmael (25:7-11)\n\nThe history about **Ishmael** and **Isaac** [Genesis 25:12-35:29]\n- Ishmael’s descendants and his death (25:12-18)\\*\n- Isaac’s sons Esau and Jacob; Esau sells his birthright (25:19-34)\\*\n- Isaac lies about Rebekah to Abimelech, king of the Philistines (26:1-22) - **promise**\n- God’s **covenant** with Isaac in Beersheba; treaty with Abimelech (26:23-33)\n\nThe history about **Esau** and **Jacob** [Genesis 26:34-36:43]\n- Jacob steals Esau’s blessing; Esau plans revenge (26:34-27:46)\n- Jacob flees and heads to Haran; stairway to heaven at Bethel (28:1-22) - **promise**\n- Jacob works for Laban to marry his wives Leah and Rachel (29:1-30)\n- Jacob’s wives have his first eleven sons (29:31-30:24)\n- Jacob becomes wealthy while working for Laban (30:25-43)\n- Jacob and his family flee from Laban; Jacob’s treaty with Laban (31:1-55)\n- Jacob wrestles with God, who names him **Israel** (32:1-32)\n- Jacob and Esau reconcile, and Jacob settles in the city of Shechem (33:1-20)\n- Shechem rapes Dinah, and Jacob’s sons take revenge (34:1-31)\n- God blesses Jacob at Bethel (35:1-15) - **promise**\n- Rachel dies giving birth to Benjamin (35:16-20)\n- List of Jacob’s twelve sons; Isaac dies and is buried by Esau and Jacob (35:16-29)\n- Esau’s descendants, the Edomites (36:1-43)\\*\\*\n\nThe history about **Jacob** and **Joseph** [Genesis 37-50]\n- Jacob’s family; Joseph’s dreams anger his brothers (37:1-11)\\*\n- Joseph sold as a slave and taken to the country of Egypt (37:12-36)\n- **Judah** and his daughter-in-law Tamar have children (38:1-30)\n- Potiphar’s wife falsely accuses Joseph, and he is imprisoned (39:1-23)\n- In the prison, Joseph interprets dreams for Pharaoh’s officials (40:1-23)\n- Joseph interprets Pharaoh’s dreams about famine (41:1-40)\n- As governor over Egypt, Joseph stores up grain; he has two sons (41:41-57)\n- Joseph’s brothers come to Egypt to buy grain, then return to Jacob (42:1-38)\n- All Joseph’s brothers return to Egypt and have a meal with him (43:1-34)\n- Joseph tests his brothers with his silver cup (44:1-17)\n- Judah pleads with Joseph for Benjamin’s freedom (44:18-34)\n- Joseph reveals his identity to his brothers; they give the news to Jacob (45:1-28)\n- Jacob and his family move to Egypt; list of his descendants (46:1-27)\n- Joseph settles Jacob and his family in the land of Goshen (47:1-12)\n- Joseph sells grain to all the people of Egypt (37:13-31)\n- Jacob blesses Joseph’s sons Ephraim and Manasseh (48:1-22)\n- Jacob blesses each of his 12 sons (49:1-28)\n- Jacob’s death (49:29-33)\n- Joseph has his father Jacob embalmed and buries him in Canaan (50:1-14)\n- Joseph reassures his brothers that he has forgiven them (50:15-21)\n- Joseph’s death (Gen 50:22-26)\n\n### Special formatting\n\nThe book of Genesis sometimes uses poetic language to emphasize what is being said. Many translations use a special format to identify these passages as poetry by indenting each clause on a new line. Many other translations do not do this, but rather use regular paragraph formatting everywhere, including for poetry. It may be helpful to look at a translation in the national language of your country that uses poetry formatting, to help you decide whether or not you want to do something similar in your translation. Some translations put some of the following passages in poetry format since these verses have certain features of poetry such as parallelisms and metaphors: Genesis 1:27; 2:23; 3:14-16, 17b-19; 4:23-24; 8:22; 9:6, 25-27; 12:2-3; 14:19-20; 15:1; 16:11-12; 24:60; 25:23; 27:27-29, 39-40; 48:15-16, 20; 49:1-27. You may not want to put all these passages in poetry format since some of them have parallelisms that are not necessarily poetry but may just be emphasizing certain events in the narrative or certain points in a prophecy.\n\n
3	1:intro	zb6f				0	### Possible titles for this book:\n\n\n- “Genesis”\n- “The Book of Genesis”\n- “Genesis: The First Book By Moses”\n- “Genesis: The Book About Beginnings”\n- “The First Book That God's Prophet/Spokesman Moses Wrote: Genesis”\n\n\nThe English title “Genesis” is a transliteration of a Greek word that means “origin” or “beginning” or “birth”; the ancient Greek translation of the Hebrew scriptures (the Septuagint) uses this word for the first time in Genesis 2:4. The Hebrew title of this book בְּרֵאשִׁית (pronounced “bereshith”) is the first Hebrew word in verse 1 and literally means “In the beginning.” The Latin translation of the Bible (the Latin Vulgate) was the first translation to use the title “The Book of Genesis.” Since that time, many other translations include “Genesis” in the book title because people are familiar with that name. Sometimes as part of the title, translators also include the fact that Moses was the author and that he was inspired by God. Do what is best in your language.
4	1:1	uiu4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	בְּ⁠רֵאשִׁ֖ית	1	The first chapter of Genesis is a true historical narrative (which is indicated by the Hebrew language structures that are used throughout the chapter), and verse 1 records the first event in that history. This is confirmed by the wider context of the Scriptures, which teach us that God created everything out of nothing at the very beginning of the world (Psalm 33:6, 9; Hebrews 11:3). Some languages must use a verb (“began”) in verse 1 rather than an abstract noun (**beginning**). Do what is best in your language. Alternate translation: “At the beginning of time”
5	1:1	b730		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-key-terms	אֱלֹהִ֑ים	1	Translate the title **God** in a way that refers to the Supreme Being who created everything, who has complete power, who knows everything and is present everywhere. He is the only true God and has always existed.
6	1:1	hmtj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-key-terms	בָּרָ֣א	1	In the Hebrew Bible, the verb “create” refers to an activity that only God does, and it often implies (as it does here) that he made something out of nothing. Also, the forms of the verbs in the Hebrew text (and the conjunctions) show that chapter 1 is a narrative that tells about true history and events in the order that things actually happened. Make sure that your translation does the same thing. Alternate translation: “made”
7	1:1	bcu7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-key-terms	אֵ֥ת הַ⁠שָּׁמַ֖יִם	1	This phrase refers here to the region where all the stars and planets would later exist. Keep that in mind as you translate this term. Alternate translation: “the sky”
8	1:1	wgq2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-key-terms	וְ⁠אֵ֥ת הָ⁠אָֽרֶץ	1	This phrase refers to the planet earth.
9	1:2	qfra			וְ⁠הָ⁠אָ֗רֶץ	1	The author pauses here to describe what the earth and the heavens were like after God first created them (verse 1). Some languages use a conjunction like **Now** to introduce that information; other languages do not use a conjunction here. Do what is natural in your language. Also, be consistent here with how you translated **the earth** in verse 1. Alternate translation: “Now at first after that, the earth”
10	1:2	btmf			הָיְתָ֥ה תֹ֨הוּ֙ וָ⁠בֹ֔הוּ	1	It is not clear what the earth looked like at that time, but it did not have its present shape and order. Also, the Hebrew text is ambiguous here. It could mean: (1) “was formless/shapeless and empty/desolate,” or “did not have its present form, and there was nothing living on it yet,” or (2) “completely empty/desolate,” which treats the text as a hendiadys. However, it is best to keep both terms separate in your translation (as they are in the Hebrew text).
11	1:2	f7a1			וְ⁠חֹ֖שֶׁךְ עַל פְּנֵ֣י תְה֑וֹם	1	For some languages it is more natural to begin a new sentence here. Do what is best in your language. Alternate translation: “It was completely dark, there was deep water everywhere,” or “There was deep water everywhere that was surrounded by total darkness,”
12	1:2	rp8q			וְ⁠ר֣וּחַ אֱלֹהִ֔ים מְרַחֶ֖פֶת	1	The Hebrew text is ambiguous here. It could mean: (1) “and God’s Spirit was hovering/moving” or (2) “and a wind from God was blowing” or (3) “and a powerful wind was blowing”. The first interpretation is most likely, since the Hebrew verb **hovering** does not describe what wind does.
13	1:2	yq4r			עַל פְּנֵ֥י הַ⁠מָּֽיִם	1	Throughout this chapter, the word **waters** is in the plural in the Hebrew text. For some languages it is more natural to use the singular “water”. Do what is best in your language in each context. Alternate translation: “over the surface of the water.” or “above the waters”
14	1:3	kxuq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	וַ⁠יֹּ֥אמֶר אֱלֹהִ֖ים	1	What God says in verse 3 is a command. Consider whether or not it is best in your language to make that explicit in this quote margin. Alternate translation: “Then God commanded,”
15	1:3	o0zd			יְהִ֣י א֑וֹר	1	This is a command, not a permission or a suggestion. It is a direct quote of what God actually said, and it is usually put between quotation marks in a translation. If you use an exclamation point with this command in your translation, make sure it does not mean or imply that God was angry. Also, the way you translate **light** should refer to what shines from a source of light; it does not refer here to the source itself. Alternate translation: “Let light exist.” or “I command there to be light.”
16	1:3	nj3u			וַֽ⁠יְהִי אֽוֹר	1	Light began to shine immediately as a result of God’s command. Alternate translation: “So immediately there was light.” or “And so light started shining.”
17	1:4	ceam		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases	וַ⁠יַּ֧רְא אֱלֹהִ֛ים	1	Notice that Hebrew frequently uses a conjunction such as **And** or **Then** at the beginning of a sentence. Some languages do not use conjunctions as frequently as Hebrew uses conjunctions. Do what is accurate and natural in your language in each context. Alternate translation: “And he saw” or “He saw”
18	1:4	bnvs		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-key-terms	אֶת הָ⁠א֖וֹר כִּי ט֑וֹב	1	In the Bible, **good** is an important theme. Throughout chapter 1, it especially means that what God created was high quality, complete, and had no defects; in other words, it had all the characteristics and functions that God intended it to have. It also includes the idea that what God created was untainted by sin and reflected his good character (Psalm 19:1; Romans 1:20). The focus here is not on how pleased or satisfied God was. Alternate translation: “that the light was good”
19	1:4	wtmd		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	וַ⁠יַּבְדֵּ֣ל אֱלֹהִ֔ים	1	In order to produce an accurate and natural translation, it is important in each context to make sure that nouns (such as **God**) and pronouns (such as “he”) are used properly in your language. In the Hebrew text, **God** is repeated frequently in chapter 1 to emphasize him and show that he is in focus. For some languages it is more natural to say **God** only once at the beginning of each paragraph or section, and then use pronouns to refer to him the rest of the time (or most of the time). Throughout chapter 1, do what is best in your language each time that you refer to God.
20	1:4	q3jo			וַ⁠יַּבְדֵּ֣ל אֱלֹהִ֔ים בֵּ֥ין הָ⁠א֖וֹר וּ⁠בֵ֥ין הַ⁠חֹֽשֶׁךְ	1	Alternate translation: “Then he separated the light from the darkness so that each had its own time.” or “Then he caused the light to have its own time and the darkness to have its own time.” or “Then he separated the light from the darkness so that it would be light for a number of hours, and then dark for a number of hours.”
21	1:5	c9yz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases	וַ⁠יִּקְרָ֨א אֱלֹהִ֤ים	1	Some languages omit the connecting word **And** or **Then** here. Consider what is the best way in your language to connect this sentence with the previous one. Alternate translation: “Then God called” or “God named”
22	1:5	cc8r			לָ⁠אוֹר֙ י֔וֹם	1	Notice that in this context the word **Day** refers only to the time when the sun is shining, not to the 24-hour time period that makes up a complete day. Make sure that this is clear in your translation. Throughout chapter 1, some translations use quote marks around the names that God gives the different things he created. Do what is best in your language.
23	1:5	if7a			וְ⁠לַ⁠חֹ֖שֶׁךְ קָ֣רָא לָ֑יְלָה	1	In the Hebrew text, **the darkness** is first in this clause to emphasize the contrast between the light and the darkness. Consider what is the best way to translate this clause in your language. Alternate translation: “and the darkness he called Nighttime.” or “and he named the darkness Nighttime.”
24	1:5	xxe6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential	וַֽ⁠יְהִי עֶ֥רֶב וַֽ⁠יְהִי בֹ֖קֶר	1	The evening and the morning are the parts of a 24-hour day that separate the hours of daytime (light) from the hours of nighttime (darkness): Evening came at the end of each daytime after God finished his work of creating. Then after about 12 hours of nighttime, morning came, which began the next 12 hours of daytime when God did more work. Make sure your translation does not sound like morning came immediately after evening. Some languages have a one-word conjunction that means “and then” or “and later” and would fit well here. Alternate translation: “Then evening came, and then morning came,”
25	1:5	xmx5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal	י֥וֹם אֶחָֽד	1	Here **day** refers to a full 24-hour day. Also, the Hebrew text uses a cardinal number (**one**) here, but then uses ordinal numbers (“second,” “third,” and so on) for the rest of the days of the creation week. Some languages need to use an ordinal number (“first”) here too. Other languages use cardinal numbers throughout (“day one,” “day two,” and so on). Do what is best in your language. Alternate translation: “and that was day one.”
26	1:6	nesq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר אֱלֹהִ֔ים	1	See how you translated this phrase in verse 3. Alternate translation: “Then God commanded,”
27	1:6	gqae			יְהִ֥י רָקִ֖יעַ	1	The Hebrew word for **expanse** here describes a large space that is “spread out.” It was not solid, but rather it was open and empty and could be seen through and flown through (verse 20). It was probably also curved, following the spherical shape of the earth. See how you translated **Let there be** in verse 3. Alternate translation: “Let there be a vast space” or “I command there to be a vast space” or “I command a vast space to form”
28	1:6	mscz			בְּ⁠ת֣וֹךְ הַ⁠מָּ֑יִם	1	See how you translated **waters** in verse 2.
29	1:6	c6kn			וִ⁠יהִ֣י מַבְדִּ֔יל בֵּ֥ין מַ֖יִם לָ⁠מָֽיִם	1	Alternate translation: “and let it divide the water above it from the water below it.” or “so that it separates the waters into two different places.”
30	1:7	i8t2			וַ⁠יַּ֣עַשׂ אֱלֹהִים֮	1	Verse 7 explains what God’s command in verse 6 caused to happen, and it repeats some of the same words and phrases. Make sure that your translation of these verses does not sound like God created the expanse twice. Alternate translation: “In that way God made” or “That is how he made”
31	1:7	dgya			אֶת הָ⁠רָקִיעַ֒	1	Alternate translation: “a vast space”
32	1:7	c752			וַ⁠יַּבְדֵּ֗ל	1	Alternate translation: “and divided” or “and used it to separate”
33	1:7	pidk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	בֵּ֤ין הַ⁠מַּ֨יִם֙ אֲשֶׁר֙ מִ⁠תַּ֣חַת לָ⁠רָקִ֔יעַ וּ⁠בֵ֣ין הַ⁠מַּ֔יִם אֲשֶׁ֖ר מֵ⁠עַ֣ל לָ⁠רָקִ֑יעַ	1	For some languages it is more natural to use a pronoun (**it**) here to refer to the expanse, since it was just mentioned earlier in the verse. Each language has its own system of when to use nouns or pronouns to refer to people, places, and things. In each context, do what is clear and natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the water that was below the expanse from the water that was above it.” or “the water that was under it from the water that was above it.”
34	1:7	xfx7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וַֽ⁠יְהִי כֵֽן	1	Alternate translation: “That is the way it happened.” or “Everything was exactly as he commanded it to be”
35	1:8	igd0		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases	וַ⁠יִּקְרָ֧א אֱלֹהִ֛ים	1	Consider whether it is more natural in your language to begin a new sentence here (with or without a conjunction) or to continue the sentence that began at the end of verse 7. Also see how you translated this phrase in verse 5. Alternate translation: “He called” or “and he called”
36	1:8	hh8a			לָֽ⁠רָקִ֖יעַ	1	See how you translated this phrase in verses 6 and 7. Alternate translation: “the vast space”
37	1:8	n336		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-key-terms	שָׁמָ֑יִם	1	This word probably refers here to the atmosphere above the earth’s surface where clouds are and where birds fly, as well as the space where the sun, moon, and stars are now. Be consistent here with how you translated this term in verse 1.
38	1:8	su1z			וַֽ⁠יְהִי עֶ֥רֶב וַֽ⁠יְהִי בֹ֖קֶר	1	See how you translated this sentence in verse 5, and see the note about that there. Alternate translation: “Then evening came, and then morning came,”
39	1:8	adzz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal	י֥וֹם שֵׁנִֽי	1	Consider whether it is more natural in your language to use an ordinal number (**second**) here or a cardinal number (“two”). Alternate translation: “and the second day ended.” or “and that was the end of day two.”
40	1:9	yc3d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר אֱלֹהִ֗ים	1	See how you translated this phrase in verses 3 and 6. Alternate translation: “Then God commanded,”
41	1:9	yetc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	יִקָּו֨וּ הַ⁠מַּ֜יִם מִ⁠תַּ֤חַת הַ⁠שָּׁמַ֨יִם֙	1	Consider whether it is better here in your language to use a passive form of the verb (**be gathered**) or an active form (“gather” or “come”). Alternate translation: “Let the water that is under the sky come together” or “I command the water that is below the heavens to come together”
42	1:9	as42			אֶל מָק֣וֹם אֶחָ֔ד	1	Alternate translation: “in one area” or “into one area”
43	1:9	g8i2			וְ⁠תֵרָאֶ֖ה הַ⁠יַּבָּשָׁ֑ה	1	The water had been covering the land, so when the water receded from it, the land became exposed and dried off. Make sure that the way you translate **dry ground** does not sound like the land was dry while it was under the water. Alternate translation: “so that there is dry land.” or “so that dry land can be seen.” or “so that land is uncovered and dries off.”
44	1:9	gign			וַֽ⁠יְהִי כֵֽן	1	See how you translated this sentence in verse 7. It may be necessary to translate it in different ways, depending on the context. Alternate translation: “And it was exactly as God commanded it to be”
45	1:10	eh2f			וַ⁠יִּקְרָ֨א אֱלֹהִ֤ים	1	Alternate translation: “Then he named”
46	1:10	khag			לַ⁠יַּבָּשָׁה֙	1	Alternate translation: “the dry land” or “the land that had dried off”
47	1:10	teai			אֶ֔רֶץ	1	This is the same Hebrew word that is translated as “earth” in verse 1, but here it refers to the dry land or ground (in contrast to the water), and not to the entire planet. Alternate translation: “Ground,”
48	1:10	c5av		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	וּ⁠לְ⁠מִקְוֵ֥ה הַ⁠מַּ֖יִם קָרָ֣א	1	See how you translated a sentence in verse 5 that is similar in structure to this sentence. Alternate translation: “and the waters that he had gathered together he named” or “and he called the gathered waters” or “and he called the waters that had come together”
49	1:10	sb47			יַמִּ֑ים	1	At that time there was probably just one very large body of water and one very large land mass on the earth (as verse 9 indicates). So a singular noun that refers to the largest body of water, such as “Ocean” or “Sea”, could be used here in your translation. Alternate translation: “Oceans.”
50	1:10	gnuy		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	וַ⁠יַּ֥רְא אֱלֹהִ֖ים	1	Decide whether it is more natural in your language to use a noun (**God**) or a pronoun (**he**) in this context. See how you translated this phrase in verse 4. Alternate translation: “And he saw” or “He saw”
51	1:10	hk8y			כִּי טֽוֹב	1	Some languages cannot use a pronoun (**it**) here, but have to specify what was good. Do what is best in your language. Also see how you translated the word **good** in verse 4, and see the note about that there. Alternate translation: “that what he had made was good” or “that the land and the seas were good”
52	1:11	jq0c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר אֱלֹהִ֗ים	1	Alternate translation: “Then God commanded,”
53	1:11	lnyu			תַּֽדְשֵׁ֤א הָ⁠אָ֨רֶץ֙ דֶּ֔שֶׁא	1	The Hebrew word for **vegetation** refers generally here to any kind of green plant and includes the plants and trees that are mentioned next in this verse. Also, see how you translated “Land” in verse 10. Alternate translation: “I command the ground to grow green plants,” or “The ground must now be covered with green plants,”
54	1:11	sdob			עֵ֚שֶׂב מַזְרִ֣יעַ זֶ֔רַע	1	This phrase refers to many different kinds of plants, not just one plant or one seed. Make sure that is clear in your translation. Also, these kinds of plants have soft stems and include vegetable plants, herbs and other plants that produce edible seeds, such as rice, corn, and wheat. Alternate translation: “including every kind of plant that has seeds” or “including all kinds of plants that have seeds”
55	1:11	cv1n			עֵ֣ץ פְּרִ֞י עֹ֤שֶׂה פְּרִי֙ לְ⁠מִינ֔⁠וֹ	1	The phrase **according to its kind** emphasizes that each different kind of tree produces its own kind of fruit and seeds, which grow and become only that kind of tree. For example, apple trees always produce apples with apple seeds, never peaches or cherries, or any other kind of fruit or seeds. Alternate translation: “and fruit trees that bear fruit, each according to its own kind” or “and every kind of fruit tree that bears its own kind of fruit” or “and all kinds of fruit trees that bear their own kind of fruit”
56	1:11	o8kh			אֲשֶׁ֥ר זַרְע⁠וֹ ב֖⁠וֹ	1	Alternate translation: “that has seeds inside,” or “with its own kind of seeds inside it,”
57	1:11	k8cn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	עַל הָ⁠אָ֑רֶץ	1	For some languages it is clearer and more natural to put this phrase earlier in this verse and say, “Let the land sprout vegetation on/throughout the earth …” Do what is best in your language. Alternate translation: “throughout the earth.”
58	1:11	virt			וַֽ⁠יְהִי כֵֽן	1	Either a period or a colon can be used here, but a colon more clearly shows that verse 12 gives the details of what happened. This is different from verse 7, where the details of what happened come before **And it was so**, and from verse 9, where no additional details are given. Alternate translation: “And it happened exactly as God commanded it to happen:”
59	1:12	jikr			וַ⁠תּוֹצֵ֨א הָ⁠אָ֜רֶץ דֶּ֠שֶׁא	1	Verse 12 explains what God’s command in verse 11 caused to happen, and it repeats some of the same words and phrases. Make sure that your translation of these verses does not sound like God created the plants twice. Alternate translation: “The land sprouted plants,” or “The land started growing green plants,”
60	1:12	rh5y			עֵ֣שֶׂב מַזְרִ֤יעַ זֶ֨רַע֙ לְ⁠מִינֵ֔⁠הוּ	1	Alternate translation: “including plants that have seeds, each according to its own kind” or “including every kind of plant that has seeds that grow into the same type of plant,” or “including all kinds of plants that have their own type of seeds,”
61	1:12	cy8d			וְ⁠עֵ֧ץ עֹֽשֶׂה פְּרִ֛י אֲשֶׁ֥ר זַרְע⁠וֹ ב֖⁠וֹ לְ⁠מִינֵ֑⁠הוּ	1	Alternate translation: “and trees that bear fruit with seeds inside, each according to its own kind.” or “and every kind of tree that has fruit with seeds that grow into the same kind of tree.” or “and all kinds of trees that have their own kind of seed-bearing fruit.”
62	1:12	o8er		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases	וַ⁠יַּ֥רְא אֱלֹהִ֖ים	1	Consider whether or not it is more natural in your language to begin this sentence with a conjunction. Alternate translation: “And he saw” or “He saw”
63	1:12	k58u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	כִּי טֽוֹב	1	See how you translated this clause in verse 10. Some languages have to specify what was good. Do what is best in your language. Alternate translation: “that what he had made was good” or “that all the plants and trees were good”
64	1:13	b3dy			וַֽ⁠יְהִי עֶ֥רֶב וַֽ⁠יְהִי בֹ֖קֶר	1	See how you translated this sentence in verses 5 and 8. Alternate translation: “Then evening came, and then morning came,”
65	1:13	xcdg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal	י֥וֹם שְׁלִישִֽׁי	1	Alternate translation: “and the third day ended.” or “and that was the end of day three.”
66	1:14	h9x6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר אֱלֹהִ֗ים	1	Alternate translation: “Then God commanded,”
67	1:14	f6qj			יְהִ֤י מְאֹרֹת֙	1	These lights refer to the sun, moon and stars that give off light. But it is important to keep this general in your translation (like the Hebrew text does) and not specify the names of these lights. Alternate translation: “Let lamps exist” or “Let there be objects that give light”
68	1:14	snjr			בִּ⁠רְקִ֣יעַ הַ⁠שָּׁמַ֔יִם	1	The expanse is the same thing as the heavens (verse 8), so some translations leave **the expanse of** implied here. Do what is best in your language. Alternate translation: “in the space of the sky” or “in the open space of the sky” or “in the heavens”
69	1:14	as7i			לְ⁠הַבְדִּ֕יל	1	Alternate translation: “to divide” or “that separate”
70	1:14	ik3v			בֵּ֥ין הַ⁠יּ֖וֹם וּ⁠בֵ֣ין הַ⁠לָּ֑יְלָה	1	See how you translated “Daytime” and “Nighttime” in verse 5.
71	1:14	iva1			וְ⁠הָי֤וּ לְ⁠אֹתֹת֙	1	Alternate translation: “Let those lamps also be” or “They will also serve as” or “I also command those lamps to serve as”
72	1:14	kwpn			וְ⁠הָי֤וּ לְ⁠אֹתֹת֙	1	The Hebrew text is ambiguous here. It could mean: (1) “signs/markers of special/important events, and they must/will mark” or “They must/will also mark/indicate when important things happen, and they must/will mark/show” or (2) “signs/markers that mark/indicate/show”. The word **signs** means that the lights are to mark certain times of the year. Following the first interpretation, the lights are to also mark special events (such as the star that signaled Jesus’ birth and the darkened sun at Jesus’ death).
73	1:14	zf63			וּ⁠לְ⁠מ֣וֹעֲדִ֔ים וּ⁠לְ⁠יָמִ֖ים וְ⁠שָׁנִֽים	1	The sun and moon show the passing of time. For example, the 30-day month is determined by the phases of the moon, and the 365-day year is determined by the time it takes for the earth to travel around the sun. Seasons are regular times of the year, such as seed-planting and harvesting times, and the seasons of spring, summer, fall and winter (Genesis 8:22), as well as the special festivals which God appointed for his people to meet with him. You could put some of that information in a footnote.
74	1:15	qfvm			וְ⁠הָי֤וּ לִ⁠מְאוֹרֹת֙	1	Alternate translation: “And they will be sources of light” or “They will serve as lights” or “Their purpose is to serve as sources of light”
75	1:15	szsy			בִּ⁠רְקִ֣יעַ הַ⁠שָּׁמַ֔יִם	1	See how you translated this phrase in verse 14. Alternate translation: “in the space called the sky” or “in the open space of the sky” or “in the heavens”
76	1:15	jf98			לְ⁠הָאִ֖יר עַל הָ⁠אָ֑רֶץ	1	See how you translated **the earth** in verses 1-2. Alternate translation: “to shine light on the earth.” or “so that they give light to the earth.”
77	1:15	c4rf			וַֽ⁠יְהִי כֵֽן	1	Alternate translation: “And it was exactly as he commanded it to be”
78	1:16	slgo			וַ⁠יַּ֣עַשׂ אֱלֹהִ֔ים	1	Verses 16-18 explain what God’s commands in verses 14-15 caused to happen. Make sure your translation of these verses does not sound like he created the lights twice. See how you translated **So God made** in verse 7. Alternate translation: “In that way God made” or “That is how he made”
79	1:16	axyb			אֶת שְׁנֵ֥י הַ⁠מְּאֹרֹ֖ת הַ⁠גְּדֹלִ֑ים	1	This phrase refers to the sun and the moon, which are the two brightest objects in the earth’s sky. However, the author intentionally does not use their names, so you should not include their names in your translation either. Alternate translation: “the two big lights,”
80	1:16	udou			אֶת הַ⁠מָּא֤וֹר הַ⁠גָּדֹל֙	1	The focus is on the relative brightness or strength of the lights, not on their size. Alternate translation: “the stronger light”
81	1:16	vq3u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification	לְ⁠מֶמְשֶׁ֣לֶת הַ⁠יּ֔וֹם	1	The word **rule** is a figure of speech that means each light has the greatest effect during a particular time period because it is the brightest light that is shining then. For some languages, nonliving objects like the sun and the moon cannot **rule** because only people can do that. Do what is accurate and natural in your language. Alternate translation: “to govern the day,”
82	1:16	slw4			וְ⁠אֶת הַ⁠מָּא֤וֹר הַ⁠קָּטֹן֙	1	Alternate translation: “and the dimmer light”
83	1:16	kas2			לְ⁠מֶמְשֶׁ֣לֶת הַ⁠לַּ֔יְלָה	1	Be consistent here with how you translated **rule** previously in this verse. Alternate translation: “to govern the night,”
84	1:16	vlll		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	וְ⁠אֵ֖ת הַ⁠כּוֹכָבִֽים	1	The verb **made** that is used earlier in the verse is implied here. Translate this in a way that is clear and natural in your language. Alternate translation: “and he also made the stars.” or “That is also when he created the stars.”
85	1:17	wi1g		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	וַ⁠יִּתֵּ֥ן אֹתָ֛⁠ם אֱלֹהִ֖ים	1	Consider what is the best way in your language to refer to God and the lights at this point in the paragraph. Alternate translation: “God put them” or “God placed the lights”
86	1:17	zkp6			בִּ⁠רְקִ֣יעַ הַ⁠שָּׁמָ֑יִם	1	See how you translated this phrase in verses 14 and 15. Alternate translation: “in the space called the sky” or “in the open space of the sky” or “in the heavens”
87	1:17	e0pl			לְ⁠הָאִ֖יר עַל הָ⁠אָֽרֶץ	1	See how you translated this phrase in verse 15. Alternate translation: “to provide light to the earth,”
88	1:18	iq2u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification	וְ⁠לִ⁠מְשֹׁל֙ בַּ⁠יּ֣וֹם וּ⁠בַ⁠לַּ֔יְלָה	1	Make sure that your translation of the word **day** refers here to the daytime hours, not an entire 24-hour day. Also see how you translated **rule** in 1:16. Alternate translation: “and to dominate the daytime or the nighttime,” or “and to shine during the daytime and during the nighttime,”
89	1:18	x9y4			וּֽ⁠לֲ⁠הַבְדִּ֔יל בֵּ֥ין הָ⁠א֖וֹר וּ⁠בֵ֣ין הַ⁠חֹ֑שֶׁךְ	1	Consider again how you translated **separate** in verses 4, 6-7, 14 and 18. Alternate translation: “and to distinguish the light from the darkness.” or “and to separate the time of light from the time of darkness.”
90	1:18	ji6r			וַ⁠יַּ֥רְא אֱלֹהִ֖ים	1	Alternate translation: “And he saw” or “He saw”
91	1:18	h52g		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	כִּי טֽוֹב	1	Some languages need to specify what was good. Do what is best in your language. Alternate translation: “that what he had made was good” or “that the lights in the sky were good”
92	1:19	c1co			וַֽ⁠יְהִי עֶ֥רֶב וַֽ⁠יְהִי בֹ֖קֶר	1	Alternate translation: “Then evening came, and then morning came,”
93	1:19	zl7w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal	י֥וֹם רְבִיעִֽי	1	Alternate translation: “and the fourth day ended.” or “and that was the end of day four.”
94	1:20	qr92		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר אֱלֹהִ֔ים	1	Alternate translation: “Then God commanded,”
95	1:20	rlrq			יִשְׁרְצ֣וּ הַ⁠מַּ֔יִם שֶׁ֖רֶץ נֶ֣פֶשׁ חַיָּ֑ה	1	Alternate translation: “I command the water to be full of large groups of living creatures,” or “I command there to be large numbers of water animals that live everywhere in the water,”
96	1:20	szof			וְ⁠עוֹף֙ יְעוֹפֵ֣ף	1	The Hebrew word for **birds** can also be more general and refer to “winged/flying creatures,” which includes birds, bats, flying insects and even flying reptiles that are now extinct. Consider whether it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “and let there be birds that fly” or “Also let there be winged creatures that fly”
97	1:20	obps			עַל הָ⁠אָ֔רֶץ עַל פְּנֵ֖י רְקִ֥יעַ הַ⁠שָּׁמָֽיִם	1	Alternate translation: “above the earth, through the air.” or “across the sky above the earth.”
98	1:21	hu94		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	וַ⁠יִּבְרָ֣א אֱלֹהִ֔ים	1	See how you translated **created** in verse 1. Alternate translation: “That is how he made” or “In that way he made”
99	1:21	ywwv			אֶת הַ⁠תַּנִּינִ֖ם הַ⁠גְּדֹלִ֑ים	1	These include whales, sharks, giant squid, crocodiles, and leviathans (Psalm 74:13-14, Isaiah 27:1), which were probably swimming reptiles that are now extinct. Alternate translation: “the huge ocean animals”
100	1:21	uwve			וְ⁠אֵ֣ת כָּל נֶ֣פֶשׁ הַֽ⁠חַיָּ֣ה הָֽ⁠רֹמֶ֡שֶׂת	1	Alternate translation: “and every kind of fish and every other animal that lives” or “and all the fish and other kinds of animals that live”
101	1:21	cfhy			אֲשֶׁר֩ שָׁרְצ֨וּ הַ⁠מַּ֜יִם	1	Alternate translation: “throughout the ocean in large groups,” or “in the water and fills it,” or “all over the place in the ocean,”
102	1:21	yks1			לְ⁠מִֽינֵ⁠הֶ֗ם	1	This phrase emphasizes that each different kind of creature has its own distinct kind of offspring/young. For example, whales always give birth to whales, and never give birth to cats or cows or any other kind of creature. Alternate translation: “each according to its own kind” or “each that has its own kind of young,”
103	1:21	w4mh			וְ⁠אֵ֨ת	1	For some languages it is more natural to begin a new sentence here, so that the previous sentence is not too long. Do what is best in your language. Alternate translation: “and how he made” or “That is also how he created”
104	1:21	ug9b			כָּל ע֤וֹף כָּנָף֙	1	See how you translated “birds” in verse 20. Alternate translation: “every kind of bird” or “all the different kinds of birds” or “every kind of winged creature”
105	1:21	wumv			לְ⁠מִינֵ֔⁠הוּ	1	See how you translated this phrase earlier in this verse. Alternate translation: “each according to its own kind” or “each that has its own kind of young.”
106	1:21	c8r3			וַ⁠יַּ֥רְא אֱלֹהִ֖ים	1	Alternate translation: “And He saw” or “He saw”
107	1:21	fhzc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	כִּי טֽוֹב	1	Some languages need to specify what was good. Do what is best in your language. Alternate translation: “that what he had made was good” or “that the water animals and the birds were good”
108	1:22	tv0s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	וַ⁠יְבָ֧רֶךְ אֹתָ֛⁠ם אֱלֹהִ֖ים	1	For some languages it is necessary to specify what **them** refers to. Do what is best in your language. Alternate translation: “Then God caused them all to prosper” or “Then God blessed the water creatures and the birds”
109	1:22	yiar		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	לֵ⁠אמֹ֑ר	1	God blesses the water animals first. If that is not clear, you could make that explicit here in the quote margin or at the beginning of what God says. Alternate translation: “and said first to the water animals,”
110	1:22	v2ge		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	פְּר֣וּ	1	God speaks directly to the water animals using the second person (“you”), then later in the verse speaks about the birds in the third person (**the birds**). For some languages it is necessary to use either second person for both or third person for both, to prevent confusion. Do what is natural and clear in your language. Alternate translation: “Reproduce” or “You water animals will produce many young”
111	1:22	ee4u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal	וּ⁠רְב֗וּ	1	Alternate translation: “so that you and your offspring will multiply greatly in number” or “so that you and your offspring will become very many”
112	1:22	s7t9			וּ⁠מִלְא֤וּ	1	Alternate translation: “and live throughout”
113	1:22	pfl8			אֶת הַ⁠מַּ֨יִם֙ בַּ⁠יַּמִּ֔ים	1	For some languages, “water in the seas” is too repetitive, so it is more natural here to just say “seas/sea” or “ocean” or “water”. Do what is best in your language. Alternate translation: “the water of the sea”
114	1:22	wysn			וְ⁠הָ⁠ע֖וֹף יִ֥רֶב	1	Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. Also, see how you translated **multiply** earlier in this verse. Alternate translation: “And the birds will also increase greatly in number” or “You birds will also become very many”
115	1:22	q4ey			בָּ⁠אָֽרֶץ	1	Alternate translation: “throughout the earth.” or “and live all over the earth.”
116	1:23	jdl5			וַֽ⁠יְהִי עֶ֥רֶב וַֽ⁠יְהִי בֹ֖קֶר	1	Alternate translation: “Then evening came, and then morning came,”
117	1:23	jti5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal	י֥וֹם חֲמִישִֽׁי	1	Alternate translation: “and the fifth day ended.” or “and that was the end of day five.”
118	1:24	k7ok			וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר אֱלֹהִ֗ים	1	Alternate translation: “Then God commanded,”
119	1:24	ymte			תּוֹצֵ֨א הָ⁠אָ֜רֶץ	1	See how you translated a similar command to the land in verse 11. Alternate translation: “I command the land to yield” or “The land must now produce”
120	1:24	wf0h			נֶ֤פֶשׁ חַיָּה֙	1	This is a general term that refers to all the different kinds of creatures/animals that breathe, including the three large categories of animals mentioned below in this verse. Alternate translation: “every type of living animal” or “all kinds of animals,”
121	1:24	se25			לְ⁠מִינָ֔⁠הּ	1	This phrase means that every kind of animal that God created always produces young that are the same kind of animal as their parents. See how you translated this phrase in verse 21, and see the note about that there. Alternate translation: “each that has its own kind of young,” or “each having its own kind of young,”
122	1:24	lpze			בְּהֵמָ֥ה	1	This term probably includes animals such as horses, camels, cattle, sheep, and goats that people raise for food or use for farming or other work. This is in contrast to animals that normally live in the wild. Alternate translation: “including farm animals,”
123	1:24	jqx2			וָ⁠רֶ֛מֶשׂ	1	Alternate translation: “every type of animal that crawls” or “all kinds of animals that crawl”
124	1:24	f3l5			וְ⁠חַֽיְתוֹ אֶ֖רֶץ	1	This phrase refers in general to animals that are normally not raised by people but live in the wild. Alternate translation: “and every other kind of wild animal that lives on the land,” or “and all the other kinds of wild animals that live on the land,”
125	1:24	w60r			לְ⁠מִינָ֑⁠הּ	1	See how you translated this phrase earlier in this verse. Alternate translation: “each that has its own kind of offspring” or “each having its own kind of offspring”
126	1:24	voaz			וַֽ⁠יְהִי כֵֽן	1	Alternate translation: “It happened exactly as he commanded it to happen.”
127	1:25	lj0c			וַ⁠יַּ֣עַשׂ אֱלֹהִים֩	1	Alternate translation: “That is how God created” or “In that way God made”
128	1:25	jdcq			אֶת חַיַּ֨ת הָ⁠אָ֜רֶץ	1	See how you translated **every creature of the earth** in verse 24. Alternate translation: “every kind of wild animal,” or “all the different kinds of wild animals,”
129	1:25	zrau			לְ⁠מִינָ֗⁠הּ	1	Alternate translation: “each that bears its own kind of young,” or “each having its own kind of young,”
130	1:25	bffi			וְ⁠אֶת הַ⁠בְּהֵמָה֙	1	See how you translated **livestock** in verse 24. Alternate translation: “and every kind of farm animal,” or “and all the farm animals,”
131	1:25	h946			לְ⁠מִינָ֔⁠הּ	1	Alternate translation: “each that bears its own kind of young,” or “each having its own kind of young,”
132	1:25	j9e3			וְ⁠אֵ֛ת כָּל רֶ֥מֶשׂ הָֽ⁠אֲדָמָ֖ה	1	See how you translated **crawling creature** in verse 24. Alternate translation: “and every kind of creature that crawls along the ground,” or “and all different kinds of animals that crawl along the ground,”
133	1:25	ifc3			לְ⁠מִינָ֗⁠הּ	1	Consider again how you translated this phrase in verses 11, 12, 21, 24 and 25. It may be necessary to translate this phrase in different ways, depending on the context. Alternate translation: “each that bears its own kind of offspring” or “each having its own kind of young,”
134	1:25	ts6r			וַ⁠יַּ֥רְא אֱלֹהִ֖ים	1	Alternate translation: “And he saw” or “He saw”
135	1:25	epq1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	כִּי טֽוֹב	1	Some languages need to specify what was good. Consider again how you translated “And God saw that … good” in verses 10, 12, 18, 21, 25. Alternate translation: “that what he had made was good” or “that all the animals that he had made were good”
136	1:26	bpc0		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר אֱלֹהִ֔ים	1	Here God is not commanding anything to happen, but is getting ready to personally create mankind himself (the details are given in Gen 2:7, 21-22). Some languages have to specify who is being spoken to. Do what is best in your language.
137	1:26	blpi			נַֽעֲשֶׂ֥ה	1	Most Bible scholars think that the plural pronouns (**us** and **our**) in this verse refer to God and reflect the fact that he is three Persons in one God. So it is best to keep these pronouns plural in your translation. Also, many translations capitalize the first letter of all pronouns that refer to God in order to show him honor and respect. Your translation team needs to decide whether or not you will do that too. Be consistent with your decision as you translate the Bible. Alternate translation: “Now we will make”
138	1:26	bahl			אָדָ֛ם	1	The Hebrew word for **man** is used here (and in verse 27) as a collective noun that refers to human beings in general, including both male and female. Alternate translation: “mankind”
139	1:26	ulnl		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet	בְּ⁠צַלְמֵ֖⁠נוּ כִּ⁠דְמוּתֵ֑⁠נוּ	1	These two phrases have similar meanings and emphasize that God made mankind to be like himself in many ways. Alternate translation: “to be like us, so that they are similar to us in many ways,”
140	1:26	mq1c			וְ⁠יִרְדּוּ֩	1	Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “and let us put them in control of” or “We will give them authority to rule”
141	1:26	bgn6			בִ⁠דְגַ֨ת הַ⁠יָּ֜ם	1	Alternate translation: “the fish in the sea”
142	1:26	fiz0			וּ⁠בְ⁠ע֣וֹף הַ⁠שָּׁמַ֗יִם	1	Some translations leave out the phrase **of the sky** because it is strongly implied and may not sound natural in their languages. However, if it is natural in your language, it is best to include this phrase, because the author repeatedly contrasts three large categories of animals in this section: creatures that live on the ground, creatures that swim in the water, and creatures that fly in the sky. Alternate translation: “the birds that fly in the sky”
143	1:26	qqil			וּ⁠בַ⁠בְּהֵמָה֙	1	Consider again how you translated **livestock** in verses 24-26. Alternate translation: “the farm animals,”
144	1:26	vthy			וּ⁠בְ⁠כָל הָ⁠אָ֔רֶץ	1	This refers to the planet earth and everything on it, including water, soil, metals, minerals, and other resources, as well as all the plants and animals.
145	1:26	x3kc			וּ⁠בְ⁠כָל הָ⁠רֶ֖מֶשׂ הָֽ⁠רֹמֵ֥שׂ עַל הָ⁠אָֽרֶץ	1	For some languages it is not natural to repeat **and** or **over** with each item in this list. Consider what is the best way to translate a list like this in your language. Alternate translation: “including every creature that moves on the earth.” or “and all the animals that live on the earth.”
146	1:27	zl1a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases	וַ⁠יִּבְרָ֨א אֱלֹהִ֤ים	1	In this verse God does what he said he was going to do (verse 26). Make sure your translation does not sound like God created mankind twice. Also see how you translated **created** in verses 1 and 21. Alternate translation: “So God made”
147	1:27	f5z8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-key-terms	אֶת הָֽ⁠אָדָם֙	1	Be consistent here with how you translated this term in verse 26. Alternate translation: “mankind”
148	1:27	yyg0			בְּ⁠צַלְמ֔⁠וֹ	1	God made mankind to be like himself in some ways (not all ways) and to represent him in the world and show people what he is like. For example, God gave human beings an eternal spirit and the ability to have a relationship with him. He also gave us emotions, an understanding of right and wrong, and the ability to reason and make choices, to create new things and to have authority over the rest of creation. You could include some of that information in a footnote. Alternate translation: “in his own image.” or “to be similar to himself in many ways.”
149	1:27	f9uj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	בְּ⁠צֶ֥לֶם אֱלֹהִ֖ים בָּרָ֣א אֹת֑⁠וֹ	1	The pronoun **him** refers to the collective noun **man**, which in this case refers to human beings in general, not just one person. Also, this clause is the second half of a chiasm (an inverted parallelism) that repeats the first part of verse 27 in reverse order, to emphasize that it was in God’s image that human beings were created. Do what is best in your language. Alternate translation: “Yes he made them in his image” or “Indeed he created them to be like himself” or “Yes, God made them to be similar to himself in many ways”
150	1:27	n054			זָכָ֥ר וּ⁠נְקֵבָ֖ה בָּרָ֥א אֹתָֽ⁠ם	1	The phrase **male and female** comes first in the Hebrew text in order to emphasize it. Do what is accurate and natural in your language. Also make sure your translation of this verse does not sound like God is both male and female. Alternate translation: “He also made them to be male or female.”
151	1:28	n52a			וַ⁠יְבָ֣רֶךְ אֹתָ⁠ם֮ אֱלֹהִים֒	1	See how you translated **blessed** in verse 22. Alternate translation: “Then God showed his favor to them” or “Then God caused them to prosper”
152	1:28	mnzd		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	וַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר לָ⁠הֶ֜ם אֱלֹהִ֗ים	1	Make sure it is clear in your translation of this quote margin that what God says next is the way that he blessed mankind, not something he said separately from that. Alternate translation: “and said,” or “He said,”
153	1:28	lyey			פְּר֥וּ	1	See how you translated **Be fruitful and multiply** in verse 22. It may be necessary to translate the phrase in different ways, depending on the context. Alternate translation: “Bear many children” or “You will bear many children”
154	1:28	xie5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal	וּ⁠רְב֛וּ	1	Alternate translation: “so that you and your descendants will multiply greatly in number” or “so that you and your descendants will become very many”
155	1:28	lpep			וּ⁠מִלְא֥וּ אֶת הָ⁠אָ֖רֶץ	1	For some languages, it is more natural to begin a new sentence here. Do what is best in your language. Alternate translation: “and inhabit the whole earth” or “Fill the earth”
156	1:28	g9jo			וְ⁠כִבְשֻׁ֑⁠הָ	1	Alternate translation: “and take care of it.” or “and bring it under your control.”
157	1:28	c3f8			וּ⁠רְד֞וּ	1	See how you translated **rule** in verse 26. Alternate translation: “You must rule over” or “I am giving you authority to rule”
158	1:28	prup			בִּ⁠דְגַ֤ת הַ⁠יָּם֙ וּ⁠בְ⁠ע֣וֹף הַ⁠שָּׁמַ֔יִם	1	See how you translated these phrases in verse 26. Alternate translation: “the fish in the ocean, the birds that fly in the sky”
159	1:28	ytrg			וּ⁠בְ⁠כָל חַיָּ֖ה הָֽ⁠רֹמֶ֥שֶׂת עַל הָ⁠אָֽרֶץ	1	This phrase refers generally here to every kind of creature that lives on land. Alternate translation: “and every animal that moves on the land.” or “and all the animals that move on the land.”
160	1:29	sqcf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר אֱלֹהִ֗ים	1	God is still speaking to the human beings, so it may be necessary to add “also” to this quote margin. Some languages need to specify who is being spoken to. Other languages may leave this quote margin implied, since the same subject (God) is talking to the same people. However, the repeated quote margin in the Hebrew text could show that God paused before continuing or that he is changing the topic, or to emphasize what he says next. So if it is natural to keep the quote margin here in your language, that is best. Alternate translation: “Then God also said to them,” or “Then he added,”
161	1:29	a4r5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-key-terms	הִנֵּה֩	1	This word means that what God says next is important and should be given special attention. Consider what is the best way to translate this term in your language. Alternate translation: “Look,” or “Listen to this,” or “I want you to know that”
162	1:29	uvuf			נָתַ֨תִּי לָ⁠כֶ֜ם	1	Alternate translation: “I am now giving to you as food” or “I have provided as food for you” or “I am now providing as food for you”
163	1:29	oakn			אֶת כָּל עֵ֣שֶׂב זֹרֵ֣עַ זֶ֗רַע אֲשֶׁר֙	1	See how you translated a similar phrase in verses 11 and 12. Alternate translation: “every kind of seed-bearing plant that grows” or “every kind of plant with seeds that grows” or “all the different kinds of plants that yield seeds and grow”
164	1:29	nq9g			עַל פְּנֵ֣י כָל הָ⁠אָ֔רֶץ	1	Alternate translation: “anywhere throughout the earth,”
165	1:29	nn9g			וְ⁠אֶת־כָּל־הָ⁠עֵ֛ץ אֲשֶׁר	1	Alternate translation: “as well as every kind of tree that bears” or “and all the different kinds of trees that bear”
166	1:29	zjwv			בּ֥⁠וֹ פְרִי עֵ֖ץ זֹרֵ֣עַ זָ֑רַע	1	See how you translated a similar phrase in verses 11 and 12. Alternate translation: “seed-bearing fruit.”
167	1:29	ird8			לָ⁠כֶ֥ם יִֽהְיֶ֖ה לְ⁠אָכְלָֽה	1	Alternate translation: “You may eat from any of those plants.”
168	1:30	h154			וּֽ⁠לְ⁠כָל חַיַּ֣ת הָ֠⁠אָרֶץ	1	See how you translated similar phrases in verses 24 and 25. Alternate translation: “In the same way, to every kind of wild creature that lives on the land,” or “Likewise, to all the wild creatures that live on the land,” or “In the same way, to all the wild animals,”
169	1:30	cxyb			וּ⁠לְ⁠כָל ע֨וֹף הַ⁠שָּׁמַ֜יִם	1	Alternate translation: “and every kind of bird that flies in the sky,”
170	1:30	n7vq			וּ⁠לְ⁠כֹ֣ל רוֹמֵ֣שׂ עַל הָ⁠אָ֗רֶץ אֲשֶׁר בּ⁠וֹ֙ נֶ֣פֶשׁ חַיָּ֔ה	1	See how you translated “that moves on the earth” in verse 28. Alternate translation: “and every other kind of creature that moves on the land and has the breath of life,” or “and all the other creatures that move on the earth and breathe air to live,”
171	1:30	hifc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	אֶת כָּל יֶ֥רֶק עֵ֖שֶׂב לְ⁠אָכְלָ֑ה	1	For some languages it is clearer or more natural to put this phrase near the beginning of this verse and say, “In the same way, I give every type of green plant for food to all the wild animals that live on the earth, and all the birds that fly in the sky, and all the other animals that live on the land and breathe air.” Do what is best in your language. Also see how you translated **plant** in verses 11, 12, 29. Alternate translation: “I give every kind of green plant as food.” or “I have given all the green plants as food.”
172	1:30	ivkg			וַֽ⁠יְהִי כֵֽן	1	Consider again how you translated this sentence in verses 7, 9, 11, 15, 24 and 30. It may be necessary to translate it in different ways, depending on the context. For example, here in verse 30 this phrase follows a statement God made, which is different from the other contexts where it follows a command. Alternate translation: “And it was exactly as God said it would be.”
173	1:31	hhg6			וַ⁠יַּ֤רְא אֱלֹהִים֙	1	See how you translated “God saw …” in verse 4. Alternate translation: “Then God observed”
174	1:31	c85e			אֶת כָּל אֲשֶׁ֣ר עָשָׂ֔ה	1	This phrase refers to everything that God made during the entire week of Creation, not just on the sixth day. Consider again how you translated **made** (or “make”) in verses 7, 16, 25, 26 and 31. Compare that to how you translated a word that has a similar meaning (“created”) in verses 1, 21 and 27. Alternate translation: “everything that he had created,”
175	1:31	w4pz			וְ⁠הִנֵּה	1	This word calls attention to what God is looking at and helps emphasize that what he saw was very good. Alternate translation: “and indeed” or “and he saw that”
176	1:31	uixn			ט֖וֹב מְאֹ֑ד	1	Consider again how you translated “good/excellent” in verses 4, 10, 12, 18, 21, 25, and 31. Alternate translation: “it was all very good”
177	1:31	pjit			וַֽ⁠יְהִי עֶ֥רֶב וַֽ⁠יְהִי בֹ֖קֶר	1	Consider again how you translated these phrases in verses 5, 8, 13, 19, 23, and 31, and see the note about that at verse 5. Alternate translation: “Then evening came, and then morning came,”
178	1:31	vsiy		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal	י֥וֹם הַ⁠שִּׁשִּֽׁי	1	Alternate translation: “and the sixth day ended.” or “and that was the end of day six.”
179	2:1	alnx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	וַ⁠יְכֻלּ֛וּ הַ⁠שָּׁמַ֥יִם וְ⁠הָ⁠אָ֖רֶץ	1	Verse 1 is a summary statement that looks back at what God did in chapter 1. Make sure that is clear in your language. Also consider whether it is better in your language to use an active or passive clause here, and see how you translated “heavens and earth” in Gen 1:1. Alternate translation: “So it was that the heavens and the earth were finished by God,” or “That is how God finished making the heavens and the earth,”
180	2:1	eaz5			וְ⁠כָל צְבָאָֽ⁠ם	1	This phrase refers to everything in the heavens and on the earth that God had created, as described in chapter 1. Alternate translation: “along with everything in them.”
181	2:2	lmmc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal	בַּ⁠יּ֣וֹם הַ⁠שְּׁבִיעִ֔י	1	Make sure it is clear in your translation that God had completed his work by the seventh day and did not work on that day. Also consider again how you translated ordinal numbers in Gen 1:5, 8, 13, 19, 23, 31; 2:2. Alternate translation: “By day seven”
182	2:2	zkij		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	וַ⁠יְכַ֤ל אֱלֹהִים֙	1	Decide whether it is better in your language to refer to God with a title (**God**) or a pronoun (**he**) in this context. Alternate translation: “he had completed” or “God was finished with”
183	2:2	qp74			מְלַאכְתּ֖⁠וֹ אֲשֶׁ֣ר עָשָׂ֑ה	1	Alternate translation: “his work he had been doing,”
184	2:2	lqw7			וַ⁠יִּשְׁבֹּת֙ בַּ⁠יּ֣וֹם הַ⁠שְּׁבִיעִ֔י מִ⁠כָּל	1	God **rested** in the sense that he stopped his work and did not work on that day. It does not mean he was tired or had lost his strength. Rest is an important theme in the Bible, so you should try to be consistent in how you translate this term here and in other passages such as Exodus 23:12, 31:17 and Hebrews 4:4, 10. Part of this theme includes the Hebrew word for “Sabbath” which has the same root word as the verb for “rest” and is often translated “resting day.” Alternate translation: “so he ceased on that day from all” or “so on the seventh day he no longer did”
185	2:2	mtu9			מְלַאכְתּ֖⁠וֹ אֲשֶׁ֥ר עָשָֽׂה	1	Alternate translation: “the work that he had been doing.”
186	2:3	aq2s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases	וַ⁠יְבָ֤רֶךְ אֱלֹהִים֙ אֶת י֣וֹם הַ⁠שְּׁבִיעִ֔י	1	For some languages it is more natural to begin verse 3 without a conjunction. Other languages use a conjunction here like Hebrew does. Do what is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Then he designated the seventh day as a day to bless people” or “He honored the seventh day”
187	2:3	frsr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-key-terms	וַ⁠יְקַדֵּ֖שׁ אֹת֑⁠וֹ	1	Alternate translation: “and made it a holy day,” or “and set it apart as a day especially devoted to him,” or “by setting it apart as a special day for people to rest and worship him,”
188	2:3	zlsb			כִּ֣י ב֤⁠וֹ	1	Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “because during that day” or “He did that because during that day”
189	2:3	kcwq			שָׁבַת֙ מִ⁠כָּל מְלַאכְתּ֔⁠וֹ	1	See how you translated a similar clause in verse 2. Alternate translation: “he ceased from all the work” or “he did not do any more work”
190	2:3	oxs3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	אֲשֶׁר בָּרָ֥א אֱלֹהִ֖ים לַ⁠עֲשֽׂוֹת	1	Alternate translation: “of creating that he had been doing.”
191	2:4	m6ic			אֵ֣לֶּה	1	This phrase refers forward to Gen 2:5-24 and begins a new section. Chapter one of Genesis gives an overview of what God did each day of creation week, including that he created human beings on day six. Chapter two gives more details about how God created Adam and Eve, who were his most important creations. Each chapter emphasizes different parts of the same history; they are not two different histories. Make sure that is clear in your translation. Alternate translation: “These are more details about” or “This is more about” or “What follows gives more details about”
192	2:4	ptfh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	תוֹלְד֧וֹת הַ⁠שָּׁמַ֛יִם וְ⁠הָ⁠אָ֖רֶץ בְּ⁠הִבָּֽרְאָ֑⁠ם	1	The Hebrew text uses a passive construction here to emphasize the heavens and the earth. Decide the best way to do that in your language. Alternate translation: “the history of the heavens and the earth when they were created by God,” or “what happened when God created the heavens and the earth.”
193	2:4	i0br			בְּ⁠י֗וֹם	1	Consider whether or not it is clearer or more natural in your language to begin a new sentence here that continues into verse 5. Alternate translation: “during the days when” or “During the days when”
194	2:4	igt9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-key-terms	יְהוָ֥ה אֱלֹהִ֖ים	1	This phrase is a combination of God’s personal name **Yahweh** with his title “God.” Both are used together when he is especially in focus. This pattern of using a personal name and a title together is also used for people in the Old Testament when they are being emphasized, for example, “Ahab king of Israel” and “Ruth the Moabitess.” Many translations have “LORD God” in place of **Yahweh God** throughout the Old Testament. This follows the Jewish custom of substituting the Hebrew title “Adonai” (which means “my Lord”) for **Yahweh** (which means “he is”) when they read the Scriptures aloud. More recently, translation teams are putting **Yahweh** back in the Bible text (especially in the Old Testament, but also in the New Testament), and they include a footnote to explain the term. (Some translation teams consider using “Jehovah” instead of “Yahweh.” However that is not a name from the Bible, but is formed by taking the consonants from **Yahweh** and combining them with the vowels from “Adonai.”) Alternate translation: “God whose name is Yahweh”
195	2:4	h1ao		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-chiasm	עֲשׂ֛וֹת & אֶ֥רֶץ וְ⁠שָׁמָֽיִם	1	This clause forms a chiasm with “the heavens and the earth … created” in the first part of this verse. Try to keep the same phrase order in your translation. See how you translated **the heavens** and **the earth** in Gen 1:1 and 2:1. Alternate translation: “created the earth and the heavens”
196	2:5	yi7q		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background	וְ⁠כֹ֣ל ׀ שִׂ֣יחַ הַ⁠שָּׂדֶ֗ה טֶ֚רֶם יִֽהְיֶ֣ה בָ⁠אָ֔רֶץ	1	Consider whether or not it is better in your translation to begin a new sentence here. Verses 5-6 give background information about what things were like before God created mankind (verse 7). Some languages use a conjunction like “Now” to introduce background information, while other languages do not use a conjunction here. Do what is best in your language. Alternate translation: “Now for a while, there were not yet any shrubs in the fields on the earth,” or “For a while, no wild shrubs had started growing on the earth yet,”
197	2:5	gyov			וְ⁠כָל עֵ֥שֶׂב הַ⁠שָּׂדֶ֖ה טֶ֣רֶם יִצְמָ֑ח	1	See how you translated “plants” in Gen 1:11-12, 29-30. Alternate translation: “nor had any other plants started growing yet,”
198	2:5	iiqn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	כִּי֩ & יְהוָ֤ה אֱלֹהִים֙	1	The Hebrew text repeats **Yahweh God** frequently in chapter 2 (starting in verse 4) to emphasize God. For some languages, it is not natural to repeat **Yahweh God** so often in the same paragraph, and it could even give the wrong meaning that there was more than one Yahweh God. For languages like that, it may be best to use **Yahweh God** only once at the beginning of a section or paragraph, then use **Yahweh**, **God**, or “he” in the rest of the section, depending on the context. Consider what is the most accurate and natural way to refer to Yahweh God at each point in your translation. Alternate translation: “because he”
199	2:5	dsr2			לֹ֨א הִמְטִ֜יר & עַל הָ⁠אָ֔רֶץ	1	See how you translated **earth** in Gen 1:1 and 2:1. Alternate translation: “had not yet caused it to rain on the earth,” or “had not yet caused rain to water the earth,”
200	2:5	jour			וְ⁠אָדָ֣ם אַ֔יִן	1	Alternate translation: “and there were no human beings yet” or “and mankind did not exist yet”
201	2:5	mdd4			לַֽ⁠עֲבֹ֖ד אֶת הָֽ⁠אֲדָמָֽה	1	Working the ground includes tasks such as clearing the ground, preparing the soil, planting seeds, and watering the plants. See how you translated **ground** in Gen 1:25. It may be necessary to translate this term in different ways, depending on the context. Alternate translation: “to farm the land”
202	2:6	vsou		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases	וְ⁠אֵ֖ד	1	The Hebrew word for **mist** refers to water in some form, such as water vapor, springs, or streams of water. Also, some translations begin verse 6 without **But**. Do what is best in your language. Alternate translation: “But at that time mist” or “At that time mist”
203	2:6	ytxq			יַֽעֲלֶ֣ה	1	This verb describes a repeated or continuous action. Alternate translation: “seeped up” or “kept coming up” or “would seep up”
204	2:6	t93l			מִן הָ⁠אָ֑רֶץ	1	Alternate translation: “from the ground” or “from underground”
205	2:6	srec			וְ⁠הִשְׁקָ֖ה	1	Alternate translation: “and irrigated” or “and spread over”
206	2:6	qd1o			אֶֽת כָּל פְּנֵֽי הָֽ⁠אֲדָמָֽה	1	Alternate translation: “the whole surface of the earth.” or “the ground everywhere.”
207	2:7	fjjv			וַ⁠יִּיצֶר֩ יְהוָ֨ה אֱלֹהִ֜ים	1	The word **formed** describes what an expert craftsmen would do, and implies artistic skills and design. See how you translated **Yahweh God** in Gen 2:4-5. Alternate translation: “Then Yahweh who is God shaped”
208	2:7	dbat			אֶת הָֽ⁠אָדָ֗ם	1	The definite article **the** is used here because this refers to a specific man, the first male human. For many languages it is more natural to use an indefinite article (**a**) to introduce him here, or to not use an article at all. Do what is best in your language. Alternate translation: “the first man”
209	2:7	pmfi			עָפָר֙	1	The word used here in the Hebrew text is usually translated **dust** (as in Gen 13:16, 28:14), but it can also be translated “dirt” (as in Gen 26:15) or “mortar/mud/clay” (as in Leviticus 14:42). The dirt would have been damp enough to be formed or shaped. Alternate translation: “out of mud”
210	2:7	g3a2			מִן הָ֣⁠אֲדָמָ֔ה	1	For some languages it may be better to change the order of the phrases in the first half of this verse and say, “Then Yahweh who is God took some dirt/clay from the ground/earth and formed/shaped a man out of it,” Do what is best in your language. Also, see how you translated **ground** in Gen 1:25 and 2:5-6. You may need to translate this term in different ways, depending on the context. Alternate translation: “from the earth,”
211	2:7	xkca			וַ⁠יִּפַּ֥ח	1	For some languages, it is more natural to begin a new sentence here. Do what is best in your language. Alternate translation: “and he blew” or “Then he exhaled”
212	2:7	qzjs		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	בְּ⁠אַפָּ֖י⁠ו נִשְׁמַ֣ת חַיִּ֑ים	1	This refers to God’s breath. As you translate the pronouns **he** and **his** in this verse, make sure it is clear in your language who is being referred to.
213	2:7	vf52		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	וַֽ⁠יְהִ֥י הָֽ⁠אָדָ֖ם לְ⁠נֶ֥פֶשׁ חַיָּֽה	1	Consider what is the most natural way in your language to refer to the man throughout verse 7. Alternate translation: “so that he became a living person.” or “and then the man became alive” or “and he came to life.” or “so that he started to live.”
214	2:8	z5wl		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background	וַ⁠יִּטַּ֞ע יְהוָ֧ה אֱלֹהִ֛ים	1	The Hebrew text is ambiguous here. It could mean: (1) “Now Yahweh God had previously/already planted” or “Before that, Yahweh God had planted”. This interpretation fits the context of chapter one, which says that God had made all the trees and plants on day three (Gen 1:11-12), three days before he created man (Gen 1:26-27; 2:7). Following this view, verses 8-14 give background information for what happens in verses 15-24. (2) “Then Yahweh God planted”. According to this interpretation, God made the Garden of Eden on day six after he created man.
215	2:8	npa8			גַּן	1	The man lived in this garden, and there were animals and many trees and other plants in it too, so it was fairly large. Make sure your translation of this term does not refer to something that is too small. Alternate translation: “a large park”
216	2:8	msch			בְ⁠עֵ֖דֶן מִ⁠קֶּ֑דֶם	1	In this context, the phrase **in the east** could refer to: (1) the eastern part of the region of Eden; or (2) a region east of where Moses lived when he wrote this. It is best, if possible, to keep your translation of this phrase general here (like the Hebrew text). Alternate translation: “in the region called Eden, which was to the east,” or “in the eastern part of the land of Eden,”
217	2:8	zpxl			וַ⁠יָּ֣שֶׂם שָׁ֔ם אֶת הָֽ⁠אָדָ֖ם	1	Consider whether it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “and in that garden he put the man” or “That is where he put the man”
218	2:8	uvlv			אֲשֶׁ֥ר יָצָֽר	1	See how you translated **formed** in verse 7. Alternate translation: “whom he had shaped” or “whom he had created”
219	2:9	wihv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	וַ⁠יַּצְמַ֞ח יְהוָ֤ה אֱלֹהִים֙ מִן־הָ֣⁠אֲדָמָ֔ה כָּל־עֵ֛ץ נֶחְמָ֥ד	1	See how you translated **Yahweh God** in verse 5, and how you translated **every tree** in Gen 1:29. Alternate translation: “There he had caused to grow from the ground every type of tree that is beautiful” or “He had made all kinds of trees to grow from the ground that are pleasant”
220	2:9	zqug			לְ⁠מַרְאֶ֖ה	1	Alternate translation: “to the eyes” or “in appearance”
221	2:9	kslw			וְ⁠ט֣וֹב	1	Alternate translation: “and that have fruit that is good” or “and whose fruit is good”
222	2:9	rc1t			לְ⁠מַאֲכָ֑ל	1	Alternate translation: “for eating,”
223	2:9	urhf			וְ⁠עֵ֤ץ הַֽ⁠חַיִּים֙ בְּ⁠ת֣וֹךְ הַ⁠גָּ֔ן	1	Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “including the tree whose fruit gives people eternal life, which was in the middle of the garden,”
224	2:9	vdwn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-key-terms	וְ⁠עֵ֕ץ הַ⁠דַּ֖עַת ט֥וֹב וָ⁠רָֽע	1	The word **good** refers here to all that is morally right and pleasing to God, and **evil** refers to what is morally wrong and against his will. Keep that in mind as you translate these terms. Alternate translation: “as well as the tree whose fruit enables people to discern what is right and what is wrong.”
225	2:10	af8y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases	וְ⁠נָהָרּ֙ יֹצֵ֣א	1	Verse 10 gives more background information that began in verse 8. Many translations omit the conjunction **And** or “Now” here. Do what is best in your language. Alternate translation: “Now a river was flowing” or “A river was flowing”
226	2:10	pp02			מֵ⁠עֵ֔דֶן	1	The garden was inside the land of Eden, so as the river flowed through Eden, it watered the garden. Alternate translation: “from the land of Eden”
227	2:10	rcms			לְ⁠הַשְׁק֖וֹת	1	See how you translated “watered” in verse 6. Alternate translation: “to irrigate” or “to provide water for” or “that watered”
228	2:10	wxka			אֶת הַ⁠גָּ֑ן	1	See how you translated this phrase in verse 8. Alternate translation: “the park,”
229	2:10	gpkv			וּ⁠מִ⁠שָּׁם֙	1	For some languages it is better to begin a new sentence here. Do what is best in your language. Alternate translation: “and from the garden” or “From Eden”
230	2:10	h8ke			יִפָּרֵ֔ד וְ⁠הָיָ֖ה לְ⁠אַרְבָּעָ֥ה רָאשִֽׁים	1	Verse 10 is ambiguous in the Hebrew text. It could mean: (1) “the/that river divided into four smaller waters/rivers.” This interpretation means that the river in Eden was the source river that watered the garden and then divided downstream into the four smaller rivers. (2) “there were four smaller source rivers that joined together and formed the larger river.” This interpretation means that the four rivers were source headwaters that flowed downstream and joined to form the larger river in Eden. If possible, leave your translation ambiguous here (like the Hebrew text does), so that either interpretation is possible.
231	2:11	ty1t			שֵׁ֥ם הָֽ⁠אֶחָ֖ד	1	Most translations use past tense in verse 10, but then use present tense throughout verses 11-14. It may be best to use past tense throughout verses 10-14, especially since the rivers and places that are named in these verses no longer existed when Genesis was written, because the Flood completely changed the entire surface of the earth; after the Flood, the names of some of those rivers and places were given to new rivers and places. Alternate translation: “The name of the first river is” or “The first river is named” or “The first river is”
232	2:11	fhgs		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	פִּישׁ֑וֹן	1	Consider whether or not it is natural in your language to use the article (**the**) with the name of a river.
233	2:11	k73q			ה֣וּא הַ⁠סֹּבֵ֗ב	1	The word **winds** or “meanders” means that the river changed direction from time to time. Consider whether it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here or to continue the previous sentence. Alternate translation: “It meanders through” or “which flows around through”
234	2:11	kdfc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	אֵ֚ת כָּל אֶ֣רֶץ הַֽ⁠חֲוִילָ֔ה	1	Be consistent in how you translate **land of** throughout this section. Alternate translation: “the whole region called Havilah,”
235	2:11	lg1b			אֲשֶׁר שָׁ֖ם הַ⁠זָּהָֽב	1	Alternate translation: “a place where there is much gold.” or “which has a lot of gold.”
236	2:12	v48n			וּֽ⁠זֲהַ֛ב הָ⁠אָ֥רֶץ הַ⁠הִ֖וא	1	This sentence emphasizes the previous statement about the gold and gives more information about it. Alternate translation: “In fact, the gold from that land” or “Indeed, the gold that is found in that land”
237	2:12	ks18			ט֑וֹב	1	Alternate translation: “is very pure.” or “is very high quality.”
238	2:12	qhx1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	הַ⁠בְּדֹ֖לַח	1	The meaning of this Hebrew word is not certain. In many translations it is transliterated, that is, spelled the way the Hebrew word is pronounced. It may refer to: (1) a fragrant/sweet-smelling tree resin that was used to make perfume; or (2) a type of stone or crystal, or possibly pearl. Alternate translation: “A kind of sweet-smelling resin called bdellium” or “A kind of fragrant perfume”
239	2:12	ul5j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	וְ⁠אֶ֥בֶן הַ⁠שֹּֽׁהַם	1	It is not certain what kind of stone this was, but most Bible scholars think it was onyx, which is a kind of quartz that is often black, but also occurs in many other colors, and can have stripes or bands of white (or other colors) running through it. Alternate translation: “and valuable stones called onyx” or “and valuable gemstones”
240	2:12	cp1z			שָׁ֥ם	1	Make sure the verb tense you choose here fits with the way you translated verse 11. Alternate translation: “are also found there.” or “are also in that land”
241	2:13	fnx5			וְ⁠שֵֽׁם הַ⁠נָּהָ֥ר הַ⁠שֵּׁנִ֖י	1	See how you translated a similar phrase in verse 11. Alternate translation: “The name of the second river is” or “The second river is named” or “The second river is”
242	2:13	spk8			ה֣וּא הַ⁠סּוֹבֵ֔ב	1	Consider whether it is better here in your language to begin a new sentence or to continue the previous sentence. See how you translated this phrase in verse 11. Alternate translation: “It meanders through” or “which flows around through”
243	2:13	fgb5			אֵ֖ת כָּל אֶ֥רֶץ כּֽוּשׁ	1	See how you translated a similar phrase in verse 11. Alternate translation: “the whole region of Cush.”
244	2:14	a2na			וְ⁠שֵׁ֨ם הַ⁠נָּהָ֤ר הַ⁠שְּׁלִישִׁי֙	1	Alternate translation: “The name of the third river is” or “The third river is named” or “The third river is”
245	2:14	go4b			ה֥וּא הַֽ⁠הֹלֵ֖ךְ קִדְמַ֣ת	1	The word **east** refers to where the river was located, not the direction it was flowing. Alternate translation: “It flows in an area east of” or “which flows in an area east of” or “which was located east of”
246	2:14	h2lk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	אַשּׁ֑וּר	1	This Hebrew name is pronounced “ash-shur” and is spelled “Asshur,” “Ashur,” or “Assyria” in English, depending on the context. This was a region of land, because at that time there were no cities. Most translations have “Assyria” here. Consider again how you translated “the land of” in verses 11 and 13. Alternate translation: “the land of Asshur”
247	2:14	wu7c			וְ⁠הַ⁠נָּהָ֥ר הָֽ⁠רְבִיעִ֖י	1	See how you translated a similar phrase in verses 11, 13-14. Also consider again whether it is best in your language to use present tense or past tense in verses 10-14. Alternate translation: “The name of the fourth river is” or “The fourth river is called” or “and the fourth river is”
248	2:14	u87b			פְרָֽת	1	Consider again how you translated the names of rivers in verses 11, 13-14.
249	2:15	qijo		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background	וַ⁠יִּקַּ֛ח יְהוָ֥ה אֱלֹהִ֖ים אֶת הָֽ⁠אָדָ֑ם וַ⁠יַּנִּחֵ֣⁠הוּ	1	In verse 8 it says that God had already put the man in the garden, so the way you translate verse 15 should not sound like he did it again. This information is repeated here to continue the story from verse 8. Alternate translation: “Now Yahweh God had already put the man”
250	2:15	rosi		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	בְ⁠גַן עֵ֔דֶן	1	Notice that **Garden** is capitalized when it is part of a name. Alternate translation: “in the garden in the land called Eden”
251	2:15	iaic			לְ⁠עָבְדָ֖⁠הּ	1	See how you translated **work** in verse 5. Alternate translation: “to farm it” or “so that he would farm it”
252	2:15	hyvl			וּ⁠לְ⁠שָׁמְרָֽ⁠הּ	1	Alternate translation: “and maintain it.”
253	2:16	qqer		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	וַ⁠יְצַו֙ יְהוָ֣ה אֱלֹהִ֔ים עַל־הָֽ⁠אָדָ֖ם לֵ⁠אמֹ֑ר	1	The way you begin verse 16 depends on how you began verse 15. Consider what is the best way to refer to **Yahweh God** and **the man** here. Alternate translation: “Then he commanded the man,”
254	2:16	vzb0			מִ⁠כֹּ֥ל עֵֽץ הַ⁠גָּ֖ן אָכֹ֥ל תֹּאכֵֽל	1	Alternate translation: “You may eat as much fruit as you want to eat from every tree in the garden,” or “You are permitted to eat whatever fruit that you want to eat from every tree in the garden,”
255	2:17	vfsb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions	וּ⁠מֵ⁠עֵ֗ץ & לֹ֥א תֹאכַ֖ל	1	Make sure it is clear in your translation that God is not contradicting himself here, but rather he is giving an exception to what he said in verse 16. To make that clear, you could say (starting with the beginning of God’s words in verse 16), “Out of all the trees in the garden, there is only one tree that you must/may not eat from: the tree of the knowledge of good and evil. If you eat fruit from that tree, on that same day you will certainly/definitely die.” Alternate translation: “except you may not eat any fruit from the tree” or “except for one: you may not eat the fruit that grows on the tree”
256	2:17	eja9			הַ⁠דַּ֨עַת֙ ט֣וֹב וָ⁠רָ֔ע	1	See how you translated this phrase in verse 9. Alternate translation: “whose fruit enables people to discern what is good and what is wrong,”
257	2:17	w7aq			כִּ֗י בְּ⁠י֛וֹם אֲכָלְ⁠ךָ֥ מִמֶּ֖⁠נּוּ	1	Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “because on the same day you eat fruit from that tree” or “If you eat any fruit from that tree, on that same day” or “because as soon as you eat fruit from that tree”
258	2:17	z028			מ֥וֹת תָּמֽוּת	1	Alternate translation: “you will certainly die.”
259	2:18	mxit			וַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר֙ יְהוָ֣ה אֱלֹהִ֔ים לֹא ט֛וֹב	1	Alternate translation: “Next Yahweh who is God declared, It is not good”
260	2:18	c2tk			הֱי֥וֹת הָֽ⁠אָדָ֖ם לְ⁠בַדּ֑⁠וֹ	1	Alternate translation: “that the man is alone.”
261	2:18	bthk			אֶֽעֱשֶׂהּ	1	Alternate translation: “So I will make”
262	2:18	ap1y			לּ֥⁠וֹ עֵ֖זֶר כְּ⁠נֶגְדּֽ⁠וֹ	1	Alternate translation: “a helper who is just right for him.” or “someone who is right for him and will help him.”
263	2:19	ukcz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background	וַ⁠יִּצֶר֩ יְהוָ֨ה אֱלֹהִ֜ים מִן הָֽ⁠אֲדָמָ֗ה	1	The first sentence of verse 19 is a flashback of what happened before the events in verses 15-18 (which were first recorded in Gen 1:20-21, 24-25). Translate this phrase in a way that makes it clear that this is background information that has already happened. Also see how you translated **formed** in verses 7-8 and “dust from the ground” in verse 7. Alternate translation: “Now before that, Yahweh God had shaped from the dust on the ground” or “Now previously, he had used dust from the ground to form”
264	2:19	kk7t			כָּל חַיַּ֤ת הַ⁠שָּׂדֶה֙	1	Consider how you translated a similar phrase (“every living creature of the earth”) in Gen 1:24, 30. Alternate translation: “every type of creature that lives in the fields” or “all the different kinds of animals that live in the fields” or “all the different kinds of wild animals”
265	2:19	y8bl			וְ⁠אֵת֙ כָּל ע֣וֹף הַ⁠שָּׁמַ֔יִם	1	See how you translated this phrase in Gen 1:30. Alternate translation: “and every kind of bird that flies in the sky.” or “and all the different kinds of birds that fly in the sky.”
266	2:19	qvln		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go	וַ⁠יָּבֵא֙	1	This sentence continues the storyline. Consider how your language continues a story after giving background information. Also consider whether **brought** or “took” fits best here in your language. Alternate translation: “So he took them all”
267	2:19	p3x2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	אֶל הָ֣⁠אָדָ֔ם	1	Every translation team needs to decide when to use Adam’s name for the first time in the book of Genesis. The Hebrew word “adam” means **man** and is also Adam’s name; the choice that is not followed here in your translation could be put in a footnote. Some translations first use Adam’s name here in verse 19, when he is naming the animals. Many other translations start using his name at the end of verse 20. Still other translations wait until 3:20 when he names Eve, and a few other translations begin in 3:9, 17, or 21. Alternate translation: “to Adam”
268	2:19	apte			לִ⁠רְא֖וֹת	1	Alternate translation: “to watch” or “to find out”
269	2:19	rgyf			מַה יִּקְרָא ל֑⁠וֹ	1	These names were labels for what kind of animals they were, such as “dog” or “horse”, not personal names like “David” or “Mary”. Alternate translation: “what he would name each one,” or “what names he would give to them,”
270	2:19	by9q			וְ⁠כֹל֩ אֲשֶׁ֨ר יִקְרָא ל֧⁠וֹ הָֽ⁠אָדָ֛ם	1	Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “and whatever Adam called” or “Whatever name the man assigned to”
271	2:19	k24r			נֶ֥פֶשׁ חַיָּ֖ה	1	Alternate translation: “each kind of living creature,” or “each type of animal,”
272	2:19	waxk			ה֥וּא שְׁמֽ⁠וֹ	1	Alternate translation: “that became its name.” or “that became the name of that type of animal.”
273	2:20	rs26			וַ⁠יִּקְרָ֨א הָֽ⁠אָדָ֜ם שֵׁמ֗וֹת לְ⁠כָל־הַ⁠בְּהֵמָה֙	1	For a note about when to first use Adam’s name, see verse 19. Also, see how you translated **livestock** in Gen 1:24-26. Alternate translation: “The man assigned names to all the different types of livestock” or “Adam named all the different types of tame animals”
274	2:20	e137			וּ⁠לְ⁠ע֣וֹף הַ⁠שָּׁמַ֔יִם	1	Alternate translation: “and to all the different types of birds that fly in the sky”
275	2:20	e3uy			וּ⁠לְ⁠כֹ֖ל חַיַּ֣ת הַ⁠שָּׂדֶ֑ה	1	See how you translated a similar phrase in verse 19. Alternate translation: “and to all the other different types of creatures that live in the wild,” or “and to all the wild animals,”
276	2:20	gmpu		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	וּ⁠לְ⁠אָדָ֕ם לֹֽא מָצָ֥א עֵ֖זֶר כְּ⁠נֶגְדּֽ⁠וֹ	1	Consider whether it is more natural in your language to use an active or passive construction here. Also see how you translated **a suitable helper** in verse 18. Alternate translation: “but he could not find a suitable helper for himself among them.” or “but none of them was a helper who was just right for him.”
277	2:21	stgv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	וַ⁠יַּפֵּל֩ יְהוָ֨ה אֱלֹהִ֧ים תַּרְדֵּמָ֛ה עַל הָ⁠אָדָ֖ם	1	Many languages have a similar idiom for **caused a deep sleep to fall on** that works well here. Consider what is best in your language. Alternate translation: “Then Yahweh God caused the man to go into a deep sleep.” or “Then Yahweh God caused the man to sleep very deeply”
278	2:21	ti50		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	וַ⁠יִּישָׁ֑ן	1	Consider whether it is best in your language to use a pronoun or a noun here to refer to the man. Alternate translation: “Then while the man was sleeping”
279	2:21	xamp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	וַ⁠יִּקַּ֗ח	1	Consider whether to use a pronoun or noun here to refer to God. Make sure it is clear in your translation who is being referred to at each point in this verse. Alternate translation: “he took out”
280	2:21	l63g			אַחַת֙ מִ⁠צַּלְעֹתָ֔י⁠ו	1	This phrase is ambiguous in the Hebrew text. It could mean: (1) “one of the man’s ribs from his body/side” or “a rib from the man’s body/side” or (2) “part of the man’s side from his body”
281	2:21	k98y			וַ⁠יִּסְגֹּ֥ר בָּשָׂ֖ר תַּחְתֶּֽ⁠נָּה	1	In this context, the term **flesh** probably includes muscles and skin. Alternate translation: “and filled in the hole where it had been with flesh and healed it.” or “and replaced it with flesh and healed him.”
282	2:22	wmbd		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	וַ⁠יִּבֶן֩ יְהוָ֨ה אֱלֹהִ֧ים	1	For many languages it is more natural here to use a pronoun to refer to Yahweh God. Do what is best in your language. After you finish translating a chapter or section, it is a good practice to read that section aloud and listen for what is the best way to refer to God and others at each place in the text. Alternate translation: “Next he” or “After that, he”
283	2:22	m5wn			וַ⁠יִּבֶן֩ & אֶֽת הַ⁠צֵּלָ֛ע אֲשֶׁר לָקַ֥ח מִן הָֽ⁠אָדָ֖ם לְ⁠אִשָּׁ֑ה	1	See how you translated **rib** in verse 21 and see the note about that there. Alternate translation: “used the rib which he taken from the man to construct a woman from it,”
284	2:22	w6xw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go	וַ⁠יְבִאֶ֖⁠הָ אֶל הָֽ⁠אָדָֽם	1	See how you translated **brought** in verse 19. Alternate translation: “Then he took her to the man.”
285	2:23	b3g6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וַ⁠יֹּאמֶר֮ הָֽ⁠אָדָם֒	1	Remember to only make implied information explicit in your translation if it helps people understand the text better or if it is necessary to prevent wrong meaning or bad grammar in your language. Alternate translation: “Then the man said” or “When the man saw her, he said” or “When the man woke up and saw the woman, he said”
286	2:23	cus9			זֹ֣את הַ⁠פַּ֗עַם	1	Alternate translation: “Now there is a person who” or “At last here is a person like me who” or “Ahh! Here is someone like me who”
287	2:23	dbqq			עֶ֚צֶם מֵֽ⁠עֲצָמַ֔⁠י וּ⁠בָשָׂ֖ר מִ⁠בְּשָׂרִ֑⁠י	1	Alternate translation: “was made out of my own bones and flesh!”
288	2:23	pbw7			לְ⁠זֹאת֙ יִקָּרֵ֣א אִשָּׁ֔ה	1	There is a play-on-words here because the Hebrew word for woman (“ishsha”) is similar to the Hebrew word for man (“ish”). You could put that information in a footnote.
289	2:23	dsb8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	כִּ֥י מֵ⁠אִ֖ישׁ לֻֽקֳחָה זֹּֽאת	1	Consider what is the best way to translate this passive clause in your language. Alternate translation: “because she was taken by God from the body of a man.”
290	2:24	oti6			עַל כֵּן֙	1	Alternate translation: “That is why”
291	2:24	u45s			יַֽעֲזָב אִ֔ישׁ	1	Alternate translation: “a man who marries must leave” or “when a man gets married, he must move away from”
292	2:24	k1xp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	וְ⁠דָבַ֣ק בְּ⁠אִשְׁתּ֔⁠וֹ	1	This idiom means that the man is committed to his wife and has a close physical relationship with her too. Consider what is the best way to translate this in your language. Alternate translation: “and he must join with his wife,” or “and he must live in close relationship with his wife,”
293	2:24	fqua		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual	וְ⁠הָי֖וּ	1	Some languages have a special dual pronoun for **they** that fits well here.
294	2:24	lhdy		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	לְ⁠בָשָׂ֥ר אֶחָֽד	1	The phrase **one flesh** is an idiom that emphasizes the close physical and spiritual unity between a husband and wife. Other languages may have a similar idiom. Consider how to best communicate this in your language. Alternate translation: “completely one” or “united in body and spirit.” or “united like one person.”
295	2:25	rovf			וַ⁠יִּֽהְי֤וּ שְׁנֵי⁠הֶם֙ עֲרוּמִּ֔ים הָֽ⁠אָדָ֖ם וְ⁠אִשְׁתּ֑⁠וֹ	1	Alternate translation: “Now at that time both the man and his wife were naked,” or “At that time the man and his wife did not wear any clothes,”
296	2:25	m37h			וְ⁠לֹ֖א יִתְבֹּשָֽׁשׁוּ	1	Some languages have an idiom for this clause that fits well here. Do what is best in your language. Alternate translation: “but yet they were not embarrassed about it.” or “but yet they did not feel embarrassed about being naked.”
297	3:1	k1xo		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background	וְ⁠הַ⁠נָּחָשׁ֙	1	The conjunction **Now** introduces background information about the serpent. See how you translated this conjunction in Gen 2:5, 8, 19.
298	3:1	c6pe			הָיָ֣ה עָר֔וּם מִ⁠כֹּל֙ חַיַּ֣ת הַ⁠שָּׂדֶ֔ה	1	Make sure that your translation of **crafty** means that the snake had evil intent and was clever in a way that was not good. See how you translated **living thing of the field** in Gen 2:19-20. Alternate translation: “was more deceptive and clever than any of the other creatures that live in the wild”
299	3:1	xal9			אֲשֶׁ֥ר עָשָׂ֖ה יְהוָ֣ה אֱלֹהִ֑ים	1	Make sure your translation of this phrase refers to the animals that God had made, not the fields. Also see how you translated **Yahweh God** in chapter 2, beginning in verse 4. Alternate translation: “that Yahweh who is God had made” or “that God whose name is Yahweh had made”
300	3:1	jqok		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	וַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר֙ אֶל־הָ֣⁠אִשָּׁ֔ה	1	If you use a pronoun (**he**) here in your translation, make sure it refers to the serpent, not God. Also, since the snake asked a question, some languages have to be more specific and say “asked” in the quote margin. Do what is best in your language. Alternate translation: “One day the snake went to the woman and asked her,”
301	3:1	za8o		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	אַ֚ף כִּֽי אָמַ֣ר אֱלֹהִ֔ים לֹ֣א תֹֽאכְל֔וּ	1	Consider whether it is better in your language to translate this embedded quote as a direct or indirect quote. Alternate translation: “Did God actually command you to not eat” or “Is it true that God commanded you not to eat”
302	3:1	iqz3			מִ⁠כֹּ֖ל עֵ֥ץ הַ⁠גָּֽן	1	See how you translated **garden** in Genesis 2, beginning in verse 8. Alternate translation: “fruit from any of the trees that is in the garden?” or “any fruit from the trees in the garden?”
303	3:2	gevr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	וַ⁠תֹּ֥אמֶר הָֽ⁠אִשָּׁ֖ה אֶל הַ⁠נָּחָ֑שׁ	1	Consider what is the best way to translate this quote margin in your language. Alternate translation: “The woman answered the snake,” or “The woman responded to him,” or “The woman replied,”
304	3:2	kllk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive	נֹאכֵֽל	1	The woman is not including the snake when she says “we” here. Alternate translation: “No, we have permission from God to eat” or “No, God has given us permission to eat”
305	3:2	gy6f			מִ⁠פְּרִ֥י	1	See how you translated **fruit** in Gen 1:11-12, 29. Alternate translation: “the fruit from”
306	3:2	fmke			עֵֽץ הַ⁠גָּ֖ן	1	Alternate translation: “all of the trees that are in the garden,” or “any tree in the garden,”
307	3:3	t2wx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridge	וּ⁠מִ⁠פְּרִ֣י הָ⁠עֵץ֮ אֲשֶׁ֣ר בְּ⁠תוֹךְ הַ⁠גָּן֒	1	For some languages it is necessary to put the exception clause first and say, “No, it is only the tree in the middle of the garden that God said we must/may not eat any fruit from, but the fruit of/from all the rest of the trees in the garden we may eat.” Notice that if you follow this example, you must combine verses 2 and 3 and put the verse numbers “2-3” in front of the combination. Alternate translation: “except fruit from the tree that is in the middle of the garden.” or “except there is one tree that we may not eat fruit from, which is in the center of the garden.”
308	3:3	nz0q		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	אָמַ֣ר אֱלֹהִ֗ים לֹ֤א תֹֽאכְלוּ֙ מִמֶּ֔⁠נּוּ	1	Consider whether it is better in your language to translate this embedded quote as a direct or indirect quote. Alternate translation: “God told us to not eat any of that fruit,”
309	3:3	anrc			וְ⁠לֹ֥א תִגְּע֖וּ בּ֑⁠וֹ	1	Alternate translation: “and do not even touch it,”
310	3:3	ztft		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	פֶּן תְּמֻתֽוּ⁠ן	1	Make sure the way you translate this clause fits with whether you translated the first part of the sentence as a direct (**you**) or indirect (“we”) quote. Alternate translation: “because if you do eat it or touch it, you will die!” or “because if we do eat it or touch it, we will die!”
311	3:4	j40v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	וַ⁠יֹּ֥אמֶר הַ⁠נָּחָ֖שׁ אֶל־הָֽ⁠אִשָּׁ֑ה	1	See how you translated **serpent** in verses 1-2. Alternate translation: “But the snake replied to her,” or “But the snake replied,”
312	3:5	ngb0			כִּ֚י יֹדֵ֣עַ אֱלֹהִ֔ים	1	The connecting word **For** introduces an explanation here. Consider what is the best way to do that in your language. Alternate translation: “Actually, he knows” or “The reason God said that is because he knows”
313	3:5	tr2j			כִּ֗י בְּ⁠יוֹם֙	1	Alternate translation: “that if”
314	3:5	p329		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-dual	אֲכָלְ⁠כֶ֣ם מִמֶּ֔⁠נּוּ	1	The pronouns **you** and **your** are plural in this verse and refer to the man and the woman. Some languages have a special dual pronoun for this. Consider again how you translated **you** and **your** in verses 1-5. Alternate translation: “you eat any of that fruit,”
315	3:5	uld2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	וְ⁠נִפְקְח֖וּ עֵֽינֵי⁠כֶ֑ם	1	Consider whether your language has an idiom like **your eyes will be opened** that would fit well here. Alternate translation: “your mind will be opened” or “you will gain new understanding,” or “you will know new things,”
316	3:5	npzf			וִ⁠הְיִיתֶם֙ כֵּֽ⁠אלֹהִ֔ים יֹדְעֵ֖י ט֥וֹב וָ⁠רָֽע	1	The Hebrew word “Elohim” is ambiguous in this context. It could mean: (1) **God**, which is what it means everywhere else in the first 30 chapters of Genesis; or (2) “gods” or “divine beings” or (3) “angels”. See how you translated **good and evil** in Gen 2:9, 17. Alternate translation: “and as a result you will be like God because you will know what is good and what is evil” or “so that you will know what is good and what is evil just like God does.”
317	3:6	d6rz			וַ⁠תֵּ֣רֶא הָֽ⁠אִשָּׁ֡ה כִּ֣י	1	Alternate translation: “The woman observed that”
318	3:6	gpz2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	הָ⁠עֵ֨ץ	1	The word **tree** refers here to the fruit that is produced by that tree. Make sure that is clear in your translation. Alternate translation: “the tree produced fruit that” or “the fruit of that tree”
319	3:6	b6yp			טוֹב֩ & לְ⁠מַאֲכָ֜ל	1	Alternate translation: “was good to eat”
320	3:6	aigt			וְ⁠כִ֧י תַֽאֲוָה ה֣וּא לָ⁠עֵינַ֗יִם	1	Alternate translation: “and that the tree itself looked very beautiful,”
321	3:6	tkg3			וְ⁠נֶחְמָ֤ד הָ⁠עֵץ֙ לְ⁠הַשְׂכִּ֔יל	1	Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “and she thought that the fruit from the tree would make her wise” or “She also desired to eat the fruit so that it would make her wise”
322	3:6	jrei			וַ⁠תִּקַּ֥ח מִ⁠פִּרְי֖⁠וֹ וַ⁠תֹּאכַ֑ל	1	Alternate translation: “So she took some of the fruit off the tree and ate it.”
323	3:6	vgh6			וַ⁠יֹּאכַֽל	1	Alternate translation: “and he ate some too.” or “and he also ate it”
324	3:7	on9y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	וַ⁠תִּפָּקַ֨חְנָה֙ עֵינֵ֣י שְׁנֵי⁠הֶ֔ם	1	An immediate result of their sin was that they realized they were naked, which they had not been aware of before. See how you translated the idiom “eyes … opened” in verse 5. Alternate translation: “Immediately it was as if their minds were opened” or “Immediately they both had new understanding,” or “Immediately they both understood new things,”
325	3:7	d586			וַ⁠יֵּ֣דְע֔וּ	1	Alternate translation: “so that they realized” or “so that they became aware”
326	3:7	qm2z			כִּ֥י עֵֽירֻמִּ֖ם הֵ֑ם	1	Alternate translation: “that their bodies were bare and they felt ashamed”
327	3:7	pb3y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual	וַֽ⁠יִּתְפְּרוּ֙	1	The word for **sewed** implies here that some type of needle and thread were used. For example, they may have used a thin, sharpened stick for the needle, and plant fibers for the thread. If necessary, you could use a more general term such as “fastened/joined together” or “connected”. Also, some languages have dual pronouns that can be used in verses 7-8 for **they** and **themselves**. Do what is best in your language. Alternate translation: “So they joined together”
328	3:7	e5t5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	עֲלֵ֣ה תְאֵנָ֔ה	1	Historical facts should not be changed in a translation, including the historical fact that Adam and Eve used fig tree leaves to make aprons. If fig trees are not known in your language area, you could say “large leaves from a tree called a fig tree”. Alternate translation: “some large leaves from a fig tree”
329	3:7	h1a6			וַ⁠יַּעֲשׂ֥וּ לָ⁠הֶ֖ם חֲגֹרֹֽת	1	These aprons/skirts probably covered them from the waist down to somewhere around the knees. Alternate translation: “and used them as aprons to cover their bodies.” or “and wore them around their waists to cover their bodies.” or “and used them to make clothes for themselves.”
330	3:8	ibyk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	וַֽ⁠יִּשְׁמְע֞וּ	1	For some languages it may be clearer and more natural to put the noun phrase **the man and his wife** here and then use a pronoun (**they**) later in this sentence. Do what is best in your language. Alternate translation: “Then the man and his wife heard”
331	3:8	kd3q			אֶת ק֨וֹל יְהוָ֧ה אֱלֹהִ֛ים מִתְהַלֵּ֥ךְ	1	This phrase can refer to the sound of God’s footsteps or to the sound of his voice. Either meaning fits the context well and is followed by many translations.
332	3:8	g02y			בַּ⁠גָּ֖ן	1	Alternate translation: “around in the garden” or “through the garden”
333	3:8	dipk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	לְ⁠ר֣וּחַ הַ⁠יּ֑וֹם	1	This idiom refers to the late afternoon or early evening when there is a breeze blowing and it is cooler. For some languages it is more natural to put this time phrase at the beginning of the sentence. Do what is best in your language. Alternate translation: “late in the afternoon in the breezy time of the day,” or “late that day when there was a cool breeze blowing,”
334	3:8	x1fb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	וַ⁠יִּתְחַבֵּ֨א הָֽ⁠אָדָ֜ם וְ⁠אִשְׁתּ֗⁠וֹ	1	If you use **the man and his wife** earlier in this verse in your translation, consider whether or not a pronoun should be used here. Alternate translation: “so they hid themselves” or “so they tried to hide themselves”
335	3:8	q6cw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	מִ⁠פְּנֵי֙ יְהוָ֣ה אֱלֹהִ֔ים	1	Consider what is the best way to refer to Yahweh at this point in the paragraph in your language. Alternate translation: “from Yahweh God” or “from his sight”
336	3:8	k6j3			בְּ⁠ת֖וֹךְ עֵ֥ץ הַ⁠גָּֽן	1	Since the garden is already mentioned earlier in verse 8, for some languages it may be more natural to be general here and say “there”. Do what is best in your language. Alternate translation: “in the midst of the trees in the garden.” or “behind some trees there.”
337	3:9	e4nw			וַ⁠יִּקְרָ֛א יְהוָ֥ה אֱלֹהִ֖ים	1	See how you translated this name for God in verses 1 and 8. Alternate translation: “Then Yahweh God called out”
338	3:9	ek33		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	אֶל הָֽ⁠אָדָ֑ם וַ⁠יֹּ֥אמֶר ל֖⁠וֹ	1	See the note at Gen 2:19 about when to start using Adam’s name. Also consider what is the best way to translate this quote margin in your language. Alternate translation: “to the man and asked him,” or “to Adam,”
339	3:9	a04v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular	אַיֶּֽ⁠כָּה	1	Notice that the word **you** is singular here because God is only addressing the man.
340	3:10	e1lo		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	וַ⁠יֹּ֕אמֶר	1	Alternate translation: “He answered him,”
341	3:10	mb7t			אֶת קֹלְ⁠ךָ֥ שָׁמַ֖עְתִּי	1	See how you translated **sound** in verse 8. Alternate translation: “I heard your voice” or “I heard the sound of your voice as you walked”
342	3:10	tr9j			בַּ⁠גָּ֑ן	1	Alternate translation: “through the garden,”
343	3:10	aoxc			וָ⁠אִירָ֛א כִּֽי עֵירֹ֥ם אָנֹ֖כִי וָ⁠אֵחָבֵֽא	1	Alternate translation: “but I was naked, so I felt afraid and I hid from you.” or “but I was naked and afraid that you would see me, so I hid.”
344	3:11	hsb3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	וַ⁠יֹּ֕אמֶר	1	Make sure your translation of **he** refers to Yahweh here, not the man. Alternate translation: “So Yahweh God asked him,”
345	3:11	uf06		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular	מִ֚י הִגִּ֣יד לְ⁠ךָ֔ כִּ֥י עֵירֹ֖ם אָ֑תָּה	1	The pronoun **you** is still singular here. Alternate translation: “What made you realize that you were naked?” or “How did you find out that you were naked?”
346	3:11	gi9h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	אֲשֶׁ֧ר צִוִּיתִ֛י⁠ךָ לְ⁠בִלְתִּ֥י אֲכָל מִמֶּ֖⁠נּוּ	1	For some languages it is more natural to use a direct quote here for Yahweh’s words. Do what is best in your language.
347	3:12	hp6r			וַ⁠יֹּ֖אמֶר הָֽ⁠אָדָ֑ם	1	Alternate translation: “But the man replied to him,” or “The man answered him,”
348	3:12	et6h			הָֽ⁠אִשָּׁה֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר נָתַ֣תָּה עִמָּדִ֔⁠י הִ֛וא	1	The pronoun **she** is emphatic in the Hebrew text. That, along with the position of **The woman** at the beginning of the sentence, shows that the man is strongly emphasizing his blame of the woman. Consider what is the best way to communicate that emphasis in your language. Alternate translation: “The woman whom you put here to live with me, she is the one who” or “It was the woman you gave to me who”
349	3:12	au82			נָֽתְנָה לִּ֥⁠י מִן הָ⁠עֵ֖ץ	1	See how you translated **fruit** in verses 1-6. Alternate translation: “gave me some fruit from that tree,” or “gave me some of the fruit,”
350	3:12	z2ws			וָ⁠אֹכֵֽל	1	Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “That is why I ate it”
351	3:13	lvw3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	וַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר יְהוָ֧ה אֱלֹהִ֛ים לָ⁠אִשָּׁ֖ה	1	Consider what is the best way to translate this quote margin in your language. Alternate translation: “So Yahweh God asked the woman,”
352	3:13	vvhk			מַה זֹּ֣את עָשִׂ֑ית	1	God already knew the answer to this question, but he is giving the woman a chance to confess and explain what she did. God’s question probably also implies that he is displeased with what has happened. Alternate translation: “What have you done?” or “Tell me what you have done.”
353	3:13	rhhc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	וַ⁠תֹּ֨אמֶר֙ הָֽ⁠אִשָּׁ֔ה	1	Alternate translation: “But the woman said to him,” or “The woman said” or “She replied,”
354	3:13	n1zl			הַ⁠נָּחָ֥שׁ	1	This phrase is emphasized in the Hebrew text. Alternate translation: “It was the snake that”
355	3:13	w0b8			הִשִּׁיאַ֖⁠נִי	1	Alternate translation: “lied to me,”
356	3:13	bews			וָ⁠אֹכֵֽל	1	Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “so I ate some of that fruit.” or “That is why I ate it”
357	3:14	ie75			כִּ֣י עָשִׂ֣יתָ זֹּאת֒	1	Alternate translation: “Since you did that,” or “Since you tricked the woman,”
358	3:14	dfy7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-key-terms	אָר֤וּר אַתָּה֙	1	In this context, **cursed** involves God punishing the serpent and its descendants, causing them to suffer by crawling along the ground on their bellies and having a hostile relationship with human beings. Make sure that the way you translate this term does not imply the use of magic. Alternate translation: “you are cursed by me” or “I will cause you to suffer” or “I will punish you”
359	3:14	qu53			מִ⁠כָּל־הַ⁠בְּהֵמָ֔ה	1	When Adam and Eve sinned and God judged them, the curse and punishment of death and decay also affected everything that was under their authority, including the animals. Here in Gen 3:14, God puts a more severe curse on the serpent (and his descendants) than he put on the rest of the animals. See how you translated **livestock** in Gen 1:24-26; 2:20. Alternate translation: “more harshly than all the tame animals”
360	3:14	d3v1			וּ⁠מִ⁠כֹּ֖ל חַיַּ֣ת הַ⁠שָּׂדֶ֑ה	1	See how you translated **every living thing of the field** in verse 1. Alternate translation: “and more harshly than all the creatures of the fields” or “and more harshly than all the wild animals.”
361	3:14	obw6			עַל גְּחֹנְ⁠ךָ֣ תֵלֵ֔ךְ	1	Alternate translation: “As a result, you will move on the ground on your stomach,”
362	3:14	aocs			וְ⁠עָפָ֥ר תֹּאכַ֖ל	1	Make sure your translation of this clause does not imply that dust or dirt is all the snake will eat. Rather it could mean that dirt will get into his mouth when he eats his food, or it could be an idiom that refers to the fact that as he slithers along, his mouth will always be close to the dirt on the ground (a position of humility). Also see how you translated **dust** in Gen 2:7. Alternate translation: “and you will eat dirt with your food”
363	3:14	g32q			כָּל יְמֵ֥י חַיֶּֽי⁠ךָ	1	Alternate translation: “your entire life.”
364	3:15	ivt7			וְ⁠אֵיבָ֣ה אָשִׁ֗ית בֵּֽינְ⁠ךָ֙ וּ⁠בֵ֣ין הָֽ⁠אִשָּׁ֔ה וּ⁠בֵ֥ין זַרְעֲ⁠ךָ֖ וּ⁠בֵ֣ין זַרְעָ֑⁠הּ	1	Alternate translation: “I will also cause you and the woman to be enemies with each other, and your offspring and her offspring to also be enemies.”
365	3:15	yfon			ה֚וּא	1	The pronoun **He** is ambiguous here. It could refer to: (1) the woman’s descendant (Jesus) who would one day come to earth as the Messiah/Christ; or (2) the woman’s descendants who will constantly be enemies of the snake’s descendants. If you follow the first interpretation, this would be the first prophecy in the Bible about the Messiah/Christ (“the Anointed One” or “the Promised Savior King”) who would come to earth and destroy Satan’s power (Hebrews 2:14). You could include that information in a footnote. Alternate translation: “In fact, her offspring” or “In fact, one of her descendants”
366	3:15	e3wq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	יְשׁוּפְ⁠ךָ֣ רֹ֔אשׁ וְ⁠אַתָּ֖ה תְּשׁוּפֶ֥⁠נּוּ עָקֵֽב	1	This is figurative language that Satan will harm the Messiah, but the Messiah will destroy him. For some languages it is better to switch the order of these clauses and say, “In fact, you will strike/bite/bruise the heel of one of her descendants, but he will strike/crush your head.” Do what is best in your language. Alternate translation: “will crush your head, and you will bruise his heel.”
367	3:16	chez		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	אֶֽל הָ⁠אִשָּׁ֣ה אָמַ֗ר	1	In the Hebrew text, “to the woman” comes first in this sentence, to emphasize her. Do what is natural in your language. Also consider what is the best way to refer to God here in your language. Alternate translation: “Then he said to the woman,” or “Then Yahweh God turned to the woman and said to her,”
368	3:16	vgi1			הַרְבָּ֤ה אַרְבֶּה֙ עִצְּבוֹנֵ֣⁠ךְ	1	Alternate translation: “I will cause you to have much pain” or “I will cause it to be very painful”
369	3:16	icn7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	בְּ⁠עֶ֖צֶב תֵּֽלְדִ֣י בָנִ֑ים	1	This clause is the second part of a parallelism, which emphasizes the pain and suffering that women will experience when they bear children. If possible, it is best to keep both parts of the parallelism in your translation. Alternate translation: “yes you will suffer much pain when you give birth.” or “yes bearing children will be very painful for you.”
370	3:16	jbk6			וְ⁠אֶל אִישֵׁ⁠ךְ֙ תְּשׁ֣וּקָתֵ֔⁠ךְ	1	The Hebrew text is ambiguous here, because the conjunctions and the idiom **your desire will be for your husband** are all ambiguous in this context. The text could mean: (1) “Yet/But you will still desire/long to be with your husband, and he …”, which is similar to what **desire** means in Song of Songs 7:10; or (2) “Besides that, you will desire/want to control your husband, but he …”, which is similar to what **desire** means in Gen 4:7. The interpretation that is not followed in your translation could be put in a footnote.
371	3:16	friw			וְ⁠ה֖וּא יִמְשָׁל בָּֽ⁠ךְ	1	See how you translated **rule over** in Gen 1:18. It may be necessary to translate this term differently here because of the negative context of the curse and the consequences of sin. Alternate translation: “and he will control you.” or “and he will lord it over you.”
372	3:17	sq0d			וּ⁠לְ⁠אָדָ֣ם אָמַ֗ר	1	In the Hebrew text, the phrase **to the man** is emphasized. See how you translated a similar case (“to the woman”) in verse 16. For a note about when to start using Adam’s name in your translation, see Gen 2:19. Alternate translation: “Next God said to the man,” or “Next Yahweh God turned to Adam and said to him,”
373	3:17	dyjb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	כִּֽי־שָׁמַעְתָּ֮ לְ⁠ק֣וֹל אִשְׁתֶּ⁠ךָ֒	1	This phrase means that Adam heard what his wife said to him and then did what she said. Consider what is the best way to communicate that in your language. Alternate translation: “Since you disobeyed me and did what your wife said” or “Since you did what your wife told you to do”
374	3:17	x2ur		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	אֲשֶׁ֤ר צִוִּיתִ֨י⁠ךָ֙ לֵ⁠אמֹ֔ר לֹ֥א תֹאכַ֖ל מִמֶּ֑⁠נּוּ	1	Consider whether it is better in your language to translate this embedded quote as a direct or indirect quote. Also see how you translated this command in verse 3. Alternate translation: “that I commanded you to not eat any fruit from.”
375	3:17	ggfr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	אֲרוּרָ֤ה הָֽ⁠אֲדָמָה֙ בַּֽ⁠עֲבוּרֶ֔⁠ךָ	1	For some languages it may be clearer or more natural to break up this long sentence and say, “You did what your wife said and ate fruit from the tree that I commanded you not to eat any fruit from. Because of what you did, I have cursed the ground.” Also see how you translated **cursed** in verse 14. Alternate translation: “the ground is cursed by me because of what you did.” or “I have cursed the ground because you sinned.”
376	3:17	wdns		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	בְּ⁠עִצָּבוֹן֙ תֹּֽאכֲלֶ֔⁠נָּה	1	Alternate translation: “As a result, only by painful toil will you eat any food from it” or “As a result, you will have to work very hard and suffer to get enough food to eat”
377	3:17	o4tu		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	כֹּ֖ל יְמֵ֥י חַיֶּֽי⁠ךָ	1	For some languages it is better to put this phrase before the previous clause and say, “As a result, for as long as you live, you will have to work very hard and suffer to grow/get enough food to eat.” Do what is best in your language. Alternate translation: “every day of your life.” or “for your entire life.”
378	3:18	gzbg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	וְ⁠ק֥וֹץ וְ⁠דַרְדַּ֖ר תַּצְמִ֣יחַֽ	1	The thorn and thistle plants represent all types of weeds, which are useless and possibly harmful plants. Alternate translation: “In fact, the ground will produce thorn plants and thistle plants and other weeds” or “In fact, thorn bushes and thistle plants and other weeds will grow from the ground”
379	3:18	z3ub			לָ֑⁠ךְ וְ⁠אָכַלְתָּ֖ אֶת עֵ֥שֶׂב הַ⁠שָּׂדֶֽה	1	The Hebrew text here could mean: (1) “and make it difficult for you to grow enough crops in the/your fields for food.” or “so that you will have to work very hard in your fields to grow/produce enough crops/food to eat.” or (2) “so that your crops will not grow well and you will have to eat wild plants that grow in the open fields to survive.” That difference of interpretation comes from the fact that the Hebrew word **fields** can refer to land that people cultivate or to uncultivated land where wild plants grow.
380	3:19	ewn7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	בְּ⁠זֵעַ֤ת אַפֶּ֨י⁠ךָ֙ תֹּ֣אכַל לֶ֔חֶם	1	The phrase “by the sweat of your nose/brow” is an idiom that refers to hard physical labor. Consider whether or not your language has a similar idiom. Also, bread was one of the main food staples for that time and culture, so the Hebrew word for **bread** is used here as an idiom that refers to all food, not just bread. Consider whether your language does something similar, using one type of food (such as bread, rice or potatoes) to refer to all food in general. Or you could use a general term like “food,” especially if bread is rare or expensive in your language area. Alternate translation: “Only by the sweat of your face will you be able to have enough food to eat,” or “You will have to work hard and sweat a lot in order to have enough food to eat,”
381	3:19	n8ba			עַ֤ד שֽׁוּבְ⁠ךָ֙ אֶל הָ֣⁠אֲדָמָ֔ה	1	Alternate translation: “until you die and again become dust”
382	3:19	ek0a			כִּ֥י מִמֶּ֖⁠נָּה לֻקָּ֑חְתָּ	1	Alternate translation: “which you were made from by me.” or “which I took you from.” or “which I made you out of.”
383	3:19	d4o3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases	כִּֽי	1	This sentence rephrases and emphasizes what God just said. Alternate translation: “Indeed,”
384	3:19	nwc3			עָפָ֣ר אַ֔תָּה	1	Alternate translation: “your bodies were made by me from dust” or “I made you out of dust”
385	3:19	qlcr			וְ⁠אֶל עָפָ֖ר תָּשֽׁוּב	1	Alternate translation: “so dust is what you will become again after you die.”
386	3:20	wmrp			וַ⁠יִּקְרָ֧א הָֽ⁠אָדָ֛ם שֵׁ֥ם אִשְׁתּ֖⁠וֹ	1	Some translations use Adam’s name here because he is naming Eve. See what you did in verse 17. Alternate translation: “Then Adam called his wife” or “Then the man gave his wife the name”
387	3:20	czch		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	חַוָּ֑ה	1	If you include the meaning of Eve’s name in your translation or in a footnote, make sure it is similar to the word in the following clause that has the same meaning (**living**), so that it is clear why Eve was given that name. The meaning of names is important in the Hebrew language, and this translation issue occurs frequently in the book of Genesis.
388	3:20	alel			כִּ֛י	1	Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “He did that because”
389	3:20	q3ny			הִ֥וא הָֽיְתָ֖ה אֵ֥ם	1	Alternate translation: “she would be the ancestor of”
390	3:20	kvu6			כָּל חָֽי	1	Alternate translation: “all the people who would ever live.”
391	3:21	idfq			וַ⁠יַּעַשׂ֩ יְהוָ֨ה אֱלֹהִ֜ים & כָּתְנ֥וֹת ע֖וֹר	1	Alternate translation: “Then Yahweh God made some garments out of animal skins” or “Then Yahweh God used some animal hides to make some garments”
392	3:21	yd2w			לְ⁠אָדָ֧ם וּ⁠לְ⁠אִשְׁתּ֛⁠וֹ	1	Alternate translation: “for Adam and his wife Eve,” or “for the man and his wife,”
393	3:21	nedp			וַ⁠יַּלְבִּשֵֽׁ⁠ם	1	Alternate translation: “and he dressed them.” or “and he put the garments on them.”
394	3:22	zmrj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר יְהוָ֣ה אֱלֹהִ֗ים	1	Consider what is the best way to refer to Yahweh God in your language at this point in the paragraph. Also, see how you translated a similar quote margin in Gen 1:26, where **said** has the same meaning. Alternate translation: “Then he said” or “Then he said to himself,”
395	3:22	tgmz			הֵ֤ן	1	This word expresses emotion and calls attention to what God says next. See how you translated this term in Gen 1:29. Alternate translation: “Listen,”
396	3:22	m45e			הָֽ⁠אָדָם֙	1	Throughout verses 22-24 **the man** represents mankind, which included both the man and the woman at this point. Make sure your translation communicates that clearly in those verses and does not just refer to Adam. Alternate translation: “the man and his wife” or “mankind” or “human beings”
397	3:22	jtzi		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive	הָיָה֙ כְּ⁠אַחַ֣ד מִמֶּ֔⁠נּוּ	1	The pronoun **us** is inclusive because God is talking to himself. Alternate translation: “have become like us”
398	3:22	u2uz			לָ⁠דַ֖עַת ט֣וֹב וָ⁠רָ֑ע	1	See how you translated this phrase in verse 5 and a similar phrase in Gen 2:9.
399	3:22	z722			וְ⁠עַתָּ֣ה פֶּן יִשְׁלַ֣ח יָד֗⁠וֹ וְ⁠לָקַח֙ גַּ֚ם	1	See how you translated “took/picked … fruit” in verse 6. Alternate translation: “So now, they must not be allowed by us to also pick” or “So we must not allow them to also pick” or “So now we must do something so that they can not also pick”
400	3:22	jc4x			מֵ⁠עֵ֣ץ הַֽ⁠חַיִּ֔ים וְ⁠אָכַ֖ל	1	See how you translated **the tree of life** in Gen 2:9. Alternate translation: “fruit from the tree of eternal life and eat some of it,”
401	3:22	ekrd			וָ⁠חַ֥י לְ⁠עֹלָֽם	1	Alternate translation: “and so live forever!” or “which would make them live forever!”
402	3:23	x97q			וַֽ⁠יְשַׁלְּחֵ֛⁠הוּ יְהוָ֥ה אֱלֹהִ֖ים	1	Notice that in verses 22-24, “the man”, **him**, and **he** refer to mankind, that is, the man and the woman. Make sure it is clear in your translation here that both of them were sent out of the garden, not just the man. Consider again how you translated **Yahweh God** in Genesis 2 and 3, and see the note about this at Gen 2:4. Some languages have dual pronouns that are used for “they” and “them” in verses 22-24. Alternate translation: “Then Yahweh God banished the man and his wife” or “So then Yahweh God forced them to leave”
403	3:23	kl96			מִ⁠גַּן עֵ֑דֶן	1	See how you translated this phrase in Gen 2:15. Alternate translation: “the garden in the land of Eden”
404	3:23	hhh0			לַֽ⁠עֲבֹד֙ אֶת הָ֣⁠אֲדָמָ֔ה	1	See how you translated **work the ground** in Gen 2:5 and “work it” in 2:15. Alternate translation: “to farm the land”
405	3:23	d3re			אֲשֶׁ֥ר לֻקַּ֖ח מִ⁠שָּֽׁם	1	It does not refer to the exact ground that he was made from. See how you translated **taken from** in verse 19. Alternate translation: “which they had been taken from by him” or “which he had taken them from.”
406	3:24	j8r9			וַ⁠יְגָ֖רֶשׁ אֶת הָֽ⁠אָדָ֑ם	1	Alternate translation: “Then after God drove the man and his wife out of the garden,” or “After God banished them from the garden,”
407	3:24	v4dm			וַ⁠יַּשְׁכֵּן֩	1	Alternate translation: “then he stationed”
408	3:24	zcdx			מִ⁠קֶּ֨דֶם לְ⁠גַן עֵ֜דֶן	1	It is implied that the entrance to the garden is where the cherubim were placed to keep everyone from ever entering the garden again. Consider again how you translated “garden” in Gen 2:8-10, 15-16; 3:1-3, 8, 10, 23-24. Alternate translation: “on the east side of the garden at its entrance” or “at the entrance to the garden, which was on its east side”
409	3:24	n3sj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	אֶת הַ⁠כְּרֻבִ֗ים	1	Most translations transliterate or borrow this term from Hebrew throughout the Bible. Cherubim are a special category of very powerful angels. Each one has four faces: a human face, a lion’s face, a bull’s face and an eagle’s face (Ezekiel 1:10; 10:14). Each of them also has multiple wings. You could include some of that information in a footnote. Alternate translation: “some powerful beings called cherubim angels”
410	3:24	gndv			וְ⁠אֵ֨ת לַ֤הַט הַ⁠חֶ֨רֶב֙	1	A sword is a weapon that has a very long, sharp (often two-sided) blade that is longer than a knife, machete, or dagger and is attached to a hilt or handle. This sword may have had flames coming from it, or this may have been fire in the shape of a sword. Alternate translation: “and a fiery sword” or “and a sword made of flames”
411	3:24	i7zi			הַ⁠מִּתְהַפֶּ֔כֶת	1	It seems that the sword was swinging by itself since there is no mention of anyone holding it. Alternate translation: “that was turning around in all directions” or “that was flashing back and forth”
412	3:24	orao			לִ⁠שְׁמֹ֕ר אֶת דֶּ֖רֶךְ	1	Alternate translation: “to keep everyone away from the way that leads to” or “so that no one could go near”
413	3:24	ar1o			עֵ֥ץ הַֽ⁠חַיִּֽים	1	See how you translated this phrase in Gen 2:9 and 3:22. Alternate translation: “the tree of eternal life.” or “the tree whose fruit gives people eternal life.”
414	4:1	cibb			וְ⁠הָ֣⁠אָדָ֔ם	1	For a note about when to begin referring to the man as Adam, see Gen 2:19. Alternate translation: “Then the man Adam”
415	4:1	k9i4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism	יָדַ֖ע אֶת חַוָּ֣ה אִשְׁתּ֑⁠וֹ	1	This phrase is a Hebrew idiom that means Adam had marital/sexual relations with Eve. Many languages have a similar idiom. Make sure you translate this in a way that is polite and will not offend or embarrass people, especially when read aloud. Alternate translation: “slept with his wife Eve,” or “was intimate with his wife Eve,”
416	4:1	um2r			וַ⁠תַּ֨הַר֙ וַ⁠תֵּ֣לֶד	1	Translate this clause in a way that will not embarrass people, especially when read aloud. Alternate translation: “so that she became pregnant and later gave birth to”
417	4:1	a1ox			אֶת קַ֔יִן	1	You could include the meaning of Cain’s name in your translation or in a footnote. See what you did for a similar case in Gen 3:20.
418	4:1	y3qd			וַ⁠תֹּ֕אמֶר	1	This sentence explains how Cain got his name. Make sure that is clear in your translation. Also consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “because she exclaimed,” or “They named him that because Eve had said”
419	4:1	ww1b			קָנִ֥יתִי	1	The Hebrew text is ambiguous here. It could mean: (1) “I have obtained/acquired” or (2) “I have produced/created”. If you include the meaning of Cain’s name earlier in this verse in your translation or in a footnote, make sure it matches your choice here so that it is clear why he was given that name.
420	4:1	gohm			אִ֖ישׁ	1	For some languages it is confusing to refer to a newborn baby as a man. Do what is clear and natural in your language. Alternate translation: “a male child” or “a boy” or “a baby boy”
421	4:1	tfqh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	אֶת יְהוָֽה	1	For some languages it is more natural to put this phrase earlier in this sentence and say, “With Yahweh’s help I have obtained/acquired a son!” or “Yahweh has enabled/helped me to obtain/get a son!” Do what is best in your language. Alternate translation: “with help from Yahweh!”
422	4:2	gqfn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	וַ⁠תֹּ֣סֶף לָ⁠לֶ֔דֶת	1	The Hebrew text is ambiguous here. Cain and Abel may have been twins, or Abel may have been born sometime later after Eve became pregnant again. If possible, translate verse 2 in a way that allows for either interpretation. Also, consider whether it is better in your language to use a pronoun or a noun to refer to Eve here. Alternate translation: “Then she also gave birth to” or “After that, Eve gave birth to”
423	4:2	i71z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship	אֶת אָחִ֖י⁠ו	1	Some languages have a specific term for “younger brother” that can be used here. Do what is best in your language.
424	4:2	wid6			אֶת הָ֑בֶל	1	Alternate translation: “whose name was Abel.”
425	4:2	xfso		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background	וַֽ⁠יְהִי הֶ֨בֶל֙	1	This sentence introduces background information for what happens next. Consider what is the best way to begin this sentence in your language. Also, It is implied here that the boys had grown up to be adults. If necessary, you could make that explicit in your translation. Alternate translation: “Now when the boys had grown up, Abel”
426	4:2	aikd			רֹ֣עֵה צֹ֔אן	1	A flock can be a large group of sheep or goats, or a mixture of both. Alternate translation: “was a keeper of sheep,” or “was a shepherd,” or “raised sheep and goats,”
427	4:2	vsb1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast	וְ⁠קַ֕יִן	1	Consider what is the best way in your language to contrast Cain and his work with Abel and his work. Alternate translation: “but Cain”
428	4:2	dd6k			הָיָ֖ה עֹבֵ֥ד אֲדָמָֽה	1	Cain raised crops, not animals. See how you translated a similar phrase (“work the ground”) in Gen 2:5. Alternate translation: “was a tiller of the soil.” or “was a crop farmer.” or “grew food crops.”
429	4:3	bwql		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	וַֽ⁠יְהִ֖י מִ⁠קֵּ֣ץ יָמִ֑ים	1	These phrases introduce an important new event. Consider what is the best way to do that in your language. Alternate translation: “Then one day it happened that” or “As time went on one day”
430	4:3	mhjm			וַ⁠יָּבֵ֨א קַ֜יִן	1	Alternate translation: “Cain offered”
431	4:3	zn5b			מִ⁠פְּרִ֧י הָֽ⁠אֲדָמָ֛ה	1	The word **fruit** is general here and refers to any edible plant or crop that grows as the result of being cultivated. Make sure that is clear in your translation. Alternate translation: “some of the crops that he had raised in his fields” or “some of the edible plants that he had harvested from his fields”
432	4:3	of0f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-key-terms	מִנְחָ֖ה לַֽ⁠יהוָֽה	1	The term **offering** refers to something that is given. Alternate translation: “to Yahweh as an gift to worship him.”
433	4:4	mq9z			וְ⁠הֶ֨בֶל הֵבִ֥יא גַם	1	There is a contrast between Abel and Cain and between their offerings. Alternate translation: “Abel also offered an offering to Yahweh, but what he gave was” or “But Abel gave to Yahweh”
434	4:4	r4og			מִ⁠בְּכֹר֥וֹת צֹאנ֖⁠וֹ	1	See how you translated **flocks** in verse 2. Alternate translation: “some of the firstborn animals from his sheep”
435	4:4	oxhr			וּ⁠מֵֽ⁠חֶלְבֵ⁠הֶ֑ן	1	In that culture, fat was considered one of the best parts of an animal to eat. If that is different from how fat is viewed in your language area, that information could be put in a footnote. Alternate translation: “and some of the fat portions of the meat.” or “and some of their best parts.” or “and the best parts of the meat.”
436	4:4	v9sn			וַ⁠יִּ֣שַׁע יְהוָ֔ה אֶל	1	Alternate translation: “Yahweh was happy with” or “Yahweh accepted”
437	4:4	jlf3			הֶ֖בֶל וְ⁠אֶל מִנְחָתֽ⁠וֹ	1	Alternate translation: “Abel and his sacrifice.” or “Abel and what he gave to him.”
438	4:5	zedh			וְ⁠אֶל קַ֥יִן & לֹ֣א שָׁעָ֑ה	1	See how you translated “looked favorably on” in verse 4. Alternate translation: “But Yahweh was not happy with Cain” or “However, he did not accept Cain”
439	4:5	hxcc			וְ⁠אֶל מִנְחָת֖⁠וֹ	1	Alternate translation: “and his gift” or “and what he gave to him.”
440	4:5	ai77		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	וַ⁠יִּ֤חַר לְ⁠קַ֨יִן֙ מְאֹ֔ד	1	Many languages have a similar idiom that fits well here. Do what is best in your language. Alternate translation: “So Cain was extremely angry,”
441	4:5	m590		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	וַֽ⁠יִּפְּל֖וּ פָּנָֽי⁠ו	1	Alternate translation: “and his face showed that he was angry” or “and he scowled.” or “and his face showed it.”
442	4:6	eymy		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	וַ⁠יֹּ֥אמֶר יְהוָ֖ה אֶל קָ֑יִן	1	The way you translate this quote margin should fit with the way that you translated the following three rhetorical questions. Alternate translation: “Then Yahweh asked Cain”
443	4:6	qa15		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	לָ֚⁠מָּה חָ֣רָה לָ֔⁠ךְ וְ⁠לָ֖⁠מָּה נָפְל֥וּ פָנֶֽי⁠ךָ	1	God is using these rhetorical questions to correct Cain. Consider what is the best way to communicate that in your language. Also see how you translated the idioms “burned with … anger” and “face fell” in verse 5. Alternate translation: “Why are you so angry? And why are you scowling?” or “There is no reason for you to be angry and scowling.”
444	4:7	ltx6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	הֲ⁠ל֤וֹא & שְׂאֵ֔ת	1	God uses this rhetorical question here to remind Cain of something that he already knew. Consider what is the best way to do that in your language. Alternate translation: “you know that you will be accepted by me.” or “you know that I will be pleased with you and your gift too.” or “I will accept you and your gift too.”
445	4:7	hj95			וְ⁠אִם֙ לֹ֣א תֵיטִ֔יב	1	Alternate translation: “But if you do what is wrong,”
446	4:7	re3c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification	חַטָּ֣את רֹבֵ֑ץ	1	In verse 7 sin is personified, that is, it is treated as if it were alive, like a lion or some other fierce animal that wants to attack Cain. Some languages can do the same thing. Other languages cannot do that and must say something like: “then you are in great danger of being tempted to sin, but you must resist and not give in.” Alternate translation: “then sin is like a dangerous animal that is waiting” or “then sin will be waiting like a wild animal”
447	4:7	sy1l			לַ⁠פֶּ֖תַח	1	Alternate translation: “outside the door of your heart to tempt you,”
448	4:7	t750			וְ⁠אֵלֶ֨י⁠ךָ֙ תְּשׁ֣וּקָת֔⁠וֹ	1	Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “Sin wants to destroy you,”
449	4:7	r8yc			וְ⁠אַתָּ֖ה תִּמְשָׁל בּֽ⁠וֹ	1	Alternate translation: “but you must master it so that you do not sin.” or “but you must keep it from destroying you.” or “but you must keep it from doing that.”
450	4:8	hfxs			וַ⁠יֹּ֥אמֶר קַ֖יִן	1	After God spoke to Cain, we do not know how long Cain waited before he spoke to Abel; it may have been a few hours or a few days. Alternate translation: “Later Cain spoke”
451	4:8	dhvy		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants	אֶל הֶ֣בֶל אָחִ֑י⁠ו	1	This sentence is what the Hebrew text has. Instead of that text, some ancient manuscripts and translations (including the Samaritan Pentateuch, Septuagint, Latin Vulgate, and Syriac) and many modern translations have: “Then Cain said to Abel his brother, “Let’s go out to the field and work together.” ” or “Then Cain invited/asked his brother Abel to go out to the field with him to work.” Some translation teams follow the way this verse is translated in a well-known translation, such as in the national language or in a neighboring language. Decide what to do in your translation. The textual variant that you do not use in your translation could be put in a footnote. Alternate translation: “with his brother Abel.”
452	4:8	bkk1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וַֽ⁠יְהִי֙ בִּ⁠הְיוֹתָ֣⁠ם בַּ⁠שָּׂדֶ֔ה	1	For some languages it is necessary to make explicit that Cain and Abel actually went to the field. Do what is best in your language. Alternate translation: “So they went out to the field to work together, but while they were there,”
453	4:8	ms2c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	הֶ֣בֶל אָחִ֑י⁠ו	1	The Hebrew text keeps repeating the phrase **Abel his brother** to emphasize the seriousness of Cain’s crime. Consider what is the best way to do that in your language. See how you translated **brother** in verse 2. Alternate translation: “his own brother Abel” or “his own brother”
454	4:9	ylt7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	וַ⁠יֹּ֤אמֶר יְהוָה֙ אֶל קַ֔יִן	1	Alternate translation: “Then Yahweh asked Cain,”
455	4:9	lg3y			אֵ֖י הֶ֣בֶל אָחִ֑י⁠ךָ	1	See how you translated “Abel … brother” in verse 8.
456	4:9	e118		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	וַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר֙	1	Cain is answering Yahweh rudely. Consider what is the best way to translate this quote margin in your language, including whether or not to use a conjunction here. Alternate translation: “Then He said to him,” or “He answered him,” or “He retorted,”
457	4:9	pi34			לֹ֣א יָדַ֔עְתִּי	1	Alternate translation: “How should I know that?”
458	4:9	d7iw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	הֲ⁠שֹׁמֵ֥ר אָחִ֖⁠י אָנֹֽכִי	1	Cain uses this rhetorical question to support the lie that he just told. His response to God is rude and disrespectful. Consider whether or not a rhetorical question communicates that here in your language. Alternate translation: “Am I in charge of my brother?” or “Is it my responsibility to take care of my brother?”
459	4:10	n5ej		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	וַ⁠יֹּ֖אמֶר	1	Make sure that your translation of this phrase refers to Yahweh, not Cain. Alternate translation: “Then Yahweh asked”
460	4:10	flvm		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	מֶ֣ה עָשִׂ֑יתָ	1	God uses this rhetorical question to condemn what Cain had done. Consider whether or not a rhetorical question works well here in your language. Alternate translation: “What you have done is very horrible” or “You have done a horrible thing!”
461	4:10	qix1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification	ק֚וֹל דְּמֵ֣י אָחִ֔י⁠ךָ צֹעֲקִ֥ים אֵלַ֖⁠י מִן הָֽ⁠אֲדָמָֽה	1	In the Hebrew text, blood is personified, as if it had a voice or could cry out like a person does. If it is not possible to do that in your language, you could say that his brother’s blood is “like a voice …” or you could translate this sentence without personification.
462	4:11	ayem			וְ⁠עַתָּ֖ה	1	Alternate translation: “Therefore from now on” or “Because of what you did,”
463	4:11	nr1b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	אָר֣וּר אָ֑תָּה	1	Consider what is the best way to translate this passive clause in your language. Also see how you translated this in Gen 3:14. Alternate translation: “you are cursed by me”
464	4:11	kzep		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	מִן הָֽ⁠אֲדָמָה֙	1	Alternate translation: “so that you will not be able to grow food from the soil,” or “so that you are banished from farming the soil,”
465	4:11	af4e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification	אֲשֶׁ֣ר פָּצְתָ֣ה אֶת פִּ֔י⁠הָ לָ⁠קַ֛חַת אֶת דְּמֵ֥י אָחִ֖י⁠ךָ	1	In the Hebrew text, **the ground** is personified as if it had a mouth to open. If that is not possible in your language, you could follow one of the alternates above. Alternate translation: “which is covered with blood from your brother”
466	4:11	rubj			מִ⁠יָּדֶֽ⁠ךָ	1	Alternate translation: “when you killed him.”
467	4:12	ikp7			כִּ֤י	1	Alternate translation: “As a result, whenever”
468	4:12	vpbv			תַֽעֲבֹד֙ אֶת הָ֣⁠אֲדָמָ֔ה	1	See how you translated **work the ground** in Gen 2:5 and 3:23; also see similar phrases in 4:2, 11. Alternate translation: “you try to farm the soil,”
469	4:12	caed			לֹֽא תֹסֵ֥ף תֵּת כֹּחָ֖⁠הּ לָ֑⁠ךְ	1	Alternate translation: “it will no longer grow good crops for you.” or “it will not grow enough food for you anymore.”
470	4:12	azf9			תִּֽהְיֶ֥ה	1	Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “and you will also”
471	4:12	ptn2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys	נָ֥ע וָ⁠נָ֖ד תִּֽהְיֶ֥ה בָ⁠אָֽרֶץ	1	The phrase **a fugitive and a wanderer** forms a hendiadys. Consider what is the best way to translate that phrase in your language. Alternate translation: “be a fugitive who wanders around on the earth without a permanent home.” or “be a homeless outcast on the earth.” or “be rejected by people so that you have no permanent home and have to move from place to place.”
472	4:13	k174		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	וַ⁠יֹּ֥אמֶר קַ֖יִן אֶל יְהוָ֑ה	1	Alternate translation: “But Cain replied to him,”
473	4:13	au2w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	גָּד֥וֹל עֲוֺנִ֖⁠י	1	Alternate translation: “Your punishment of me will cause me more suffering” or “You are punishing me more harshly”
474	4:13	vjkj			מִ⁠נְּשֹֽׂא	1	Alternate translation: “than I am able to cope with.”
475	4:14	tmvv			הֵן֩	1	This term emphasizes what Cain says next. See how you translated this term in Gen 1:29 and 3:22. It may be necessary to translate it in different ways, depending on the context. Alternate translation: “Listen,”
476	4:14	evll			גֵּרַ֨שְׁתָּ אֹתִ֜⁠י הַ⁠יּ֗וֹם	1	See how you translated “drove/expelled” in Gen 3:24. Alternate translation: “today you are forcing me away” or “you have now prevented me”
477	4:14	xrxp			מֵ⁠עַל֙ פְּנֵ֣י הָֽ⁠אֲדָמָ֔ה	1	Alternate translation: “from working the land”
478	4:14	kjbr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	וּ⁠מִ⁠פָּנֶ֖י⁠ךָ אֶסָּתֵ֑ר	1	This clause is probably an idiom that means Cain will be cursed and no longer blessed by God. Alternate translation: “and I will be separated from you.” or “and you will no longer bless me.”
479	4:14	jhqn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys	וְ⁠הָיִ֜יתִי נָ֤ע וָ⁠נָד֙ בָּ⁠אָ֔רֶץ	1	See how you translated this phrase in verse 12. Alternate translation: “I will be a fugitive who wanders around on the earth without a permanent home,” or “I will be a wandering outcast on the earth,”
480	4:14	v3gz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole	כָל מֹצְאִ֖⁠י יַֽהַרְגֵֽ⁠נִי	1	Cain uses hyperbole here to emphasize his strong emotion. If possible, keep this hyperbole in your translation because it helps communicate how fearful Cain was feeling. Alternate translation: “anyone who meets me will kill me!”
481	4:15	kucp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	וַ⁠יֹּ֧אמֶר ל֣⁠וֹ יְהוָ֗ה	1	Alternate translation: “So Yahweh said to him” or “Yahweh said to Cain,”
482	4:15	fsei		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants	לָ⁠כֵן֙	1	That is what the Hebrew text has. Instead of that text, some ancient translations (such as the Septuagint) and many modern translations have: “Not so/true.” or “That will not happen because”. The textual variant that you do not use in your translation could be put in a footnote. Alternate translation: “In that case,”
483	4:15	kb8d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	כָּל הֹרֵ֣ג קַ֔יִן & יֻקָּ֑ם	1	What God says here implies that he will do something to prevent people from killing Cain; he is not just talking about punishing them if they kill him. If necessary, you could make that explicit in your translation. Alternate translation: “I will warn everyone that if anyone kills you, I will take revenge on him for you” or “I will make it clear to everyone that I will take revenge on anyone who kills you”
484	4:15	y2v3			וַ⁠יָּ֨שֶׂם יְהוָ֤ה לְ⁠קַ֨יִן֙ א֔וֹת	1	We do not know exactly how Yahweh marked Cain, so keep your translation of this clause general (like the Hebrew text is). Alternate translation: “Then he put a special symbol on Cain” or “Then he marked Cain with a special mark”
485	4:15	cqhr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	לְ⁠בִלְתִּ֥י הַכּוֹת אֹת֖⁠וֹ כָּל מֹצְאֽ⁠וֹ	1	The phrase **strike him** is used here as an idiom that means “kill him”. Do what is best in your language. Alternate translation: “so that anyone who saw him would not kill him.” or “to warn everyone who saw him not to kill him.”
486	4:16	mmsm			וַ⁠יֵּ֥צֵא קַ֖יִן	1	Alternate translation: “After that, Cain went away”
487	4:16	s73l		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	מִ⁠לִּ⁠פְנֵ֣י יְהוָ֑ה	1	Yahweh is everywhere, so this probably means that after talking to Yahweh, Cain left that place. Alternate translation: “from Yahweh” or “from the place where Yahweh had been talking to him”
488	4:16	iydu			וַ⁠יֵּ֥שֶׁב	1	Alternate translation: “and settled” or “and started living”
489	4:16	ksys		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	בְּ⁠אֶֽרֶץ נ֖וֹד	1	The original readers of the Hebrew text knew that the name **Nod** means “wandering”. Usually translators transliterate (copy or borrow) the name from the Hebrew text, and they might also include the meaning of the name in the text or in a footnote. If you do that here, the meaning should be similar to how you translated “wanderer” in verses 12 and 14.
490	4:16	glwo			קִדְמַת עֵֽדֶן	1	Consider again how you translated “the land/region of Eden” and “the Garden of Eden” in the book of Genesis. See Gen 2:8, 10, 15; 3:23-24; 4:16. Alternate translation: “which was east of the land called Eden.” or “which was east of Eden Land.”
491	4:17	tgil		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism	וַ⁠יֵּ֤דַע קַ֨יִן֙ אֶת אִשְׁתּ֔⁠וֹ	1	See how you translated this idiom in Gen 4:1. Alternate translation: “Then Cain slept with his wife,”
492	4:17	rr2c			וַ⁠תַּ֖הַר וַ⁠תֵּ֣לֶד	1	See how you translated this phrase in Gen 4:1. Alternate translation: “so that she became pregnant and gave birth to”
493	4:17	i17s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	אֶת חֲנ֑וֹךְ	1	Alternate translation: “a son named Enoch.” or “a son whose name was Enoch.”
494	4:17	a43z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	וַֽ⁠יְהִי֙ בֹּ֣נֶה עִ֔יר	1	Make sure that your translation of this clause refers to Cain, not Enoch. Alternate translation: “Now at that time, Cain was in the process of constructing a city,”
495	4:17	isn9			וַ⁠יִּקְרָא֙ שֵׁ֣ם הָ⁠עִ֔יר	1	Alternate translation: “so he called the city”
496	4:17	ocqy			כְּ⁠שֵׁ֖ם בְּנ֥⁠וֹ חֲנֽוֹךְ	1	Alternate translation: “Enoch, after his son.” or “Enoch, the same name as his son.”
497	4:18	d1x6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases	וַ⁠יִּוָּלֵ֤ד לַֽ⁠חֲנוֹךְ֙	1	In this record of Cain’s descendants, It is implied that many years have gone by between each descendant growing up, getting married, and having his own children. Decide the best way to translate this genealogical record in your language. Alternate translation: “Later on, Enoch had” or “When Enoch grew up, he fathered” or “Enoch was the father of”
498	4:18	yll5			אֶת עִירָ֔ד	1	Alternate translation: “a son whose name was Irad,”
499	4:18	zgh0			וְ⁠עִירָ֕ד יָלַ֖ד	1	Consider whether or not it is best in your language to begin a new sentence with each new generation that is mentioned in this verse. Alternate translation: “Then Irad fathered” or “When Irad grew up, he had” or “Irad was the father of”
500	4:18	lb2t			אֶת מְחֽוּיָאֵ֑ל	1	Alternate translation: “a son whose name was Mehujael,”
501	4:18	hdkq			וּ⁠מְחִיּיָאֵ֗ל יָלַד֙	1	Alternate translation: “Then Mehujael fathered” or “When Mehujael grew up, he had” or “Mehujael was the father of”
502	4:18	r4oo			אֶת מְת֣וּשָׁאֵ֔ל	1	Alternate translation: “a son whose name was Methushael,”
503	4:18	bw8i			וּ⁠מְתוּשָׁאֵ֖ל יָלַ֥ד	1	Alternate translation: “Then Methushael fathered” or “When Methushael grew up, he had” or “Methushael was the father of”
504	4:18	a3xs			אֶת לָֽמֶךְ	1	Alternate translation: “a son whose name was Lamech.”
505	4:19	sx75		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	וַ⁠יִּֽקַּֽח ל֥⁠וֹ לֶ֖מֶךְ שְׁתֵּ֣י נָשִׁ֑ים	1	In this context, the phrase **took for himself** is an idiom that means “married”. Consider whether or not your language has a similar idiom. Alternate translation: “Then Lamech grew up, and he chose two women to be his wives.” or “When Lamech grew up, he married two women.”
506	4:19	div9			שֵׁ֤ם הָֽ⁠אַחַת֙ עָדָ֔ה	1	Alternate translation: “His first wife was named Adah,”
507	4:19	nogk			וְ⁠שֵׁ֥ם הַ⁠שֵּׁנִ֖ית צִלָּֽה	1	Alternate translation: “and his second wife was named Zillah.”
508	4:20	gfmj			וַ⁠תֵּ֥לֶד עָדָ֖ה	1	Alternate translation: “Adah had”
509	4:20	baqx			אֶת יָבָ֑ל	1	Alternate translation: “a son whose name was Jabal.”
510	4:20	w051			ה֣וּא הָיָ֔ה	1	Consider whether or not it is best in your language to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “who was” or “who grew up and became”
511	4:20	twss		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	אֲבִ֕י יֹשֵׁ֥ב	1	The phrase **father of** is used here as an idiom that means Jabal was the first person to do these things. He originated this way of living, and many people after him followed his example. Alternate translation: “the first of all people who”
512	4:20	lmj0		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	יֹשֵׁ֥ב אֹ֖הֶל	1	A tent is a portable living place that has walls made of cloth or animal skins and is held up by poles. Tents are used by people who need to take their home with them as they move from place to place, often to find food and water for themselves and their livestock. If people in your language area are not familiar with tents, you could include some of the above information in a footnote. Alternate translation: “are tent dwellers” or “live in portable shelters”
513	4:20	ifog			וּ⁠מִקְנֶֽה	1	The term **livestock** includes all kinds of domestic animals, such as cows, sheep, goats, camels, and donkeys. See how you translated **livestock** in Gen 1:24-26; 2:20, 3:14. Alternate translation: “and raise animals for a living.”
514	4:21	g37o		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship	וְ⁠שֵׁ֥ם אָחִ֖י⁠ו יוּבָ֑ל	1	Jubal was probably younger than Jabal. See how you translated **brother** in verse 2. Alternate translation: “Jabal had a brother named Jubal.”
515	4:21	wc9b			ה֣וּא הָיָ֔ה	1	Alternate translation: “who was” or “He grew up and became”
516	4:21	dbuc			אֲבִ֕י כָּל	1	See how you translated a similar phrase in verse 20. Alternate translation: “the ancestor of all people who”
517	4:21	thhz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	תֹּפֵ֥שׂ כִּנּ֖וֹר וְ⁠עוּגָֽב	1	Alternate translation: “play musical instruments called lyres and pipes.” or “play stringed instruments and wind instruments.”
518	4:22	jm2j			גַם & יָֽלְדָה֙	1	Alternate translation: “also became pregnant and gave birth to a son, and they named him”
519	4:22	nipn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	אֶת תּ֣וּבַל קַ֔יִן	1	Be consistent with how you spell this name both times in verse 22. Alternate translation: “Tubal-Cain” or “Tubal-cain” or “Tubalcain”
520	4:22	t53i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	לֹטֵ֕שׁ	1	It is probably implied from verses 20-21 that Tubal Cain, like his brothers, was the father/ancestor or first of all those who had his skill. Alternate translation: “He was the first person to forge” or “He was the first blacksmith and forged” or “He was the first of all people who forge”
521	4:22	dn66			כָּל חֹרֵ֥שׁ נְחֹ֖שֶׁת וּ⁠בַרְזֶ֑ל	1	The word **tools** that is used here in the Hebrew text is general and can include farming tools and weapons and other things that are made out of metal. Alternate translation: “all kinds of tools and other things out of brass and iron.” or “all kinds of brass and iron things”
522	4:22	dmz0			וַֽ⁠אֲח֥וֹת תּֽוּבַל קַ֖יִן נַֽעֲמָֽה	1	Alternate translation: “Tubal Cain had a sister named Naamah.”
523	4:23	apyu		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	וַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר לֶ֜מֶךְ	1	Consider what is the best way in your language to introduce this new event. Alternate translation: “One time, Lamech said proudly” or “One day, Lamech boasted”
524	4:23	gae9			לְ⁠נָשָׁ֗י⁠ו עָדָ֤ה וְ⁠צִלָּה֙	1	Be consistent with how you spelled these names in verses 19-20, 22-23.
525	4:23	lbpd		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	שְׁמַ֣עַן קוֹלִ֔⁠י	1	The phrase **my voice** refers here to the words being said. Consider what is the best way to translate this figure of speech in your language. Alternate translation: “listen to what I am going to tell you.”
526	4:23	uqtr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	נְשֵׁ֣י לֶ֔מֶךְ הַאְזֵ֖נָּה אִמְרָתִ֑⁠י	1	This clause forms a parallelism with the previous clause and emphasizes what Lamech says next. Also, consider whether or not your language has an idiom that is similar to **give ear to**. Alternate translation: “My wives, listen to me carefully.”
527	4:23	m97i			כִּ֣י אִ֤ישׁ הָרַ֨גְתִּי֙ לְ⁠פִצְעִ֔⁠י וְ⁠יֶ֖לֶד לְ⁠חַבֻּרָתִֽ⁠י	1	The Hebrew text is ambiguous here. It could mean: (1) “I killed a man for wounding me; he was a young man who bruised/injured me!” or “I killed a young man for wounding/injuring me! In fact, I killed that man just because he bruised/injured me!” or (2) “I killed a man for wounding me, and also a young man for bruising/injuring me.” or “A man wounded me, so I killed him. A young man injured me, so I killed him too!” According to the first interpretation, Lamech refers to one man he killed. According to the second interpretation, he refers to two men he killed.
528	4:24	q45d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	כִּ֥י שִׁבְעָתַ֖יִם יֻקַּם קָ֑יִן וְ⁠לֶ֖מֶךְ	1	Consider what is the best way to translate this passive clause in your language. Alternate translation: “Since God has promised to avenge Cain seven times, then” or “Cain is avenged by God seven times, but”
529	4:24	g912			וְ⁠לֶ֖מֶךְ שִׁבְעִ֥ים וְ⁠שִׁבְעָֽה	1	Lamech is bragging in verses 23 and 24 about how severely he avenges himself. He is not saying that God will avenge him more than he will avenge Cain. Also, each translation team needs to decide how they will handle numbers in the Hebrew text so that readers will not confuse those numbers with verse numbers. For example, it may be best to use words for single and double-digit numbers in the text. Be consistent with how you spelled the name **Lamech** in verses 18-19, 23-24. Alternate translation: “I, Lamech avenge myself seventy-seven times!” or “I avenge myself 77 times!”
530	4:25	rw9r		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism	וַ⁠יֵּ֨דַע אָדָ֥ם עוֹד֙ אֶת אִשְׁתּ֔⁠וֹ	1	See how you translated the idiom **knew** in 4:1, 17. Alternate translation: “Then Adam slept with his wife Eve again,” or “Again Adam had marital relations with his wife Eve,”
531	4:25	tlhj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	וַ⁠תֵּ֣לֶד בֵּ֔ן	1	Alternate translation: “so that she conceived and had a son,” or “with the result that she became pregnant and gave birth to a son,”
532	4:25	uyxx			וַ⁠תִּקְרָ֥א אֶת שְׁמ֖⁠וֹ	1	See how you translated a similar phrase in Gen 3:20. Alternate translation: “and she gave him the name”
533	4:25	yiax		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	כִּ֣י	1	What follows is a direct quote of what Eve said that gave Seth his name. Make sure that is clear in your language. Also consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “She named him that because when he was born, she had exclaimed,”
534	4:25	pmzd			שָֽׁת לִ֤⁠י אֱלֹהִים֙	1	If you include the meaning of Seth’s name in your translation or in a footnote, make sure it matches the way you translate **appointed** here, so that it is clear why he was given that name. Alternate translation: “God has given to me”
535	4:25	k147			תַּ֣חַת הֶ֔בֶל	1	Alternate translation: “to take the place of Abel,”
536	4:25	d8wl		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	כִּ֥י הֲרָג֖⁠וֹ קָֽיִן	1	For some language it is necessary to put this phrase first in this clause (so that events are in the order that they happened) and say, “Since Cain killed Abel, God granted me another child to replace him.” Do what is best in your language. Alternate translation: “whom Cain murdered.”
537	4:26	oqgu			וּ⁠לְ⁠שֵׁ֤ת גַּם & יֻלַּד בֵּ֔ן	1	The word order in the Hebrew text here emphasizes Seth. Do what is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Later on, Seth also had a son,”
538	4:26	zd7h			וַ⁠יִּקְרָ֥א אֶת שְׁמ֖⁠וֹ אֱנ֑וֹשׁ	1	Alternate translation: “whom he named Enosh.”
539	4:26	tq3j			אָ֣ז	1	Alternate translation: “At that time” or “That is when”
540	4:26	o4hk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	הוּחַ֔ל לִ⁠קְרֹ֖א בְּ⁠שֵׁ֥ם יְהוָֽה	1	The phrase **call on the name of Yahweh** is an idiom that refers to prayers, worship, and praise in which people addressed God directly by his personal name Yahweh. It also implies that they were trusting in him to help and guide them. Alternate translation: “people began to address God by his name Yahweh as they worshiped him.” or “people began to praise Yahweh by name.” or “people first called Yahweh by name in their prayers and worship.”
541	5:1	r7au			זֶ֣ה	1	Alternate translation: “What follows is”
542	5:1	nf58			סֵ֔פֶר	1	Alternate translation: “the written family record of”
543	5:1	hbea			תּוֹלְדֹ֖ת אָדָ֑ם	1	Alternate translation: “about Adam and his descendants:”
544	5:1	ztgp			בְּ⁠י֗וֹם בְּרֹ֤א אֱלֹהִים֙ אָדָ֔ם & עָשָׂ֥ה אֹתֽ⁠וֹ	1	See how you translated **created** in Gen 1:1, 27; 2:4, and “man” in Gen 1:26-27. Alternate translation: “On the day that God made human beings, he made them”
545	5:1	c3vh			בִּ⁠דְמ֥וּת אֱלֹהִ֖ים	1	God created mankind to be like himself in certain ways, but not to be exactly like him in every way (Gen 1:26-27). Alternate translation: “in his own likeness.”
546	5:2	sfms			זָכָ֥ר וּ⁠נְקֵבָ֖ה בְּרָאָ֑⁠ם	1	See how you translated this clause in Gen 1:27.
547	5:2	xoeq			וַ⁠יְבָ֣רֶךְ אֹתָ֗⁠ם	1	Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. Also see how you translated **blessed** in Gen 1:22, 28. It may be necessary to translate this term in different ways, depending on the context. Alternate translation: “He blessed them” or “He said that he would make them prosper”
548	5:2	md6q			וַ⁠יִּקְרָ֤א אֶת שְׁמָ⁠ם֙	1	See how you translated the phrase “called … name” in Gen 4:17, 25, 26. Alternate translation: “and called them”
549	5:2	bpym			אָדָ֔ם	1	Be consistent here with how you translated this term in verse 1.
550	5:2	ocap		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	בְּ⁠י֖וֹם הִבָּֽרְאָֽ⁠ם	1	Consider what is the best way to translate this passive clause in your language. Also, for some languages it is clearer or more natural to put this clause earlier in this verse and say, “and on the same day that he created them, he blessed them and called/named them human beings.” Do what is best in your language. Alternate translation: “on the same day that they were created by him.”
551	5:3	mu3a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers	וַֽ⁠יְחִ֣י אָדָ֗ם שְׁלֹשִׁ֤ים וּ⁠מְאַת֙ שָׁנָ֔ה וַ⁠יּ֥וֹלֶד	1	Each translation team needs to decide how they are going to write large numbers in the Bible. Many teams use numerals, for example, **130** here in verse 3, especially if the target language has a complicated counting system. Other teams prefer to use words, for example, “one hundred thirty” here. Be consistent in what you do throughout your translation. Alternate translation: “When Adam had lived 130 years, he had a son” or “When Adam was 130 years old, he fathered a son”
552	5:3	i5yo		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet	בִּ⁠דְמוּת֖⁠וֹ כְּ⁠צַלְמ֑⁠וֹ	1	These two phrases have similar meanings and emphasize that Seth was similar to Adam in many ways. See how you translated similar phrases in Gen 1:26. Alternate translation: “who was a human being like himself and looked like him,”
553	5:3	d878			וַ⁠יִּקְרָ֥א אֶת שְׁמ֖⁠וֹ שֵֽׁת	1	For some languages it is more natural to begin a new sentence here. Do what is best in your language. Alternate translation: “and Adam named him Seth.” or “Adam named his son Seth.”
554	5:4	m5uq			וַ⁠יִּֽהְי֣וּ יְמֵי אָדָ֗ם אַֽחֲרֵי֙ הוֹלִיד֣⁠וֹ אֶת שֵׁ֔ת	1	Alternate translation: “After he had Seth, he lived” or “After Seth was born, Adam lived”
555	5:4	dt93		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	שְׁמֹנֶ֥ה מֵאֹ֖ת שָׁנָ֑ה	1	For some languages, it may be more natural to change the clause order of this sentence and say, “Adam lived 800 more years after Seth was born …” Do what is best in your language throughout this chapter. Alternate translation: “800 more years,”
556	5:4	w4va			וַ⁠יּ֥וֹלֶד	1	This clause probably refers to all the other children that Adam had, including those who were born before and after Seth was born. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “and he also had” or “Adam also had” or “He was also the father of”
557	5:5	exxg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	וַ⁠יִּֽהְי֞וּ כָּל יְמֵ֤י אָדָם֙ אֲשֶׁר חַ֔י תְּשַׁ֤ע מֵאוֹת֙ שָׁנָ֔ה וּ⁠שְׁלֹשִׁ֖ים שָׁנָ֑ה	1	Make sure that the name **Adam** is spelled consistently in your translation of verses 1, 3-5. Alternate translation: “So he lived a total of 930 years,” or “All together Adam lived 930 years,”
558	5:5	vx22			וַ⁠יָּמֹֽת	1	Notice that if you use the second alternative here (“before he died”), a comma is not used before it (in English). Do what is best in your language. Alternate translation: “before he died.”
559	5:6	e8ow		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background	וַֽ⁠יְחִי־שֵׁ֕ת חָמֵ֥שׁ שָׁנִ֖ים וּ⁠מְאַ֣ת שָׁנָ֑ה	1	The events in verse 6 happened before Adam died (verse 5). So if you use a conjunction here, make sure your translation does not sound like verse 6 happened after Adam died. Alternate translation: “After Seth had lived 105 years,” or “After Seth was 105 years old,”
560	5:6	ac8w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וַ⁠יּ֖וֹלֶד אֶת אֱנֽוֹשׁ	1	You could make it explicit in your translation or in a footnote that Enosh was a son. The same thing is true for the rest of the children whose births are mentioned in this chapter (who were all sons). Alternate translation: “he fathered a son named Enosh.” or “he had a son they named Enosh.” or “he had a son whose name was Enosh.”
561	5:7	zq5v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	וַֽ⁠יְחִי שֵׁ֗ת אַֽחֲרֵי֙ הוֹלִיד֣⁠וֹ אֶת אֱנ֔וֹשׁ	1	In fact, throughout chapter 5, make sure it is clear in your translation whom each pronoun refers to. Alternate translation: “After he had Enosh, he lived” or “After Enosh was born, Seth lived”
562	5:7	axao			שֶׁ֣בַע שָׁנִ֔ים וּ⁠שְׁמֹנֶ֥ה מֵא֖וֹת שָׁנָ֑ה	1	Alternate translation: “807 more years,”
563	5:7	m6hy			וַ⁠יּ֥וֹלֶד	1	Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. See how you translated this phrase and the following one in verse 4. Alternate translation: “and he also had” or “Seth also had” or “He was also the father of”
564	5:8	cpt9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	וַ⁠יִּֽהְיוּ֙ כָּל יְמֵי שֵׁ֔ת שְׁתֵּ֤ים עֶשְׂרֵה֙ שָׁנָ֔ה וּ⁠תְשַׁ֥ע מֵא֖וֹת שָׁנָ֑ה	1	Be consistent with how you spell the name **Seth** in the book of Genesis. See Gen 4:25-26; 5:3-4, 6-8. Alternate translation: “So he lived a total of 912 years,” or “All together he lived 912 years,”
565	5:8	wfwj			וַ⁠יָּמֹֽת	1	Alternate translation: “before he died.”
566	5:9	hpxy		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background	וַֽ⁠יְחִ֥י אֱנ֖וֹשׁ תִּשְׁעִ֣ים שָׁנָ֑ה	1	See how you translated the beginning of a similar new paragraph in this genealogy at verse 6. Alternate translation: “After Enosh had lived 90 years,” or “After Enosh was 90 years old,”
567	5:9	ealf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וַ⁠יּ֖וֹלֶד אֶת קֵינָֽן	1	Alternate translation: “he fathered a son named Kenan.” or “he had a son whose name was Kenan.”
568	5:10	qcro		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	וַֽ⁠יְחִ֣י אֱנ֗וֹשׁ אַֽחֲרֵי֙ הוֹלִיד֣⁠וֹ אֶת קֵינָ֔ן	1	See how you translated a similar sentence in verse 7, and see the notes about that there. Alternate translation: “After he had Kenan, he lived” or “After Kenan was born, Enosh lived”
569	5:10	vyfp			חֲמֵ֤שׁ עֶשְׂרֵה֙ שָׁנָ֔ה וּ⁠שְׁמֹנֶ֥ה מֵא֖וֹת שָׁנָ֑ה	1	Alternate translation: “815 more years,”
570	5:10	a9fp			וַ⁠יּ֥וֹלֶד	1	Alternate translation: “and he also had” or “Enosh also had” or “He was also the father of”
571	5:11	t6cg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	וַ⁠יִּֽהְיוּ֙ כָּל יְמֵ֣י אֱנ֔וֹשׁ חָמֵ֣שׁ שָׁנִ֔ים וּ⁠תְשַׁ֥ע מֵא֖וֹת שָׁנָ֑ה	1	Make sure that the name **Enosh** is spelled consistently in your translation of verses 6-7, 9-11. Alternate translation: “So he lived a total of 905 years,” or “All together he lived 905 years,”
572	5:11	ajtj			וַ⁠יָּמֹֽת	1	Alternate translation: “before he died.”
573	5:12	q01x		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers	וַֽ⁠יְחִ֥י קֵינָ֖ן שִׁבְעִ֣ים שָׁנָ֑ה	1	Throughout this chapter, be consistent with how you have decided to handle numbers in the Bible. For example, many translation teams use words for single and double-digit numbers, but use numerals for larger numbers. This strategy helps prevent confusion with verse numbers. This is especially true in translations that use a large font size for verse numbers so that people doing group Bible study can easily be in the same verse together. Alternate translation: “After Kenan had lived seventy years,” or “After Kenan was seventy years old,”
574	5:12	s14a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וַ⁠יּ֖וֹלֶד אֶת מַֽהֲלַלְאֵֽל	1	Alternate translation: “he fathered a son named Mahalalel.” or “he fathered a son whose name was Mahalalel.”
575	5:13	x4dz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	וַ⁠יְחִ֣י קֵינָ֗ן אַחֲרֵי֙ הוֹלִיד֣⁠וֹ אֶת מַֽהֲלַלְאֵ֔ל	1	Alternate translation: “After Kenan had Mahalalel, he lived” or “After Mahalalel was born, Kenan lived”
576	5:13	ml02			אַרְבָּעִ֣ים שָׁנָ֔ה וּ⁠שְׁמֹנֶ֥ה מֵא֖וֹת שָׁנָ֑ה	1	Alternate translation: “840 more years,”
577	5:13	pdi2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	וַ⁠יּ֥וֹלֶד	1	Consider what is the best way in your language to refer to Kenan at this point in the paragraph. Alternate translation: “and he also had” or “Kenan also had” or “He was also the father of”
578	5:14	iukx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	וַ⁠יִּֽהְיוּ֙ כָּל יְמֵ֣י קֵינָ֔ן עֶ֣שֶׂר שָׁנִ֔ים וּ⁠תְשַׁ֥ע מֵא֖וֹת שָׁנָ֑ה	1	Make sure that the name **Kenan** is spelled consistently in your translation of verses 9-10, 12-14. Alternate translation: “So he lived a total of 910 years,” or “All together he lived 910 years,”
579	5:14	qzt5			וַ⁠יָּמֹֽת	1	Alternate translation: “before he died.”
580	5:15	ibht			וַֽ⁠יְחִ֣י מַֽהֲלַלְאֵ֔ל חָמֵ֥שׁ שָׁנִ֖ים וְ⁠שִׁשִּׁ֣ים שָׁנָ֑ה	1	Alternate translation: “After Mahalalel had lived 65 years,” or “After Mahalalel was 65 years old,”
581	5:15	xypc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וַ⁠יּ֖וֹלֶד אֶת יָֽרֶד	1	Alternate translation: “he fathered a son named Jared.” or “he fathered a son whose name was Jared.”
582	5:16	pue9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	וַֽ⁠יְחִ֣י מַֽהֲלַלְאֵ֗ל אַֽחֲרֵי֙ הוֹלִיד֣⁠וֹ אֶת יֶ֔רֶד	1	Alternate translation: “After he had Jared, he lived” or “After Jared was born, Mahalalel lived”
583	5:16	v7b5			שְׁלֹשִׁ֣ים שָׁנָ֔ה וּ⁠שְׁמֹנֶ֥ה מֵא֖וֹת שָׁנָ֑ה	1	Alternate translation: “830 more years,”
584	5:16	duud			וַ⁠יּ֥וֹלֶד	1	Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “and he also had” or “He also fathered” or “He was also the father of”
585	5:17	y3k1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	וַ⁠יִּהְיוּ֙ כָּל יְמֵ֣י מַהֲלַלְאֵ֔ל חָמֵ֤שׁ וְ⁠תִשְׁעִים֙ שָׁנָ֔ה וּ⁠שְׁמֹנֶ֥ה מֵא֖וֹת שָׁנָ֑ה	1	Make sure that the name **Mahalalel** is spelled consistently in your translation of verses 12-13, 15-17. Alternate translation: “So he lived a total of 895 years,” or “All together he lived 895 years,”
586	5:17	k21r			וַ⁠יָּמֹֽת	1	Alternate translation: “before he died.”
587	5:18	k5fo			וַֽ⁠יְחִי־יֶ֕רֶד שְׁתַּ֧יִם וְ⁠שִׁשִּׁ֛ים שָׁנָ֖ה וּ⁠מְאַ֣ת שָׁנָ֑ה	1	Alternate translation: “After Jared had lived 162 years,” or “After Jared was 162 years old,”
588	5:18	hnj8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וַ⁠יּ֖וֹלֶד אֶת חֲנֽוֹךְ	1	Alternate translation: “he fathered a son named Enoch.” or “he fathered a son whose name was Enoch.”
589	5:19	ttlq			וַֽ⁠יְחִי יֶ֗רֶד אַֽחֲרֵי֙ הוֹלִיד֣⁠וֹ אֶת חֲנ֔וֹךְ	1	Alternate translation: “After Jared had Enoch, he lived” or “After Enoch was born, Jared lived”
590	5:19	dml1			שְׁמֹנֶ֥ה מֵא֖וֹת שָׁנָ֑ה	1	Alternate translation: “800 more years,”
591	5:19	qvdm		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	וַ⁠יּ֥וֹלֶד	1	Consider what is the best way in your language to refer to Jared at this point in the paragraph. Alternate translation: “and he also had” or “Jared also had” or “He was also the father of”
592	5:20	y9dd		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	וַ⁠יִּֽהְיוּ֙ כָּל יְמֵי יֶ֔רֶד שְׁתַּ֤יִם וְ⁠שִׁשִּׁים֙ שָׁנָ֔ה וּ⁠תְשַׁ֥ע מֵא֖וֹת שָׁנָ֑ה	1	Make sure that the name **Jared** is spelled consistently in your translation of verses 15-16, 18-20. Alternate translation: “So he lived a total of 962 years,” or “All together he lived 962 years,”
593	5:20	dsut			וַ⁠יָּמֹֽת	1	Alternate translation: “before he died.”
594	5:21	yd7b			וַֽ⁠יְחִ֣י חֲנ֔וֹךְ חָמֵ֥שׁ וְ⁠שִׁשִּׁ֖ים שָׁנָ֑ה	1	Consider again how you translated double-digit numbers in verses 9, 12, 15, 21. Alternate translation: “After Enoch had lived 65 years,” or “After Enoch was 65 years old,”
595	5:21	q122		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וַ⁠יּ֖וֹלֶד אֶת מְתוּשָֽׁלַח	1	Alternate translation: “he fathered a son named Methuselah.” or “he had a son whose name was Methuselah.”
596	5:22	aw7m			אַֽחֲרֵי֙ הוֹלִיד֣⁠וֹ אֶת מְתוּשֶׁ֔לַח	1	Alternate translation: “After he had Methuselah,” or “After Methuselah was born,”
597	5:22	jft2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	וַ⁠יִּתְהַלֵּ֨ךְ חֲנ֜וֹךְ אֶת הָֽ⁠אֱלֹהִ֗ים	1	The phrase **walked with** is used here as an idiom that means “lived in a close relationship with”. Consider whether or not you have a similar idiom in your language. Alternate translation: “Enoch lived faithfully with God” or “Enoch lived in a faithful relationship with God”
598	5:22	t5cg			שְׁלֹ֥שׁ מֵא֖וֹת שָׁנָ֑ה	1	Alternate translation: “for 300 more years,”
599	5:22	nvyk			וַ⁠יּ֥וֹלֶד	1	Alternate translation: “and he also had” or “Enoch also had” or “He was also the father of”
600	5:23	q9fs			וַ⁠יְהִ֖י כָּל יְמֵ֣י חֲנ֑וֹךְ חָמֵ֤שׁ וְ⁠שִׁשִּׁים֙ שָׁנָ֔ה וּ⁠שְׁלֹ֥שׁ מֵא֖וֹת שָׁנָֽה	1	Make sure that the name **Enoch** is spelled consistently in your translation of verses 18-19, 21-24. Alternate translation: “So he lived a total of 365 years.” or “All together he lived 365 years.”
601	5:24	ovax			וַ⁠יִּתְהַלֵּ֥ךְ חֲנ֖וֹךְ אֶת הָֽ⁠אֱלֹהִ֑ים	1	Alternate translation: “All his life Enoch lived in a faithful relationship with God, and then”
602	5:24	h09o			וְ⁠אֵינֶ֕⁠נּוּ	1	Alternate translation: “suddenly he was not on earth anymore,” or “he suddenly disappeared from earth,”
603	5:24	qhcv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	כִּֽי לָקַ֥ח אֹת֖⁠וֹ אֱלֹהִֽים	1	It may be more natural to put this clause before the previous clause and say, “… God took him away to be with him, so he was suddenly no longer on earth.” Do what is best in your language.
604	5:25	e0io			וַ⁠יְחִ֣י מְתוּשֶׁ֔לַח שֶׁ֧בַע וּ⁠שְׁמֹנִ֛ים שָׁנָ֖ה וּ⁠מְאַ֣ת שָׁנָ֑ה	1	Consider again how you translated verses in this chapter that are similar in structure to this verse; see verses 6, 9, 12, 15, 18, 21, 25, and part of verses 3 and 28, and see the note about this at verse 6. Alternate translation: “After Methuselah had lived 187 years,” or “After Methuselah was 187 years old,”
605	5:25	umwj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וַ⁠יּ֖וֹלֶד אֶת לָֽמֶךְ	1	Alternate translation: “he fathered a son named Lamech.” or “he had a son whose name was Lamech.”
606	5:26	y4u9			וַֽ⁠יְחִ֣י מְתוּשֶׁ֗לַח אַֽחֲרֵי֙ הוֹלִיד֣⁠וֹ אֶת לֶ֔מֶךְ	1	Alternate translation: “After he had Lamech, he lived” or “After Lamech was born, Methuselah lived”
607	5:26	xyho			שְׁתַּ֤יִם וּ⁠שְׁמוֹנִים֙ שָׁנָ֔ה וּ⁠שְׁבַ֥ע מֵא֖וֹת שָׁנָ֑ה	1	Alternate translation: “782 more years,”
608	5:26	jiwj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	וַ⁠יּ֥וֹלֶד	1	Consider what is the best way in your language to refer to Methuselah at this point in the paragraph. Alternate translation: “and he also had” or “He also fathered” or “He was also the father of”
609	5:27	d46p		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	וַ⁠יִּהְיוּ֙ כָּל יְמֵ֣י מְתוּשֶׁ֔לַח תֵּ֤שַׁע וְ⁠שִׁשִּׁים֙ שָׁנָ֔ה וּ⁠תְשַׁ֥ע מֵא֖וֹת שָׁנָ֑ה	1	Make sure that the name **Methuselah** is spelled consistently in your translation of verses 21-22, 25-27. Alternate translation: “So he lived a total of 969 years,” or “So all together he lived 969 years,”
610	5:27	bmrx			וַ⁠יָּמֹֽת	1	Alternate translation: “before he died.”
611	5:28	mhbp			וַֽ⁠יְחִי־לֶ֕מֶךְ שְׁתַּ֧יִם וּ⁠שְׁמֹנִ֛ים שָׁנָ֖ה וּ⁠מְאַ֣ת שָׁנָ֑ה	1	Alternate translation: “After Lamech had lived 182 years,” or “After Lamech was 182 years old,”
612	5:29	ao6m			וַ⁠יִּקְרָ֧א אֶת שְׁמ֛⁠וֹ	1	Alternate translation: “whom he named”
613	5:29	fqyr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	נֹ֖חַ	1	If you include the meaning of Noah’s name in your translation or in a footnote, make sure it matches what Lamech says about him in the following quote so it is clear why he was given that name.
614	5:29	d1z6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	לֵ⁠אמֹ֑ר	1	What Lamech says next is the reason that he named his son Noah. Make sure that is clear in your translation. Alternate translation: “He named him that because he had said about him,”
615	5:29	ivc5			זֶ֞֠ה יְנַחֲמֵ֤⁠נוּ	1	Alternate translation: “This son will relieve us” or “This son will give us relief”
616	5:29	gzo5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet	מִֽ⁠מַּעֲשֵׂ֨⁠נוּ֙ וּ⁠מֵ⁠עִצְּב֣וֹן יָדֵ֔י⁠נוּ	1	These two phrases have similar meanings and emphasize how difficult the work was. Consider what is the best way to communicate that in your language. Alternate translation: “from the difficult labor and work we have to do with our hands” or “from the agonizing work that we have to do”
617	5:29	omyc			מִן הָ֣⁠אֲדָמָ֔ה אֲשֶׁ֥ר אֵֽרְרָ֖⁠הּ יְהוָֽה	1	Alternate translation: “as we farm the ground that Yahweh has cursed.”
618	5:30	d607			וַֽ⁠יְחִי לֶ֗מֶךְ אַֽחֲרֵי֙ הוֹלִיד֣⁠וֹ אֶת נֹ֔חַ	1	Consider again how you translated verses in this chapter that are similar in structure to this verse; see verses 7, 10, 13, 16, 19, 26, 30, and part of verses 4 and 22. Alternate translation: “After he fathered Noah, he lived” or “After Noah was born, Lamech lived”
619	5:30	gfzu			חָמֵ֤שׁ וְ⁠תִשְׁעִים֙ שָׁנָ֔ה וַ⁠חֲמֵ֥שׁ מֵאֹ֖ת שָׁנָ֑ה	1	Alternate translation: “595 more years,”
620	5:30	gczp			וַ⁠יּ֥וֹלֶד	1	Alternate translation: “and he also had” or “Lamech also had” or “He was also the father of”
621	5:31	i74z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	וַֽ⁠יְהִי֙ כָּל יְמֵי לֶ֔מֶךְ שֶׁ֤בַע וְ⁠שִׁבְעִים֙ שָׁנָ֔ה וּ⁠שְׁבַ֥ע מֵא֖וֹת שָׁנָ֑ה	1	Consider again how you translated verses that are similar to verse 31; see verses 8, 11, 14, 17, 20, 27, 31, and the first half of verses 5 and 23. Also make sure that the name **Lamech** is spelled consistently in your translation of verses 25-26, 28-31, and also in 4:18-19, 23-24 for a different person who has the same name. Alternate translation: “So he lived a total of 777 years,” or “All together he lived 777 years,”
622	5:31	ojma			וַ⁠יָּמֹֽת	1	Alternate translation: “before he died.”
623	5:32	uzva		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases	וַֽ⁠יְהִי נֹ֕חַ בֶּן חֲמֵ֥שׁ מֵא֖וֹת שָׁנָ֑ה	1	Noah’s sons were not triplets, but were born in different years after Noah was 500 years old. The way you translate this verse should allow for that meaning.
624	5:32	yohb			וַ⁠יּ֣וֹלֶד נֹ֔חַ	1	Consider again how you translated **fathered** in this chapter; see verses 4, 6-7, 9-10, 12-13, 15-16, 18-19, 25-26, 28, 30, 32. Alternate translation: “he fathered”
625	5:32	nl9j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	אֶת שֵׁ֖ם אֶת חָ֥ם וְ⁠אֶת יָֽפֶת	1	Alternate translation: “sons named Shem, Ham, and Japheth.” or “sons he named Shem, Ham, and Japheth.”
626	6:1	pmgg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background	וַֽ⁠יְהִי֙	1	The events in Gen 6:1-2 started happening long before the events in 5:32, so the way your translation begins this verse should allow for that meaning and not begin with a sequence word like “Then”, which would have the wrong meaning here. Many translations omit the conjunction here. Do what is best in your language. Also, the phrase **it happened** introduces and emphasizes important background information which the following narrative builds on. It also creates suspense so that readers and listeners wonder what will happen next. Some translations leave this phrase out, but doing that loses some of the suspense. Do what is best in your language.
627	6:1	as12		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background	כִּֽי	1	Alternate translation: “that as”
628	6:1	mezb			הָֽ⁠אָדָ֔ם	1	See how you translated this term in Gen 5:1-2. Alternate translation: “human beings”
629	6:1	fo85			הֵחֵ֣ל & לָ⁠רֹ֖ב	1	Alternate translation: “began to increase in number” or “began to be more numerous”
630	6:1	ps4y			עַל פְּנֵ֣י הָֽ⁠אֲדָמָ֑ה	1	Alternate translation: “throughout the world”
631	6:1	r0sl			וּ⁠בָנ֖וֹת יֻלְּד֥וּ לָ⁠הֶֽם	1	Alternate translation: “and they were having many daughters,”
632	6:2	vn76			וַ⁠יִּרְא֤וּ	1	Verses 1 and 2 are one long sentence in the Hebrew text. For many languages it is necessary to divide it into two or more shorter sentences. For example, depending on how you began verse 1, you could begin verse 2 with a new sentence. Do what is best in your language. Alternate translation: “Then when those girls grew up,” or “When those daughters grew up,”
633	6:2	w4mk			בְנֵי הָֽ⁠אֱלֹהִים֙	1	The meaning of Gen 6:2 is not certain and is heavily debated, so it is probably best to translate it fairly literally and possibly include a footnote about what it means. If it is not translated literally, the literal text should be put in a footnote. There are three main views of who **the sons of God** and **the daughters of mankind** refer to: (1) nonhuman, god-like (supernatural) beings, such as demons or angels (as in Job 1:6, 38:7) who took human form and married the daughters of human beings (which may be what is referred to in 1 Peter 3:19–20; 2 Peter 2:4, and Jude 6); or (2) male descendants of Seth (the righteous, chosen family line) who married female descendants of Cain (the unrighteous family line); or (3) sons of powerful men, such as judges or rulers (as in Exodus 22:8, Psalm 82:1, 6) who married the daughters of common, poor people. Alternate translation: “some angels” or “some supernatural beings”
634	6:2	znk3			וַ⁠יִּרְא֤וּ & אֶת בְּנ֣וֹת הָֽ⁠אָדָ֔ם כִּ֥י טֹבֹ֖ת הֵ֑נָּה	1	Alternate translation: “saw that the daughters of human beings were beautiful,” or “saw that those young women were beautiful,” or “saw that they were very beautiful,”
635	6:2	qnty			וַ⁠יִּקְח֤וּ לָ⁠הֶם֙ נָשִׁ֔ים מִ⁠כֹּ֖ל אֲשֶׁ֥ר בָּחָֽרוּ	1	Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. Also, see how you translated “took/married” in Gen 4:19. Alternate translation: “so they married any of them that they wanted to.” or “So they chose all of them that they wanted and married them.”
636	6:3	fdyv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר יְהוָ֗ה	1	Only make implied information explicit in your translation if it is necessary to prevent wrong meaning or if your language’s grammar requires it, so that your translation is easier to read and understand. Alternate translation: “So Yahweh said to himself,”
637	6:3	n5w7			רוּחִ֤⁠י	1	The Hebrew text is ambiguous here. It could mean: (1) **My Spirit** or “I”, which is a way of God referring to himself (Gen 1:2 is similar); or (2) “My spirit”, which could refer to God’s breath that gives life (as in Gen 2:7). If the text is not translated literally, the literal text should be put in a footnote.
638	6:3	lxhr			לֹֽא־יָד֨וֹן & בָֽ⁠אָדָם֙ לְ⁠עֹלָ֔ם	1	The Hebrew text is ambiguous here. It could mean: (1) “will not contend with human beings forever,” or “will not put up with human beings forever,” or (2) “will not remain/live with/in human beings forever,” The interpretation that is not used in your translation could be put in a footnote.
639	6:3	nsna		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	בְּ⁠שַׁ⁠גַּ֖ם ה֣וּא בָשָׂ֑ר	1	The word **flesh** is used here as an idiom that means human beings are “mortal” (that is, their bodies will die) and that they are “sinful/corrupt”. The two meanings are interrelated since it is because of sin that their bodies die. In this context, the focus is on their corrupt behavior, which is the reason God will send a flood. Alternate translation: “because they are very sinful” or “because they are only sinful mortals.”
640	6:3	u5p6			וְ⁠הָי֣וּ יָמָ֔י⁠ו מֵאָ֥ה וְ⁠עֶשְׂרִ֖ים שָׁנָֽה	1	The Hebrew text is ambiguous here. It could mean: (1) “So they will have 120 years to repent.” or “I will give them 120 years to repent.” or (2) “From now on, they/people will have/live no longer than 120 years.” The first interpretation seems to best fit the context here of God announcing his plan to judge mankind for their sin (verse 7). This would mean that Noah was 480 years old when God said this (about 20 years before he started having sons; Gen 5:32), since the flood came when he was 600 years old (Gen 7:6); you could put some of that information in a footnote. The second interpretation does not fit with the fact that after God said this, many people lived much longer than 120 years, so it does not seem likely that length of life was his meaning here.
641	6:4	ynoy		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	הַ⁠נְּפִלִ֞ים	1	Most translations transliterate (borrow or copy) the Hebrew word **Nephilim** here, treating it as a name. The word means “fallen ones” and probably refers to their fallen (sinful) spiritual state. The Nephilim were the descendants of the sons of God and the daughters of mankind. The only other time in the Bible that the Nephilim are mentioned is centuries later in Numbers 13:32-33, where they are identified as evil giants. Based on that, some translations translate “the Nephilim” as “giants” here in Gen 6:4. Alternate translation: “Giants called the Nephilim” or “Giants”
642	6:4	mfas			הָי֣וּ בָ⁠אָרֶץ֮	1	Alternate translation: “were living on the earth”
643	6:4	x5nq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	בַּ⁠יָּמִ֣ים הָ⁠הֵם֒ וְ⁠גַ֣ם אַֽחֲרֵי	1	It may be more natural to put this time phrase first in verse 4 and say, “During that time there were Nephilim/giants living on the earth, when …” Do what is best in your language.
644	6:4	brcd			כֵ֗ן אֲשֶׁ֨ר	1	Consider whether or not it is better to begin a new sentence here in your language. Alternate translation: “That was when”
645	6:4	dopz			בְּנֵ֤י הָֽ⁠אֱלֹהִים֙	1	Be consistent here with how you translated this phrase in verse 2, and see the important note about that there. Alternate translation: “angels” or “supernatural beings”
646	6:4	pirs		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism	יָבֹ֜אוּ & אֶל	1	Translate this idiom in a way that is polite and will not shame or embarrass people when this verse is read aloud in public. See how you translated a similar idiom (“knew”) in Gen 4:1, 17, 25. Alternate translation: “slept with” or “had sexual relations with”
647	6:4	m59u			בְּנ֣וֹת הָֽ⁠אָדָ֔ם	1	See how you translated this phrase in verse 2. Alternate translation: “human women,”
648	6:4	si43			וְ⁠יָלְד֖וּ לָ⁠הֶ֑ם	1	Alternate translation: “and those women had children.”
649	6:4	e4oo		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	הֵ֧מָּה	1	Make sure it is clear in your translation who is being referred to here. Alternate translation: “Those children grew up and were the Nephilim, who were”
650	6:4	yujd			הַ⁠גִּבֹּרִ֛ים	1	Alternate translation: “the powerful men” or “heroes”
651	6:4	ps8j			אֲשֶׁ֥ר מֵ⁠עוֹלָ֖ם	1	Alternate translation: “who lived a long time ago,” or “who lived many years ago,”
652	6:4	xhsv			אַנְשֵׁ֥י הַ⁠שֵּֽׁם	1	For some languages it may be more natural to put this phrase earlier in this sentence and say, “They were the mighty men of renown who were from long ago.” or “They were the famous mighty men who lived a long time ago.” Do what is best in your language. Alternate translation: “who were famous men.”
653	6:5	utlu		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	וַ⁠יַּ֣רְא יְהוָ֔ה	1	The verb **saw** is used here as an idiom. Consider whether your language has a similar idiom that would fit well here. Do what is best in your language. Alternate translation: “Yahweh knew” or “Yahweh was aware”
654	6:5	ommt			כִּ֥י רַבָּ֛ה רָעַ֥ת הָ⁠אָדָ֖ם בָּ⁠אָ֑רֶץ	1	Alternate translation: “how evil mankind had become on the earth,” or “that the people on the earth had become very wicked”
655	6:5	wy3t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	וְ⁠כָל יֵ֨צֶר֙ מַחְשְׁבֹ֣ת לִבּ֔⁠וֹ	1	In Hebrew culture the heart is considered the center of thoughts and desires. Consider whether your language has a similar idiom. Alternate translation: “and that every desire they had in their minds” or “and that everything they thought about and wanted”
656	6:5	wfz7			כָּל הַ⁠יּֽוֹם	1	Alternate translation: “constantly.”
657	6:6	kp4z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	וַ⁠יִּנָּ֣חֶם יְהוָ֔ה	1	Alternate translation: “As a result, Yahweh regretted” or “Yahweh regretted”
658	6:6	a0zs		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	כִּֽי עָשָׂ֥ה אֶת הָֽ⁠אָדָ֖ם	1	See how you translated **mankind** in verses 1, 3, and 5, and consider whether or not it is best to use a pronoun (“them”) here in your language. Alternate translation: “that he had created them” or “that he had created human beings”
659	6:6	lbxh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	וַ⁠יִּתְעַצֵּ֖ב אֶל לִבּֽ⁠וֹ	1	Consider whether your language has a similar idiom that would fit well here. Alternate translation: “and his heart was filled with pain” or “and he was very sad”
660	6:7	mt6s			וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר יְהוָ֗ה	1	See how you translated this phrase in verse 3. Also make sure that the way you begin verse 7 fits well with the way you begin verse 6. Alternate translation: “Then he said to himself,”
661	6:7	wbhw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	אֶמְחֶ֨ה	1	Consider whether your language has a similar idiom that would fit well here. Alternate translation: “I will wash away” or “I will blot out” or “I will completely wipe”
662	6:7	ymf2			אֶת הָ⁠אָדָ֤ם אֲשֶׁר בָּרָ֨אתִי֙ מֵ⁠עַל֙ פְּנֵ֣י הָֽ⁠אֲדָמָ֔ה	1	Alternate translation: “all the human beings whom I created, from the surface of the earth,”
663	6:7	l6r9			מֵֽ⁠אָדָם֙ עַד בְּהֵמָ֔ה	1	Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “In fact, I will destroy not just all the people, but also all the animals,”
664	6:7	ilp6			עַד רֶ֖מֶשׂ	1	Alternate translation: “and the creatures that move on the ground”
665	6:7	cmz9			וְ⁠עַד ע֣וֹף הַ⁠שָּׁמָ֑יִם	1	Alternate translation: “and all the birds that fly in the air,” or “and all the birds,”
666	6:7	tgkj			כִּ֥י נִחַ֖מְתִּי	1	See how you translated “was sorry” or “regretted” in verse 6. Alternate translation: “because I am sad”
667	6:7	acg2			כִּ֥י עֲשִׂיתִֽ⁠ם	1	Alternate translation: “that I ever created them.”
668	6:8	k0ja		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	וְ⁠נֹ֕חַ מָ֥צָא חֵ֖ן בְּ⁠עֵינֵ֥י יְהוָֽה	1	The idiom “find favor” means to please someone. And the idiom **in the eyes of** refers to someone’s opinion about something or someone. Consider whether your language has similar idioms that work well here or whether it is better to translate this sentence without an idiom. Alternate translation: “But Noah pleased God.” or “However, Yahweh was pleased with Noah.”
669	6:9	u5k8			אֵ֚לֶּה תּוֹלְדֹ֣ת נֹ֔חַ	1	Some of Noah’s history has already been given in Gen 5:29, 32, and 6:8. What follows tells more about him. Alternate translation: “This is more of the record of Noah and his family:” or “What follows tells more about Noah and his family:”
670	6:9	gw44		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	נֹ֗חַ	1	Consider whether it is better in your language to use a noun or a pronoun here to refer to Noah.
671	6:9	zk74		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-key-terms	אִ֥ישׁ צַדִּ֛יק	1	Alternate translation: “an good man.”
672	6:9	w0cg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	תָּמִ֥ים הָיָ֖ה בְּ⁠דֹֽרֹתָ֑י⁠ו	1	The Hebrew text is ambiguous here. It could mean: (1) “He alone was blameless/faultless in God’s eyes among his contemporaries.” or “Out of all the people living at that time, Noah/he was the only one whom God considered blameless.” or (2) “He had a blameless/spotless reputation among his contemporaries.” or “His contemporaries considered him to be a man of integrity.” The phrase **without blemish** is often used in the Bible to describe animals that have no defects. Here it is used as an idiom that means Noah was “blameless/faultless” in an ethical or moral sense, or that he had good integrity, but it does not mean that he was sinless. Consider whether your language has a similar idiom that would work well here. Also, the word **generation** refers here to people who lived during the same time period.
673	6:9	ky2x		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	אֶת הָֽ⁠אֱלֹהִ֖ים הִֽתְהַלֶּךְ נֹֽחַ	1	Consider whether or not it is best in your language to begin a new sentence here. See how you translated this idiom in Gen 5:22, 24. Alternate translation: “and he walked closely with God.” or “and he lived in a faithful relationship with God.”
674	6:10	vdjy			וַ⁠יּ֥וֹלֶד נֹ֖חַ	1	The fact that Noah fathered/had these three sons was already mentioned in Gen 5:32. Make sure that the way you begin this verse in your translation does not sound like he fathered these sons a second time. Alternate translation: “Eventually he had” or “And as mentioned before, he had”
675	6:10	d1np			שְׁלֹשָׁ֣ה בָנִ֑ים אֶת שֵׁ֖ם אֶת חָ֥ם וְ⁠אֶת יָֽפֶת	1	Alternate translation: “three sons, namely Shem, Ham, and Japheth.”
676	6:11	f221		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	וַ⁠תִּשָּׁחֵ֥ת הָ⁠אָ֖רֶץ	1	The phrase **the earth** is often used in the Bible to refer to all the people on the earth. Consider whether your language can do the same thing, or whether it is necessary to make that implied information explicit. Alternate translation: “Now the people of the earth had become corrupt”
677	6:11	rpln		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	וַ⁠תִּמָּלֵ֥א הָ⁠אָ֖רֶץ חָמָֽס	1	This clause forms a parallelism with the previous clause in order to emphasize how evil the people on the earth had become. The two clauses are different enough from each other that, if possible, it is best to keep both parts of the parallelism in your translation. Also be consistent with how you translated **the earth** earlier in this verse. Alternate translation: “and they had filled the earth with their lawlessness.” or “and all over the earth they were doing lawless things.”
678	6:12	czxe			וַ⁠יַּ֧רְא אֱלֹהִ֛ים	1	Consider whether or not it is best in your language to begin this sentence with a conjunction.
679	6:12	xmkj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	אֶת הָ⁠אָ֖רֶץ וְ⁠הִנֵּ֣ה נִשְׁחָ֑תָה	1	See how you translated “corrupt” and **the earth** in verse 11. Alternate translation: “that everyone on the earth was very wicked,” or “how corrupt everyone on the earth had become,”
680	6:12	hi89		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	כִּֽי & כָּל בָּשָׂ֛ר & עַל הָ⁠אָֽרֶץ	1	The phrase **all flesh** refers here to all people and probably implies that people are mortal (verse 3). Alternate translation: “because everyone living on earth”
681	6:12	ldf8			הִשְׁחִ֧ית & אֶת דַּרְכּ֖⁠וֹ	1	Alternate translation: “were living wicked lives.” or “were continually doing wicked things.” or “were continually acting in evil ways.”
682	6:13	j1na			וַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר אֱלֹהִ֜ים לְ⁠נֹ֗חַ	1	Alternate translation: “Then God said to Noah,”
683	6:13	wv74		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	קֵ֤ץ כָּל בָּשָׂר֙ בָּ֣א לְ⁠פָנַ֔⁠י	1	Be consistent here with how you translated **flesh** in verse 12. Alternate translation: “I have decided to put an end to all human beings,” or “I am going to destroy all flesh”
684	6:13	dx95			כִּֽי מָלְאָ֥ה הָ⁠אָ֛רֶץ חָמָ֖ס מִ⁠פְּנֵי⁠הֶ֑ם	1	See how you translated **violence** in verse 11. Alternate translation: “because they have filled the earth with their violence” or “because all over the earth they are doing lawless things.”
685	6:13	uymq			וְ⁠הִנְ⁠נִ֥י	1	This phrase draws extra attention to what God says next. Consider what is the best way to do that in your language. Alternate translation: “Now listen,”
686	6:13	nnog			מַשְׁחִיתָ֖⁠ם	1	Alternate translation: “I plan to destroy them” or “I will destroy them”
687	6:13	dukx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	אֶת הָ⁠אָֽרֶץ	1	This phrase includes everything on the earth, not just the people. Alternate translation: “as well as everything else on the earth.”
688	6:14	i9zf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	עֲשֵׂ֤ה	1	Alternate translation: “Consequently you must make”
689	6:14	altn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate	תֵּבַ֣ת	1	The term **ark** is general and refers to a chest/box that is closed on all sides, including the top. In this case, the ark was a very large boat that people and many animals lived in for a year. It had no motor, no oars, no sail and no rudder. Since this was a unique, one-of-a-kind boat that may already be well-known as the **ark** in the receptor language area, some translations transliterate (copy or borrow) the word **ark** throughout Genesis. Decide what is best for your translation. Alternate translation: “a very large houseboat”
690	6:14	tpc0		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	לְ⁠ךָ֙	1	Alternate translation: “for you and your family”
691	6:14	jqp0		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	עֲצֵי גֹ֔פֶר	1	It is not certain what kind of wood this was, so many translations transliterate (copy or borrow) the Hebrew word **gopher**. Some Bible scholars think it was cypress wood. Alternate translation: “from cypress wood which is good for building boats.”
692	6:14	l2wm			קִנִּ֖ים תַּֽעֲשֶׂ֣ה אֶת הַ⁠תֵּבָ֑ה	1	Alternate translation: “Build the ark with stalls inside,” or “Make rooms inside the ark”
693	6:14	kfop			וְ⁠כָֽפַרְתָּ֥ אֹתָ֛⁠הּ מִ⁠בַּ֥יִת וּ⁠מִ⁠ח֖וּץ	1	Alternate translation: “and completely coat it inside and outside”
694	6:14	ch1i			בַּ⁠כֹּֽפֶר	1	The Hebrew word **covering** is general and does not specify what kind of waterproofing material is being used. However, many translations are more specific than that here and refer to “pitch” or “tar” or some other material made from tree resin or sap that can seal a boat well and keep it from leaking. Alternate translation: “with pitch to keep water out.” or “with pitch to keep the boat from leaking.”
695	6:15	qrn8			וְ⁠זֶ֕ה אֲשֶׁ֥ר תַּֽעֲשֶׂ֖ה אֹתָ֑⁠הּ	1	Alternate translation: “Build the ark with these dimensions” or “You must build the ark like this:”
696	6:15	e4re		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance	שְׁלֹ֧שׁ מֵא֣וֹת אַמָּ֗ה אֹ֚רֶךְ הַ⁠תֵּבָ֔ה חֲמִשִּׁ֤ים אַמָּה֙ רָחְבָּ֔⁠הּ וּ⁠שְׁלֹשִׁ֥ים אַמָּ֖ה קוֹמָתָֽ⁠הּ	1	A cubit was about half a meter (18 inches) long, which was the distance from a man’s elbow to the tip of his middle finger. You can: (1) translate cubits into meters or feet, and put the literal text in a footnote; or (2) keep **cubits** in the main text (so that the numbers 300, fifty/50 and thirty/30 are kept) and put what that equals in meters or feet in a footnote. Alternate translation: “It must be 140 meters long, 23 meters wide, and 14 meters high.” or “It must be 450 feet long, 75 feet wide, and 45 feet high.”
697	6:16	f4nj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance	צֹ֣הַר תַּֽעֲשֶׂ֣ה לַ⁠תֵּבָ֗ה וְ⁠אֶל אַמָּה֙ תְּכַלֶ֣⁠נָּה מִ⁠לְ⁠מַ֔עְלָ⁠ה	1	The meaning of the Hebrew text is not completely certain here, but God was probably telling Noah to make a one-cubit high window or opening at the top of the outside walls of the ark, just below the roof, all the way around the ark, to let light and air into the ark. See the note about **cubit** in verse 15. Alternate translation: “Build a skylight for the boat by finishing the sides of the ark to within one cubit below the top of the ark” or “Build a half-meter high window between the top of the sides of the ark and its roof all the way around, to let light and air in.”
698	6:16	xcyu		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases	וּ⁠פֶ֥תַח הַ⁠תֵּבָ֖ה בְּ⁠צִדָּ֣⁠הּ תָּשִׂ֑ים	1	Some translations begin this sentence without a conjunction (**And** or “Also”). Do what is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Also put a door in the side of the ark” or “Put a door for the ark in its side.”
699	6:16	pt7i			תַּחְתִּיִּ֛ם שְׁנִיִּ֥ם וּ⁠שְׁלִשִׁ֖ים תַּֽעֲשֶֽׂ⁠הָ	1	Consider whether or not it is best in your language to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “Build a lower deck a middle deck and an upper deck on the inside.” or “and build a lower, middle, and upper story on the inside.” or “and make three complete floors on the inside.”
700	6:17	gjxs		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns	וַ⁠אֲנִ֗י הִנְ⁠נִי֩	1	In the Hebrew text, the pronoun **I** is emphatic, both by its form and by its position at the beginning of the sentence. Consider what is the best way to communicate that emphasis in your language. Alternate translation: “Behold I myself”
701	6:17	ipl7			מֵבִ֨יא אֶת־הַ⁠מַּבּ֥וּל מַ֨יִם֙ עַל־הָ⁠אָ֔רֶץ	1	Alternate translation: “am going to send a flood on the whole earth” or “am going to flood the entire earth with water”
702	6:17	lkym			לְ⁠שַׁחֵ֣ת	1	See how you translated **destroy** in verse 13. Alternate translation: “in order to destroy”
703	6:17	cskc			כָּל בָּשָׂ֗ר	1	This phrase is general here and includes people and animals, so you may need to translate the phrase differently here from what you did earlier in verses 12-13 (where the focus seems to be on people). Alternate translation: “all the beings” or “every creature”
704	6:17	wwec			אֲשֶׁר בּ⁠וֹ֙ ר֣וּחַ חַיִּ֔ים	1	See how you translated this phrase in Gen 1:30. Alternate translation: “that breathes air”
705	6:17	jqbz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	מִ⁠תַּ֖חַת הַ⁠שָּׁמָ֑יִם	1	For some languages it may be clearer to put this phrase earlier in this sentence and say, “to destroy every living thing under the heavens/sky that has the breath of life in it.” Do what is best in your language. Alternate translation: “from under the sky.”
706	6:17	o6ky			כֹּ֥ל אֲשֶׁר בָּ⁠אָ֖רֶץ	1	Alternate translation: “As a result, every living being that lives on land”
707	6:17	f07y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	יִגְוָֽע	1	The verb **expire** (which could also be translated “exhale” or “breathe out”) is used here as an idiom that means “die”. Consider whether your language has a similar or different idiom that would work well here. Alternate translation: “will breathe out its last breath!” or “will perish!”
708	6:18	dkie		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast	וַ⁠הֲקִמֹתִ֥י	1	The word **establish** means to deliberately and formally put something into effect. Alternate translation: “However I will make” or “However I will set up”
709	6:18	s3cm		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-key-terms	אֶת בְּרִיתִ֖⁠י אִתָּ֑⁠ךְ	1	This covenant is made up of the unconditional, unbreakable promises that God made to Noah (and all mankind and all other living things) in Genesis 8:2-9:17. The word “testament” is another word for “covenant,” so the way you translate **covenant** here could be similar to the way you translate the titles “Old Testament” and “New Testament.” Alternate translation: “a covenant between me and you,” or “a peace agreement between me and you,”
710	6:18	edeh			וּ⁠בָאתָ֙ אֶל הַ⁠תֵּבָ֔ה	1	Alternate translation: “so you must enter the ark” or “so you must get on board the ark”
711	6:18	sxiu			אַתָּ֕ה וּ⁠בָנֶ֛י⁠ךָ וְ⁠אִשְׁתְּ⁠ךָ֥ וּ⁠נְשֵֽׁי בָנֶ֖י⁠ךָ אִתָּֽ⁠ךְ	1	Alternate translation: “and take with you your wife, your sons, and their wives.”
712	6:19	g341			וּ⁠מִ⁠כָּל הָ֠⁠חַי מִֽ⁠כָּל בָּשָׂ֞ר שְׁנַ֧יִם מִ⁠כֹּ֛ל תָּבִ֥יא אֶל הַ⁠תֵּבָ֖ה	1	Alternate translation: “Also, from every kind of living creature, yes, from every kind of animal, you must take pairs of each kind into the ark” or “You must also bring into the ark pairs of every kind of living creature, including every kind of animal,”
713	6:19	e4sw			לְ⁠הַחֲיֹ֣ת אִתָּ֑⁠ךְ	1	Alternate translation: “in order to keep them alive with you.”
714	6:19	ew4s			זָכָ֥ר וּ⁠נְקֵבָ֖ה יִֽהְיֽוּ	1	Alternate translation: “They must be pairs with one male and one female each.” or “Each pair must have one male and one female.” or “Make sure that each pair has one male and one female.”
715	6:20	tuxp			מֵ⁠הָ⁠ע֣וֹף לְ⁠מִינֵ֗⁠הוּ	1	Alternate translation: “Males and females of every type of bird,”
716	6:20	li2p			וּ⁠מִן הַ⁠בְּהֵמָה֙ לְ⁠מִינָ֔⁠הּ	1	Alternate translation: “and of every kind of animal,”
717	6:20	tymx			מִ⁠כֹּ֛ל רֶ֥מֶשׂ הָֽ⁠אֲדָמָ֖ה לְ⁠מִינֵ֑⁠הוּ	1	This phrase emphasizes that the birds and animals mentioned in the first half of this verse lived on land. Alternate translation: “including every kind of creature that lives on the land,”
718	6:20	aqyo		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	שְׁנַ֧יִם מִ⁠כֹּ֛ל יָבֹ֥אוּ אֵלֶ֖י⁠ךָ	1	For some languages it is more natural to change the order of clauses in this sentence and say, “Two/Pairs of every kind of bird and every kind of animal, including every kind of creature that moves on the ground, will come to you … ” Do what is best in your language. Alternate translation: “two of every kind of animal will come to you” or “two of each kind of animal will come to you”
719	6:20	gcv1			לְ⁠הַֽחֲיֽוֹת	1	Alternate translation: “to keep them alive on the ark” or “into the ark so that they stay alive.” or “so that you keep them alive in the ark”
720	6:21	hpvn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular	וְ⁠אַתָּ֣ה	1	Although the pronoun **you** is singular in the Hebrew text in verse 21, it could be translated as plural, since God’s instructions apply to Noah and his family, not just Noah. Or you could make his family explicit. Do what is best in your language. Alternate translation: “You and your family”
721	6:21	wvi8			קַח־לְ⁠ךָ֗	1	Alternate translation: “must also gather and take”
722	6:21	kcf9			מִ⁠כָּל מַֽאֲכָל֙	1	Alternate translation: “every kind of food”
723	6:21	foah			אֲשֶׁ֣ר יֵֽאָכֵ֔ל	1	Alternate translation: “that is eaten by people and animals” or “that you and all the animals will need”
724	6:21	p7aq			וְ⁠אָסַפְתָּ֖ אֵלֶ֑י⁠ךָ	1	Alternate translation: “and put it on the ark with you,”
725	6:21	klow			וְ⁠הָיָ֥ה & לְ⁠אָכְלָֽה	1	Consider whether or not it is best in your language to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “This will be the food supply”
726	6:21	b77w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular	לְ⁠ךָ֛	1	Consider again how you translated the pronoun **you** in this verse.
727	6:22	gvtb			וַ⁠יַּ֖עַשׂ נֹ֑חַ	1	Some translations begin verse 22 without a conjunction. Do what is best in your language. Alternate translation: “Noah did all of that”
728	6:22	jpgk			כְּ֠⁠כֹל אֲשֶׁ֨ר צִוָּ֥ה אֹת֛⁠וֹ אֱלֹהִ֖ים כֵּ֥ן עָשָֽׂה	1	Alternate translation: “he did everything just as God had told him to do.”
729	7:1	k23r		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וַ⁠יֹּ֤אמֶר יְהוָה֙ לְ⁠נֹ֔חַ	1	For some languages it may be necessary to make it explicit that the boat was completed before Yahweh told Noah to enter it. Do what is best in your language. Alternate translation: “Then after they had finished building the ark Yahweh told Noah,” or “After the ark was finished, Yahweh told Noah,”
730	7:1	hvzy			בֹּֽא אַתָּ֥ה וְ⁠כָל בֵּיתְ⁠ךָ֖ אֶל הַ⁠תֵּבָ֑ה	1	See how you translated “ark/boat” in Gen 6:14-16. Alternate translation: “Board the ark along with your entire family,” or “You and your entire family must get into the ark”
731	7:1	el0w			כִּֽי & רָאִ֛יתִי	1	Alternate translation: “because I have found” or “because I see”
732	7:1	cg2s			אֹתְ⁠ךָ֥ & צַדִּ֥יק	1	In the Hebrew text, the pronoun **you** is emphasized to show that Noah was the only one who was righteous. See how you translated **righteous** in Gen 6:9. Alternate translation: “that you alone are upright” or “that you are the only one who is living rightly” or “… living the right way”
733	7:1	ifig			לְ⁠פָנַ֖⁠י	1	Alternate translation: “in my eyes” or “according to my will”
734	7:1	jbhc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	בַּ⁠דּ֥וֹר הַ⁠זֶּֽה	1	For some languages it may be more natural to put this phrase earlier in this verse and say, “… you are the only one among the people living today who is righteous in my sight.” Do what is best in your language.
735	7:2	plj4			מִ⁠כֹּ֣ל הַ⁠בְּהֵמָ֣ה הַ⁠טְּהוֹרָ֗ה	1	It may be necessary to include a footnote that explains the concept of clean and unclean animals: In the Bible a **clean animal** was an animal that was acceptable to be sacrificed to God or to be eaten, and an “unclean animal” was one that could not be sacrificed or eaten; it does not refer to how clean the animal was physically. Later Moses wrote down the laws about clean and unclean animals in the book of Leviticus. Alternate translation: “From every kind of pure animal” or “From every kind of animal that is acceptable to sacrifice”
736	7:2	f83c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular	תִּֽקַּח לְ⁠ךָ֛	1	The pronoun **you** is singular in the Hebrew text, but could be translated as a plural to include Noah’s family. Alternate translation: “bring with you”
737	7:2	mvwj			שִׁבְעָ֥ה שִׁבְעָ֖ה אִ֣ישׁ וְ⁠אִשְׁתּ֑⁠וֹ	1	See how you translated “male and female” in Gen 6:19.
738	7:2	lwul			וּ⁠מִן הַ⁠בְּהֵמָ֡ה אֲ֠שֶׁר לֹ֣א טְהֹרָ֥ה	1	Alternate translation: “and from every kind of impure animal” or “and from every kind of animal that is not acceptable to sacrifice”
739	7:2	wv9k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	שְׁנַ֖יִם אִ֥ישׁ וְ⁠אִשְׁתּֽ⁠וֹ	1	For some languages it may be better to change the order of the phrases in this sentence and say, “Take with you seven male and female pairs of every kind of clean/pure animal, and one male and female pair of every kind of unclean/impure animal,” Do what is best in your language. Alternate translation: “take a male and female pair,”
740	7:3	oyjz			גַּ֣ם	1	Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “and also” or “In addition,”
741	7:3	jjfy			מֵ⁠ע֧וֹף הַ⁠שָּׁמַ֛יִם	1	Alternate translation: “from every type of bird that flies in the sky” or “from every type of bird”
742	7:3	yls2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	שִׁבְעָ֥ה שִׁבְעָ֖ה זָכָ֣ר וּ⁠נְקֵבָ֑ה	1	See how you translated a similar phrase in verse 2. Also, for some languages it may be better to put this phrase earlier in this sentence and say, “Also take seven male and female pairs of every kind of bird that flies in the sky/air …” Do what is best in your language.
743	7:3	y6qa			לְ⁠חַיּ֥וֹת זֶ֖רַע	1	Alternate translation: “so that later they will have offspring that will live”
744	7:3	pazh			עַל פְּנֵ֥י כָל הָ⁠אָֽרֶץ	1	Alternate translation: “and spread all over the earth,” or “to repopulate the whole earth,”
745	7:4	yy52		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	כִּי֩	1	For many languages it is more natural to begin a new sentence here. Do what is best in your language. Alternate translation: “The reason you must do that is”
746	7:4	dftv			לְ⁠יָמִ֨ים ע֜וֹד שִׁבְעָ֗ה	1	The phrase, **seven more days** could be translated “another week” here and in verse 11. However, it is probably best to keep the number seven in the text in both places, especially since the number seven often signifies perfection or completion in the Bible, perhaps also here. Alternate translation: “seven days from now”
747	7:4	xtx7			אָֽנֹכִי֙ מַמְטִ֣יר	1	Alternate translation: “I will send rain”
748	7:4	tldc			עַל הָ⁠אָ֔רֶץ	1	Alternate translation: “all over the world”
749	7:4	oj9l			אַרְבָּעִ֣ים י֔וֹם וְ⁠אַרְבָּעִ֖ים לָ֑יְלָה	1	This phrase refers to forty complete 24-hour days.
750	7:4	g4jc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	וּ⁠מָחִ֗יתִי	1	Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. See how you translated this idiom in Gen 6:7. Alternate translation: “in order to blot out” or “That will wash away”
751	7:4	r62g			אֶֽת כָּל הַ⁠יְקוּם֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר עָשִׂ֔יתִי	1	See how you translated a similar phrase (“living creature”) in Gen 6:19. Alternate translation: “all the living things that I have made”
752	7:4	ne24		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	מֵ⁠עַ֖ל פְּנֵ֥י הָֽ⁠אֲדָמָֽה	1	It may be clearer to put this phrase earlier in the sentence and say, “in order to completely destroy from/off the ground/earth every living creature/thing that I have made.” Do what is best in your language. See how you translated this phrase in Gen 6:7. Alternate translation: “off the surface of the earth.” or “off the land.”
753	7:5	juaw			וַ⁠יַּ֖עַשׂ נֹ֑חַ כְּ⁠כֹ֥ל אֲשֶׁר	1	Alternate translation: “So Noah did everything that” or “So Noah did everything exactly as”
754	7:5	jv8k			צִוָּ֖⁠הוּ יְהוָֽה	1	See how you translated Gen 6:22 which is similar to 7:5. Alternate translation: “Yahweh had told him to do.”
755	7:6	r7or		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers	וְ⁠נֹ֕חַ בֶּן שֵׁ֥שׁ מֵא֖וֹת שָׁנָ֑ה	1	See how you handled large numbers in Gen 5 and in Gen 6:3, and see the note about this at Gen 5:3. Also see how you translated the idiom “son of … years” in Gen 5:32. Alternate translation: “He was 600 years old”
756	7:6	j0wg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	וְ⁠הַ⁠מַּבּ֣וּל הָיָ֔ה מַ֖יִם עַל הָ⁠אָֽרֶץ	1	For some languages it may be more natural to put this clause first in this sentence and say, “When the flood waters came on the earth, Noah was 600 years old.” Do what is best in your language. Also, see how you translated **floodwaters** in Gen 6:17. Alternate translation: “when the earth was covered with deep water.”
757	7:7	xwa2			וַ⁠יָּ֣בֹא נֹ֗חַ וּ֠⁠בָנָי⁠ו וְ⁠אִשְׁתּ֧⁠וֹ וּ⁠נְשֵֽׁי בָנָ֛י⁠ו אִתּ֖⁠וֹ אֶל הַ⁠תֵּבָ֑ה	1	Noah and his family entered the ark on the same day that the floodwaters started coming (See verses 11-13). See how you translated a similar list of people in Gen 6:18. Alternate translation: “That is when Noah and his wife, and his sons and their wives, went together into the ark”
758	7:7	tiry			מִ⁠פְּנֵ֖י	1	Alternate translation: “because of” or “to escape from” or “to keep them safe from”
759	7:7	go2s			מֵ֥י הַ⁠מַּבּֽוּל	1	Alternate translation: “the floodwaters.”
760	7:8	tg96			מִן הַ⁠בְּהֵמָה֙ הַ⁠טְּהוֹרָ֔ה וּ⁠מִן הַ֨⁠בְּהֵמָ֔ה אֲשֶׁ֥ר אֵינֶ֖נָּ⁠ה טְהֹרָ֑ה	1	See how you translated **clean** and “unclean” animals in verse 2. Alternate translation: “Also, every kind of clean animal and every kind of unclean animal”
761	7:8	ca9u			וְ⁠כֹ֥ל אֲשֶׁר רֹמֵ֖שׂ עַל הָֽ⁠אֲדָמָֽה	1	The Hebrew text is ambiguous here. It could mean: (1) “including every kind of creature/animal that moves/lives on land,” or “which includes every kind of creature/animal that moves/lives on land,” According to this interpretation, the rest of verse 8 emphasizes that the clean and unclean animals and birds (verses 2-3, 8) were all creatures that lived on land (which are the creatures that the flood affected). Or it could mean: (2) “as well as every kind of creature/animal that crawls/creeps along the ground”. According to this interpretation, the rest of verse 8 refers to a fourth category of creatures besides the clean animals, unclean animals, and birds.
762	7:9	nob2			שְׁנַ֨יִם שְׁנַ֜יִם בָּ֧אוּ אֶל נֹ֛חַ אֶל הַ⁠תֵּבָ֖ה	1	Alternate translation: “came to Noah in pairs and went into the ark” or “came in pairs and entered the ark with Noah,”
763	7:9	nt73			זָכָ֣ר וּ⁠נְקֵבָ֑ה	1	Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “Each pair had one male and one female,”
764	7:9	vu6n			כַּֽ⁠אֲשֶׁ֛ר צִוָּ֥ה אֱלֹהִ֖ים אֶת נֹֽחַ	1	Alternate translation: “which was exactly what God had told Noah to bring along.”
765	7:10	e3k7			וַֽ⁠יְהִ֖י	1	This phrase focuses attention on an important event (the beginning of the flood), and it builds suspense so that readers and listeners wonder what will happen next. Consider what is the best way to do that in your language. Alternate translation: “Then”
766	7:10	v4ou		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	לְ⁠שִׁבְעַ֣ת הַ⁠יָּמִ֑ים	1	This phrase refers to the seven days which God talked about in verse 4. It does not mean seven days after Noah and the animals went into the ark (verses 7-9); they went into the ark on the same day that the flood started (verse 13). Translate the beginning of this sentence in a way that makes that clear. Alternate translation: “after seven days,”
767	7:10	vud7			וּ⁠מֵ֣י הַ⁠מַּבּ֔וּל הָי֖וּ עַל	1	Alternate translation: “the floodwaters started to come on” or “water started to cover”
768	7:10	d4xi			הָ⁠אָֽרֶץ	1	Alternate translation: “the whole earth.”
769	7:11	h4ya		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal	בִּ⁠שְׁנַ֨ת שֵׁשׁ־מֵא֤וֹת שָׁנָה֙ לְ⁠חַיֵּי נֹ֔חַ	1	Compare how you translated Noah’s age in verse 6.
770	7:11	e0a6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	בַּ⁠חֹ֨דֶשׁ֙ הַ⁠שֵּׁנִ֔י בְּ⁠שִׁבְעָֽה עָשָׂ֥ר י֖וֹם לַ⁠חֹ֑דֶשׁ	1	For some languages it is more natural to switch the phrase order and say which day it is before giving the month. Do what is natural in your language.
771	7:11	qs0m			בַּ⁠יּ֣וֹם הַ⁠זֶּ֗ה	1	Alternate translation: “on that same day” or “that is the day when”
772	7:11	k61q			כָּֽל מַעְיְנֹת֙	1	Alternate translation: “all the underground water sources”
773	7:11	dtni		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	נִבְקְעוּ֙	1	For some languages it may be more natural to put this phrase earlier and say, “water started gushing/pouring out of all the fountains/springs in the deep ocean,” Do what is best in your language. Alternate translation: “split open,” or “started gushing out water,”
774	7:11	d3i9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	וַ⁠אֲרֻבֹּ֥ת הַ⁠שָּׁמַ֖יִם נִפְתָּֽחוּ	1	This metaphor describes the beginning of a very heavy rainfall; it does not refer to actual windows. Alternate translation: “and all the windows in the sky were opened by God,” or “God also caused the water in the heavens to start coming down, as if he had opened huge faucets in the heavens”
775	7:12	uyzz			וַֽ⁠יְהִ֥י הַ⁠גֶּ֖שֶׁם	1	Alternate translation: “so that heavy rain poured continuously”
776	7:12	gvln			עַל הָ⁠אָ֑רֶץ	1	Alternate translation: “all over the world”
777	7:12	itlr			אַרְבָּעִ֣ים י֔וֹם וְ⁠אַרְבָּעִ֖ים לָֽיְלָה	1	See how you translated this phrase in verse 4.
778	7:13	enc3			בְּ⁠עֶ֨צֶם הַ⁠יּ֤וֹם הַ⁠זֶּה֙	1	This is the same day that is mentioned in verse 11, when the flood started. Verses 13-16 repeat what happened, in order to emphasize it. Make sure that a translation does not sound like this is the second (or third) time that Noah and his family and the animals entered the ark. Alternate translation: “So it was that on the very same day that the rain started,”
779	7:13	m0hx			נֹ֔חַ וְ⁠שֵׁם וְ⁠חָ֥ם וָ⁠יֶ֖פֶת בְּנֵי נֹ֑חַ וְ⁠אֵ֣שֶׁת נֹ֗חַ וּ⁠שְׁלֹ֧שֶׁת נְשֵֽׁי בָנָ֛י⁠ו אִתָּ֖⁠ם	1	See how you translated a similar sentence in verse 7. Alternate translation: “Noah and his wife and their sons, Shem, Ham, and Japheth, and their three wives all”
780	7:13	q42f			בָּ֣א & אֶל הַ⁠תֵּבָֽה	1	Alternate translation: “boarded the ark”
781	7:14	u7hi			הֵ֜מָּה וְ⁠כָל	1	Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “They took with them every”
782	7:14	qs6f			וְ⁠כָל הַֽ⁠חַיָּ֣ה לְ⁠מִינָ֗⁠הּ וְ⁠כָל	1	In the Hebrew text this phrase is ambiguous. It could mean: (1) “every kind of living thing/creature, including every” or (2) “every kind of wild animal, and every”. The animal groups listed in verse 14 show that every kind of animal was to be brought onto the ark. Your language may have a different way of grouping animals. Make sure it is clear in your translation of this verse that all the different kinds of birds and land animals are included.
783	7:14	nbh7			וְ⁠כָל הַ⁠בְּהֵמָה֙ לְ⁠מִינָ֔⁠הּ	1	Alternate translation: “every kind of tame animal,”
784	7:14	cm34			וְ⁠כָל הָ⁠רֶ֛מֶשׂ הָ⁠רֹמֵ֥שׂ עַל הָ⁠אָ֖רֶץ לְ⁠מִינֵ֑⁠הוּ	1	In the Hebrew text, this phrase is ambiguous. It could mean: (1) “and every other kind of creature/animal that moves/lives on the earth/land,” which seems to fit this context best; or (2) “and every kind of creature/animal that crawls on the ground,”
785	7:14	hfxm			וְ⁠כָל הָ⁠ע֣וֹף לְ⁠מִינֵ֔⁠הוּ כֹּ֖ל צִפּ֥וֹר כָּל כָּנָֽף	1	This phrase probably refers not only to birds, but also to other creatures that have wings and fly, such as bats and insects. Alternate translation: “and every kind of bird and everything else that has wings.” or “and every kind of bird and every other kind of creature that flies.”
786	7:15	an75			וַ⁠יָּבֹ֥אוּ אֶל נֹ֖חַ אֶל הַ⁠תֵּבָ֑ה	1	See how you translated a similar clause in verse 9. Alternate translation: “They came to Noah and came into the ark,” or “They entered the ark with Noah,”
787	7:15	ob0n		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	שְׁנַ֤יִם שְׁנַ֨יִם֙ מִ⁠כָּל הַ⁠בָּשָׂ֔ר	1	The word **flesh** refers here to any kind of creature or animal. Alternate translation: “pairs of every kind of animal” or “pairs of every kind of living thing”
788	7:15	kzj8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	אֲשֶׁר בּ֖⁠וֹ ר֥וּחַ חַיִּֽים	1	See how you translated this phrase in Gen 6:17. For some languages it may be better to change the order of the clauses in this verse and say, “Pairs of every kind of living thing that breathes air came to Noah and went into the boat.” Do what is best in your language.
789	7:16	ihzf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go	וְ⁠הַ⁠בָּאִ֗ים	1	Consider whether it is better in your language to use **went** or “came” here. Also consider again how you translated **went** in verses 7, 9, 13, and 15. Alternate translation: “The pairs that came into the ark” or “Those animals”
790	7:16	wggh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	מִ⁠כָּל בָּשָׂר֙	1	See how you translated **all flesh** in verse 15. Alternate translation: “of every kind of creature” or “of every kind of living thing,”
791	7:16	an9a			בָּ֔אוּ כַּֽ⁠אֲשֶׁ֛ר צִוָּ֥ה אֹת֖⁠וֹ אֱלֹהִ֑ים	1	See how you translated “just as God commanded him” in verse 9. Alternate translation: “which was exactly what God had commanded him to bring along.”
792	7:16	blj8			וַ⁠יִּסְגֹּ֥ר יְהוָ֖ה בַּֽעֲדֽ⁠וֹ	1	Alternate translation: “After that, Yahweh shut them in the ark” or “Then after they were all inside, Yahweh shut the door of the ark behind him”
793	7:17	z3pc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential	וַֽ⁠יְהִ֧י הַ⁠מַּבּ֛וּל	1	Some translations begin this sentence without a conjunction. Do what is natural in your language. Also, notice that verses 17-20 talk about the forty days and nights that the flood kept getting deeper and deeper. Alternate translation: “After that the floodwaters kept getting deeper and deeper” or “The water kept coming”
794	7:17	xy2v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	אַרְבָּעִ֥ים י֖וֹם	1	For some languages it may be more natural to put this time phrase first in this sentence and say, “For forty days and forty nights the flood kept getting deeper and deeper all over the earth,” Do what is best in your language. Also see how you translated this phrase in verse 12. Alternate translation: “for forty days and forty nights,”
795	7:17	nndw			וַ⁠יִּרְבּ֣וּ הַ⁠מַּ֗יִם	1	Alternate translation: “and as the water level rose,” or “As the water got deeper and deeper,”
796	7:17	xs45			וַ⁠יִּשְׂאוּ֙ אֶת הַ⁠תֵּבָ֔ה וַ⁠תָּ֖רָם מֵ⁠עַ֥ל הָ⁠אָֽרֶץ	1	Alternate translation: “it lifted up the ark so that it floated on the water high above the earth” or “it made the ark rise up off the ground and float.”
797	7:18	dkud		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases	וַ⁠יִּגְבְּר֥וּ הַ⁠מַּ֛יִם	1	Verse 18 repeats some of verse 17 to emphasize what happened. Consider what is the best way to begin this sentence in your language. Alternate translation: “So the floodwaters continued to rise and get much higher” or “Yes, the water continued …” or “The water continued …”
798	7:18	tfc3			עַל הָ⁠אָ֑רֶץ	1	Alternate translation: “all over the world,”
799	7:18	utly			וַ⁠תֵּ֥לֶךְ הַ⁠תֵּבָ֖ה	1	Alternate translation: “but the ark floated safely” or “so that the ark moved about”
800	7:18	daf9			עַל פְּנֵ֥י הַ⁠מָּֽיִם	1	Alternate translation: “on the surface of the water.” or “on top of the water.”
801	7:19	cjmw			וְ⁠הַ⁠מַּ֗יִם גָּֽבְר֛וּ מְאֹ֥ד מְאֹ֖ד עַל הָ⁠אָ֑רֶץ	1	Alternate translation: “At last, the waters became very deep over the world, so that” or “Eventually the water became so deep on the world that”
802	7:19	p6av		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	וַ⁠יְכֻסּ֗וּ	1	For some languages it is better to use an active form of the verb here and say, “Eventually the water became so deep on the earth that it even covered all the highest mountains under the entire sky.” Do what is best in your language. Alternate translation: “were covered by water.” or “were submerged in water.”
803	7:20	yd7f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance	חֲמֵ֨שׁ עֶשְׂרֵ֤ה אַמָּה֙ מִ⁠לְ⁠מַ֔עְלָ⁠ה גָּבְר֖וּ הַ⁠מָּ֑יִם	1	See how you translated **cubits** in Gen 6:15-16. Alternate translation: “In fact, the highest mountain tops were covered by at least twenty-two feet of water,”
804	7:20	aidy		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	וַ⁠יְכֻסּ֖וּ הֶ⁠הָרִֽים	1	See how you translated **were covered** in verse 19. Alternate translation: “so that they were completely covered with water.” or “… completely submerged in water.” or “… completely under water.”
805	7:21	j1r4			כָּל בָּשָׂ֣ר	1	This phrase refers to everything listed in verse 21, including people. See how you translated this phrase in Gen 6:17. Alternate translation: “Then all the beings” or “Then every creature” or “Then every living thing”
806	7:21	jg81			הָ⁠רֹמֵ֣שׂ עַל הָ⁠אָ֗רֶץ	1	Alternate translation: “that moved on the ground”
807	7:21	dnqo		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	וַ⁠יִּגְוַ֞ע	1	See how you translated this idiom in Gen 6:17. Alternate translation: “breathed out its last breath,” or “perished,”
808	7:21	wh52			בָּ⁠ע֤וֹף וּ⁠בַ⁠בְּהֵמָה֙	1	Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “including all the birds, the tame animals,”
809	7:21	zw53			וּ⁠בַ֣⁠חַיָּ֔ה	1	The Hebrew text is ambiguous here. It could mean: (1) “and the other living things/creatures” or (2) “and the wild animals”
810	7:21	edpc			וּ⁠בְ⁠כָל הַ⁠שֶּׁ֖רֶץ הַ⁠שֹּׁרֵ֣ץ עַל הָ⁠אָ֑רֶץ	1	Alternate translation: “including every kind of animal that lived in large numbers on the earth,”
811	7:21	q5y5			וְ⁠כֹ֖ל הָ⁠אָדָֽם	1	Alternate translation: “in addition to all the human beings.”
812	7:22	vfi8			כֹּ֡ל אֲשֶׁר֩ נִשְׁמַת ר֨וּחַ חַיִּ֜ים בְּ⁠אַפָּ֗י⁠ו	1	See how you translated a similar phrase in verse 15. Alternate translation: “Every living thing that breathed air”
813	7:22	impv			מִ⁠כֹּ֛ל אֲשֶׁ֥ר בֶּ⁠חָֽרָבָ֖ה מֵֽתוּ	1	Alternate translation: “and was on dry land died.”
814	7:23	mudq			וַ⁠יִּ֜מַח	1	See how you translated this idiom in verse 4. Alternate translation: “That is how Yahweh washed away” or “In that way, Yahweh blotted out” or “… completely destroyed”
815	7:23	k1dj			אֶֽת כָּל הַ⁠יְק֣וּם	1	See how you translated this phrase in verse 4. Alternate translation: “every living creature” or “all living things”
816	7:23	lthw			אֲשֶׁ֣ר עַל פְּנֵ֣י הָֽ⁠אֲדָמָ֗ה	1	See how you translated **the surface of the ground** in verse 4. Alternate translation: “that was on the surface of the earth,” or “that were on the land,”
817	7:23	sgaj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-key-terms	מֵ⁠אָדָ֤ם	1	See how you translated **mankind** in verse 21. Alternate translation: “including all mankind”
818	7:23	fnpu			עַד בְּהֵמָה֙ עַד רֶ֨מֶשׂ֙	1	Alternate translation: “and all the livestock and all the other animals that moved on the ground” or “and all the animals, including smaller animals that crawl on the ground”
819	7:23	qtlr			וְ⁠עַד ע֣וֹף הַ⁠שָּׁמַ֔יִם	1	Some languages leave out the phrase **of the sky** because it is not natural. Do what is best in your language.
820	7:23	ugs2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	וַ⁠יִּמָּח֖וּ מִן הָ⁠אָ֑רֶץ	1	See how you translated “wipe … off” in verse 4. Alternate translation: “All of them were completely washed off the earth by God,” or “He completely destroyed them all from the earth,” or “Yes, God completely destroyed everything that lived on the earth,”
821	7:23	sm4h			וַ⁠יִשָּׁ֧אֶר אַךְ נֹ֛חַ	1	Some translations leave out the first conjunction and begin a new sentence here. Do what is best in your language. Alternate translation: “so that only Noah was left alive, along with” or “so that the only ones who were left alive were Noah and” or “Only Noah survived, along with”
822	7:23	qord			וַֽ⁠אֲשֶׁ֥ר אִתּ֖⁠וֹ בַּ⁠תֵּבָֽה	1	Alternate translation: “and his family and the animals that were with him in the ark” or “along with his family …”
823	7:24	j5a8			וַ⁠יִּגְבְּר֥וּ הַ⁠מַּ֖יִם עַל	1	Alternate translation: “Deep water continued to flood” or “The floodwaters stayed deep over”
824	7:24	p4ot		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers	הָ⁠אָ֑רֶץ חֲמִשִּׁ֥ים וּ⁠מְאַ֖ת יֽוֹם	1	See how you handled a large number in verse 6. Alternate translation: “the entire earth for 150 days.”
825	8:1	vjhe		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	וַ⁠יִּזְכֹּ֤ר אֱלֹהִים֙	1	The phrase **God remembered** is an idiom in the Bible that often means God was paying special attention to certain people and was about to do something. Make sure that the way you translate this phrase does not imply that God had forgotten about Noah. Alternate translation: “God kept in mind” or “But God did not forget”
826	8:1	yash		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	אֶת נֹ֔חַ	1	Noah is the person that the author is focusing on here, but Noah’s family is also included. Consider whether or not you need to make that explicit in your translation.
827	8:1	zvki			וְ⁠אֵ֤ת כָּל הַֽ⁠חַיָּה֙ וְ⁠אֶת	1	In the Hebrew text this phrase is ambiguous. It could mean: (1) “and all the creatures/animals, including” or (2) “and all the wild animals and”. See how you translated “living thing” in Gen 7:14.
828	8:1	ujic		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	כָּל הַ⁠בְּהֵמָ֔ה אֲשֶׁ֥ר אִתּ֖⁠וֹ בַּ⁠תֵּבָ֑ה	1	Some translations combine this phrase with the previous phrase and say, “and all the animals, both wild and tame/domestic, that were with him/them in the ark/boat.” Do what is best in your language. Alternate translation: “all the tame animals that were with him in the ark”
829	8:1	vu2u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	וַ⁠יַּעֲבֵ֨ר אֱלֹהִ֥ים ר֨וּחַ֙ עַל	1	Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “and he sent a wind over” or “So God sent a wind to blow over”
830	8:1	ruy7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	הָ⁠אָ֔רֶץ	1	Alternate translation: “the water that was over the earth,”
831	8:1	u9g1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וַ⁠יָּשֹׁ֖כּוּ הַ⁠מָּֽיִם	1	Notice that the floodwaters did not go all the way down until verse 14, so the way you translate this clause should allow for that. Alternate translation: “so that the water started to recede” or “so that the water level started to go down.”
832	8:2	u995		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	וַ⁠יִּסָּֽכְרוּ֙ מַעְיְנֹ֣ת תְּה֔וֹם וַֽ⁠אֲרֻבֹּ֖ת הַ⁠שָּׁמָ֑יִם	1	See how you translated some of the same words and phrases in Gen 7:11. Alternate translation: “He also caused the fountains in the deep ocean to stop gushing out water, and he caused the rain to stop pouring from the sky,” or “God also stopped the water from gushing out of springs at the bottom of the ocean, and the rain from coming from the heavens”
833	8:2	q4gv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	וַ⁠יִּכָּלֵ֥א הַ⁠גֶּ֖שֶׁם מִן הַ⁠שָּׁמָֽיִם	1	Consider whether it is better in your language to use an active or a passive verb here and in the previous clause. Alternate translation: “so that rain stopped falling from the sky.”
834	8:3	kqse			וַ⁠יָּשֻׁ֧בוּ הַ⁠מַּ֛יִם & הָל֣וֹךְ וָ⁠שׁ֑וֹב	1	Alternate translation: “Then the floodwaters gradually went down”
835	8:3	fmzv			מֵ⁠עַ֥ל הָ⁠אָ֖רֶץ	1	Alternate translation: “from the surface of the ground,”
836	8:3	vzel			מִ⁠קְצֵ֕ה חֲמִשִּׁ֥ים וּ⁠מְאַ֖ת יֽוֹם	1	Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. Also make sure it is clear in your translation that the 150 days mentioned here in Gen 8:3 are the same 150 days mentioned in Gen 7:24, not two different periods of time. Alternate translation: “so that after the 150 days had passed,”
837	8:3	rxcd			הַ⁠מַּ֔יִם	1	Make sure the way you translate this phrase fits with the way you translated the beginning of the verse. Alternate translation: “the water level” or “it”
838	8:3	dw9j			וַ⁠יַּחְסְר֣וּ	1	Alternate translation: “had subsided,”
839	8:4	aqon		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	וַ⁠תָּ֤נַח	1	Alternate translation: “so low that”
840	8:4	w92a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	בַּ⁠חֹ֣דֶשׁ הַ⁠שְּׁבִיעִ֔י בְּ⁠שִׁבְעָה עָשָׂ֥ר י֖וֹם לַ⁠חֹ֑דֶשׁ	1	See how you translated a similar time phrase in Gen 7:11.
841	8:4	fvzr			וַ⁠תָּ֤נַח הַ⁠תֵּבָה֙	1	Alternate translation: “the ark came to rest” or “the ark landed”
842	8:4	xogo		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	עַ֖ל הָרֵ֥י	1	The ark landed on one mountain in a mountain range. Alternate translation: “on a mountain”
843	8:4	agk1			אֲרָרָֽט	1	Alternate translation: “in the land of Ararat.”
844	8:5	zz83			וְ⁠הַ⁠מַּ֗יִם	1	Alternate translation: “Then the water” or “The water”
845	8:5	x2pm			הָיוּ֙ הָל֣וֹךְ וְ⁠חָס֔וֹר	1	See how you translated “decreased” in verse 3. Alternate translation: “continued to go away” or “kept subsiding”
846	8:5	ao6h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	עַ֖ד הַ⁠חֹ֣דֶשׁ הָֽ⁠עֲשִׂירִ֑י בָּֽ⁠עֲשִׂירִי֙ בְּ⁠אֶחָ֣ד לַ⁠חֹ֔דֶשׁ	1	See how you translated a similar time phrase in verse 4. Alternate translation: “until the tenth month of the year. On the first day of that month,”
847	8:5	de4l			רָאשֵׁ֥י הֶֽ⁠הָרִֽים	1	Alternate translation: “the mountaintops”
848	8:5	gs9e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	נִרְא֖וּ	1	Alternate translation: “could be seen above the water by Noah.” or “appeared above the surface of the water.”
849	8:6	dbs8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	וַֽ⁠יְהִ֕י מִ⁠קֵּ֖ץ אַרְבָּעִ֣ים י֑וֹם	1	The phrase **Then it happened** focuses attention on what happens next, and it builds suspense so that readers and listeners wonder what the outcome will be. Some translations leave this phrase out, but that loses some of the suspense. Do what is best in your language.
850	8:6	cff8			וַ⁠יִּפְתַּ֣ח נֹ֔חַ אֶת חַלּ֥וֹן	1	It is not clear when Noah made this window. It may refer to the opening around the top of the walls of the ark (Gen 6:16) or a different window that he made sometime later.
851	8:6	l2kv			הַ⁠תֵּבָ֖ה אֲשֶׁ֥ר עָשָֽׂה	1	Alternate translation: “that he had made in the ark”
852	8:7	x995			וַ⁠יְשַׁלַּ֖ח	1	Alternate translation: “and he set free”
853	8:7	wdl3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknowns	אֶת הָֽ⁠עֹרֵ֑ב	1	A raven is a large, black scavenger bird that eats whatever it finds, including dead animals. If the people in your language area are not familiar with ravens, you could make a comparison to a similar bird that they are familiar with and say, “a large black bird like a …” Or you could include a footnote that explains what a raven is. Alternate translation: “a large black bird called a raven”
854	8:7	ncnh			וַ⁠יֵּצֵ֤א יָצוֹא֙ וָ⁠שׁ֔וֹב	1	Alternate translation: “which continued flying back and forth outside the boat” or “but it kept flying around outside the boat”
855	8:7	e1go			עַד & הַ⁠מַּ֖יִם	1	Alternate translation: “until the floodwaters”
856	8:7	r082			יְבֹ֥שֶׁת & מֵ⁠עַ֥ל הָ⁠אָֽרֶץ	1	This phrase refers to the ground/land (as verse 8 confirms), not the entire planet. Alternate translation: “had dried up more from the ground”
857	8:8	xr9x		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous	וַ⁠יְשַׁלַּ֥ח	1	The events in verse 8 happened while the raven was still flying back and forth (verse 7). Consider what conjunction best communicates that in your language. Alternate translation: “Then he also sent out” or “Then he also released”
858	8:8	ijuq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	אֶת הַ⁠יּוֹנָ֖ה מֵ⁠אִתּ֑⁠וֹ	1	A dove is a small, white or gray bird that makes a cooing sound. If doves are unknown in your language area, you could make a comparison to a similar bird they are familiar with and say, “a small white/gray bird like a …” Or you could include a footnote that explains what a dove is. Alternate translation: “a dove that was with him” or “a dove from the ark” or “a small bird called a dove”
859	8:8	c4yx			לִ⁠רְאוֹת֙ הֲ⁠קַ֣לּוּ הַ⁠מַּ֔יִם	1	Alternate translation: “to find out if the floodwaters had receded”
860	8:8	zx1c			מֵ⁠עַ֖ל פְּנֵ֥י הָֽ⁠אֲדָמָֽה	1	Alternate translation: “from the surface of the land.” or “from the ground”
861	8:9	mgxp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	וְ⁠לֹֽא־מָצְאָה֩ הַ⁠יּוֹנָ֨ה	1	Consider what is the best way to refer to the dove at this point in the paragraph in your language. Alternate translation: “But the dove could not find” or “But it was not able to find”
862	8:9	fpmf			מָנ֜וֹחַ לְ⁠כַף רַגְלָ֗⁠הּ	1	In Hebrew the word **dove** is grammatically a feminine noun (for both male and female doves), so some translations say “her feet … she returned …” here. For languages such as English that do not assign grammatical gender to nouns, it is more accurate to use **its** and **it** here, because it is not known whether this dove was male or female. Do what is best in your language. Alternate translation: “anywhere to perch and rest,”
863	8:9	z0lc			וַ⁠תָּ֤שָׁב	1	Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “So it returned” or “So the dove flew back”
864	8:9	okue			אֵלָי⁠ו֙ אֶל הַ⁠תֵּבָ֔ה	1	Alternate translation: “flew back to him at the ark”
865	8:9	g9b8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	כִּי מַ֖יִם עַל פְּנֵ֣י כָל הָ⁠אָ֑רֶץ	1	Some languages may have to switch the clause order in this verse and say, “But water was still covering the entire earth/world, so the dove did/could not find a resting place for its feet. Then it returned to Noah at the boat, and he/Noah reached …” Do what is best in your language. Alternate translation: “because water was still covering the entire world.”
866	8:9	k23d			וַ⁠יִּשְׁלַ֤ח יָד⁠וֹ֙	1	Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “So he reached out” or “and he reached out”
867	8:9	hq6l			אֵלָ֖י⁠ו אֶל הַ⁠תֵּבָֽה	1	Alternate translation: “back to himself in the ark” or “back into the ark”
868	8:10	y0bi		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases	וַ⁠יָּ֣חֶל ע֔וֹד	1	Consider whether it is better in your language to begin this sentence with or without a conjunction. Alternate translation: “He waited”
869	8:10	nxwx			וַ⁠יֹּ֛סֶף שַׁלַּ֥ח אֶת הַ⁠יּוֹנָ֖ה מִן הַ⁠תֵּבָֽה	1	Alternate translation: “then he sent the dove out from the ark another time.” or “then he released the dove from the ark again.”
870	8:11	b9p3			וַ⁠תָּבֹ֨א אֵלָ֤י⁠ו הַ⁠יּוֹנָה֙ לְ⁠עֵ֣ת עֶ֔רֶב	1	Alternate translation: “That evening the dove returned to Noah,” or “When it was evening, the dove returned to him”
871	8:11	ilgw			וְ⁠הִנֵּ֥ה	1	Alternate translation: “and surprisingly,” or “and Noah saw that”
872	8:11	wm5e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	עֲלֵה זַ֖יִת טָרָ֣ף בְּ⁠פִ֑י⁠הָ	1	An olive tree produces small, oval, green fruit that has a hard pit. Olives are used for food and as a source of cooking oil. If olive trees are unknown in your language area, you could include a footnote about them. Alternate translation: “it was holding a newly picked green leaf from an olive tree in its mouth” or “the dove had a green leaf in its mouth that it had just picked from an olive tree.”
873	8:11	or72			וַ⁠יֵּ֣דַע נֹ֔חַ	1	Alternate translation: “Then Noah realized” or “That is how he knew”
874	8:11	z04k			כִּי & הַ⁠מַּ֖יִם	1	Alternate translation: “that the floodwaters”
875	8:11	noj3			קַ֥לּוּ	1	See how you translated **subsided** in verse 8, and how you translated three other Hebrew words with similar meanings In verses 1, 3, and 5. Alternate translation: “had receded” or “had gone down more”
876	8:11	oy8e			מֵ⁠עַ֥ל הָ⁠אָֽרֶץ	1	See how you translated this phrase in verse 7. Alternate translation: “from the ground”
877	8:12	eeml			וַ⁠יִּיָּ֣חֶל ע֔וֹד שִׁבְעַ֥ת יָמִ֖ים אֲחֵרִ֑ים וַ⁠יְשַׁלַּח֙ אֶת־הַ⁠יּוֹנָ֔ה	1	See how you translated **sent out** in verses 7, 8, and 10. Alternate translation: “He waited another seven days, then he released the dove again,” or “After he waited seven more days, he released the dove again,”
878	8:12	rnay		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וְ⁠לֹֽא יָסְפָ֥ה שׁוּב אֵלָ֖י⁠ו עֽוֹד	1	Remember to only make implied information explicit in a translation if it helps readers’ understanding or if it is necessary to prevent wrong meaning or incorrect grammar. Alternate translation: “but this time it did not fly back to him again because it found a dry place to land”
879	8:13	kogb			וַֽ֠⁠יְהִי	1	Alternate translation: “So it happened that”
880	8:13	o42y			בְּ⁠אַחַ֨ת וְ⁠שֵׁשׁ־מֵא֜וֹת שָׁנָ֗ה	1	See how you translated a similar phrase in Gen 7:11.
881	8:13	in0r		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal	בָּֽ⁠רִאשׁוֹן֙ בְּ⁠אֶחָ֣ד לַ⁠חֹ֔דֶשׁ	1	Alternate translation: “in the first month of the year, on the first day of the month,”
882	8:13	w07v			חָֽרְב֥וּ הַ⁠מַּ֖יִם	1	Make sure your translation of this phrase fits with the fact that the ground was not yet dry enough to get out of the ark. That did not happen until the end of the second month (verse 14). Alternate translation: “the water was drying up”
883	8:13	nmrd			מֵ⁠עַ֣ל הָ⁠אָ֑רֶץ	1	Alternate translation: “from the ground”
884	8:13	zuj2			וַ⁠יָּ֤סַר נֹ֨חַ֙	1	Alternate translation: “So he took off part of” or “made an opening in”
885	8:13	leq8			אֶת מִכְסֵ֣ה הַ⁠תֵּבָ֔ה	1	Alternate translation: “the roof that was covering the ark” or “the roof of the ark”
886	8:13	kuyo			וַ⁠יַּ֕רְא	1	Alternate translation: “and looked out,”
887	8:13	sg80			וְ⁠הִנֵּ֥ה	1	See how you translated this phrase in verse 11. Alternate translation: “and indeed,”
888	8:13	o3sh			חָֽרְב֖וּ	1	Alternate translation: “was drying off.”
889	8:14	j99d			וּ⁠בַ⁠חֹ֨דֶשׁ֙ הַ⁠שֵּׁנִ֔י בְּ⁠שִׁבְעָ֧ה וְ⁠עֶשְׂרִ֛ים י֖וֹם לַ⁠חֹ֑דֶשׁ	1	See how you translated similar time phrases in verses 4, 5, and 13.
890	8:14	bys7			הָ⁠אָֽרֶץ	1	Notice that the land/ground was dry here, not the entire earth. Consider again how you translated this phrase in verses 3, 7, 11, 13-14. Alternate translation: “the ground”
891	8:14	r70v			יָבְשָׁ֖ה	1	In this context **dry** means that the ground was dry enough to walk on and live on without getting stuck in mud. Make sure your translation does not imply that it was so dry that nothing would grow on it (like a desert).
892	8:15	hn11		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	וַ⁠יְדַבֵּ֥ר אֱלֹהִ֖ים אֶל נֹ֥חַ לֵ⁠אמֹֽר	1	See how you translated **said to Noah** in Gen 7:1. Alternate translation: “So God said to Noah,”
893	8:16	so3f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go	צֵ֖א מִן הַ⁠תֵּבָ֑ה	1	Consider whether “come” or “go” is more natural here in your language. Also, some languages have a special term for getting off a boat that fits well here. Do what is best in your language. Alternate translation: “Come out of the ark” or “Disembark from the ark”
894	8:16	y4un			וּ⁠נְשֵֽׁי בָנֶ֖י⁠ךָ אִתָּֽ⁠ךְ	1	Alternate translation: “and their wives.”
895	8:17	u569		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go	הוצא אִתָּ֑⁠ךְ	1	Consider whether “bring” or “take” is more natural here in your language. Alternate translation: “Take with you” or “Take out”
896	8:17	s8b9			כָּל הַ⁠חַיָּ֨ה אֲשֶֽׁר	1	Alternate translation: “all the living things that are”
897	8:17	ngp1			־אִתְּ⁠ךָ֜	1	Alternate translation: “with you in the ark” or “in the ark”
898	8:17	nn5n		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	מִ⁠כָּל בָּשָׂ֗ר	1	See how you translated **flesh** in Gen 7:15-16.
899	8:17	guxs			בָּ⁠ע֧וֹף וּ⁠בַ⁠בְּהֵמָ֛ה	1	Alternate translation: “including the birds, domestic animals,”
900	8:17	ii1h			וּ⁠בְ⁠כָל הָ⁠רֶ֛מֶשׂ הָ⁠רֹמֵ֥שׂ	1	In the Hebrew text this phrase is ambiguous. It could mean: (1) “and every other creature/animal that moves/lives”, which seems to fit this context best since it is general and includes all the land animals that were not birds or livestock; or (2) “and every creature/animal that crawls”, which is more specific and refers to animals like lizards, snakes, mice, and other animals that have bodies that are close to the ground.
901	8:17	qfw9			עַל הָ⁠אָ֖רֶץ	1	Alternate translation: “on the ground,”
902	8:17	ubmo			וְ⁠שָֽׁרְצ֣וּ בָ⁠אָ֔רֶץ	1	Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “Then they can spread all over the world”
903	8:17	vpty		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	וּ⁠פָר֥וּ	1	The rest of verse 17 forms a parallelism with **abound on the earth** that emphasizes filling the earth again with animals. Make sure your translation does not sound like this refers to separate events. Alternate translation: “yes, they will have many offspring”
904	8:17	kz24			וְ⁠רָב֖וּ	1	See how you translated **be fruitful** and **multiply** in Gen 1:22, 28. Alternate translation: “and become very many”
905	8:17	oe06			עַל הָ⁠אָֽרֶץ	1	Alternate translation: “all over the world.” or “throughout the earth.”
906	8:18	m38a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go	וַ⁠יֵּ֖צֵא נֹ֑חַ	1	Alternate translation: “Then Noah went out of the ark” or “So Noah disembarked from the ark” or “Then Noah got off the ark”
907	8:18	fxvc			וּ⁠בָנָ֛י⁠ו וְ⁠אִשְׁתּ֥⁠וֹ וּ⁠נְשֵֽׁי בָנָ֖י⁠ו אִתּֽ⁠וֹ	1	See how you translated this list of Noah’s family members (and similar lists) in Gen 6:18; 7:7, 13; 8:16. Notice that the order of the people in this list varies in the Hebrew text, perhaps depending on who is in focus in each context. Alternate translation: “together with his wife and his sons and their wives.”
908	8:19	f790			כָּל הַֽ⁠חַיָּ֗ה	1	Alternate translation: “Every living creature,”
909	8:19	ohu5			כָּל הָ⁠רֶ֨מֶשׂ֙	1	Alternate translation: “including every animal that crawls” or “including all the creatures that crawl”
910	8:19	tfez			כֹּ֖ל	1	Alternate translation: “yes, every creature”
911	8:19	la0w			רוֹמֵ֣שׂ עַל הָ⁠אָ֑רֶץ	1	This phrase refers here to the land, not the entire planet earth. See how you translated this phrase in verse 17. Alternate translation: “that moves on the ground,”
912	8:19	s8uv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go	יָצְא֖וּ מִן־הַ⁠תֵּבָֽה	1	Consider again how you translated “go/come out” and “went/came out” and “bring/take out” in verses 16-19. Notice that your choices are affected by your perspective: whether the viewpoint is from inside the ark or whether the viewpoint is from outside the ark. Do what is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “also came out of the ark”
913	8:19	j4js			לְ⁠מִשְׁפְּחֹ֣תֵי⁠הֶ֔ם	1	Alternate translation: “grouped by their kinds.” or “one family after another.”
914	8:20	ap9x		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-key-terms	וַ⁠יִּ֥בֶן נֹ֛חַ מִזְבֵּ֖חַ	1	An altar was an elevated, often table-shaped structure made out of stones where certain animals and crops were burned as sacrifices to God. Alternate translation: “Then Noah built an altar out of large stones” or “Then Noah made a sacrifice table with large stones”
915	8:20	c6ri			לַֽ⁠יהוָ֑ה	1	Alternate translation: “dedicated to Yahweh,” or “to worship Yahweh,”
916	8:20	penu			וַ⁠יִּקַּ֞ח	1	Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “Then he chose”
917	8:20	ehez			מִ⁠כֹּ֣ל הַ⁠בְּהֵמָ֣ה הַ⁠טְּהוֹרָ֗ה וּ⁠מִ⁠כֹּל֙ הָ⁠ע֣וֹף הַ⁠טָּהֹ֔ר	1	In the Bible, a **clean** animal or bird is one that is acceptable to be sacrificed to God or eaten; it does not refer to how clean the animal or bird was physically. See how you translated this term in Gen 7:2, 8. Alternate translation: “some of every kind of pure animal and one of every kind of clean bird,” or “some of every kind of animal and bird that are acceptable to sacrifice”
918	8:20	rdoh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וַ⁠יַּ֥עַל עֹלֹ֖ת בַּ⁠מִּזְבֵּֽחַ	1	When animals were sacrificed, they were killed first, not burned alive. Consider whether or not you need to make that information explicit in your translation. Alternate translation: “and he killed them and offered them as burnt offerings to Yahweh on the altar.” or “and he killed them and burned their bodies on the altar as gifts to Yahweh to honor him.”
919	8:21	rabn			וַ⁠יָּ֣רַח יְהוָה֮ אֶת רֵ֣יחַ הַ⁠נִּיחֹחַ֒	1	Alternate translation: “Yahweh smelled the sweet smell of the sacrifices,” or “When Yahweh smelled the aroma of the sacrifices, he was pleased,”
920	8:21	pjky		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	וַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר יְהוָ֜ה אֶל־לִבּ֗⁠וֹ	1	Consider whether or not your language has this idiom or a similar idiom that would work well here. Alternate translation: “so he said to himself,”
921	8:21	wfkp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-key-terms	לֹֽא־אֹ֠סִף לְ⁠קַלֵּ֨ל ע֤וֹד אֶת־הָֽ⁠אֲדָמָה֙	1	Make sure that your translation of **curse** does not imply the use of magic. Alternate translation: “I will never again curse the earth”
922	8:21	ukf5			בַּ⁠עֲב֣וּר הָֽ⁠אָדָ֔ם	1	Alternate translation: “to punish mankind for their sins,”
923	8:21	oonb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	כִּ֠י יֵ֣צֶר לֵ֧ב הָ⁠אָדָ֛ם רַ֖ע	1	See how you translated **inclination** in a similar phrase in Gen 6:5. Alternate translation: “even though the desires of their hearts are evil” or “even though everything they desire is evil”
924	8:21	x9w9			מִ⁠נְּעֻרָ֑י⁠ו	1	Alternate translation: “from youth onward.” or “from the time they are young”
925	8:21	sf7h			וְ⁠לֹֽא אֹסִ֥ף ע֛וֹד	1	Alternate translation: “I will never again” or “Nor will I ever again”
926	8:21	eku1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	לְ⁠הַכּ֥וֹת	1	Consider whether your language has this idiom or a similar idiom that fits well here. Alternate translation: “kill”
927	8:21	fwl7			אֶת כָּל חַ֖י	1	Alternate translation: “every living creature” or “all living things”
928	8:21	chnf			כַּֽ⁠אֲשֶׁ֥ר עָשִֽׂיתִי	1	Alternate translation: “as I just did.”
929	8:22	iep2			עֹ֖ד כָּל יְמֵ֣י הָ⁠אָ֑רֶץ	1	Alternate translation: “As long as the earth still lasts,”
930	8:22	cskk			זֶ֡רַע	1	Alternate translation: “seed-planting time” or “the time for planting seeds”
931	8:22	v2j4			וְ֠⁠קָצִיר	1	Alternate translation: “and harvest time” or “the time for gathering crops”
932	8:22	xw8i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	וְ⁠קֹ֨ר וָ⁠חֹ֜ם	1	These terms form a parallelism with **summer and winter**. If possible, it is best to keep both parts of the parallelism in your translation since each part has a different emphasis. Alternate translation: “cold season and hot season,”
933	8:22	io1a			וְ⁠קַ֧יִץ וָ⁠חֹ֛רֶף	1	The seasons of summer and winter may be described differently depending on which part of the world your language area is located in. For example, some translations might use the terms “dry season” and “rainy/wet season,” depending on what best corresponds to summer and winter in that area.
934	8:22	zj8p		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	לֹ֥א יִשְׁבֹּֽתוּ	1	It may be more natural to change the order of this sentence and say, “As long as the earth exists, each year there will always be a season/time to plant seeds and a season/time to harvest crops, as well as cold weather and hot weather, winter and summer, and day and night.” Do what is best in your language. Alternate translation: “will never stop.” or “will always continue to occur each year.”
935	9:1	w3js			וַ⁠יְבָ֣רֶךְ אֱלֹהִ֔ים אֶת נֹ֖חַ וְ⁠אֶת בָּנָ֑י⁠ו	1	See how you translated **blessed** in Gen 1:22, 28. Alternate translation: “Then God showed favor to Noah and his sons” or “Then God caused Noah and his sons to flourish”
936	9:1	xsmx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	וַ⁠יֹּ֧אמֶר לָ⁠הֶ֛ם	1	The phrase “blessed … and said” is a Hebrew expression that refers to one event and emphasizes it. It does not refer to two separate events. The words of the blessing are in verses 1-7. See how you translated this phrase in Gen 1:28. Alternate translation: “He said,”
937	9:1	ptxq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	פְּר֥וּ	1	Alternate translation: “Bear many children” or “You will bear many children”
938	9:1	ise7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal	וּ⁠רְב֖וּ	1	See how you translated “be fruitful and multiply and fill the earth” in Gen 1:28. Alternate translation: “so that you and your descendants will increase greatly in number” or “so that you and your descendants will become very many”
939	9:1	wnmi			וּ⁠מִלְא֥וּ אֶת הָ⁠אָֽרֶץ	1	Alternate translation: “and fill the earth with people.” or “and inhabit the whole earth.” or “and live all over the world.”
940	9:2	izzi		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet	וּ⁠מוֹרַאֲ⁠כֶ֤ם וְ⁠חִתְּ⁠כֶם֙ יִֽהְיֶ֔ה עַ֚ל כָּל חַיַּ֣ת הָ⁠אָ֔רֶץ	1	The phrase “the fear … and the dread” repeats the same idea in two different ways to emphasize how afraid the creatures will be. For some languages it may be better to combine the phrase and say “very afraid/terrified”. Do what is best in your language. Alternate translation: “Every living thing on the earth will be afraid and terrified of you,” or “All the animals on earth will be very afraid of you,”
941	9:2	vgnr			וְ⁠עַ֖ל כָּל ע֣וֹף	1	The birds, moving creatures, and fish are all included in the general category of living creatures. Consider again how you translated “birds of the sky” in the book of Genesis; see Gen 1:26, 28, 30; 2:19-20; 6:7; 7:3, 23; 9:2. Alternate translation: “including every bird that flies in the air,” or “including all the birds that fly in the sky”
942	9:2	kksa			בְּ⁠כֹל֩ אֲשֶׁ֨ר תִּרְמֹ֧שׂ	1	Alternate translation: “along with every animal that lives on land” or “as well as all animals that live on land,”
943	9:2	vx4q			וּֽ⁠בְ⁠כָל דְּגֵ֥י הַ⁠יָּ֖ם	1	Alternate translation: “and all the fish in the sea”
944	9:2	vs4q		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	בְּ⁠יֶדְ⁠כֶ֥ם נִתָּֽנוּ	1	The phrase “into your hand” means God was again giving mankind the responsibility to manage and control all the rest of what God had created. Consider whether your language has a similar idiom that would work well here. Alternate translation: “I have put you in charge of them all.”
945	9:3	jhft			כָּל רֶ֨מֶשׂ֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר הוּא חַ֔י	1	See how you translated “every moving creature” in Gen 1:26, and see the note about that there. It may be necessary to translate this phrase in different ways in different contexts. Alternate translation: “From now on every kind of living thing that moves” or “From now on every animal that is alive and moves”
946	9:3	qntp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	לָ⁠כֶ֥ם יִהְיֶ֖ה לְ⁠אָכְלָ֑ה	1	For some languages it is more natural to change the order of this sentence and say, “You may now have/eat any kind of living creature that moves, for food.” or “I now permit you to eat every/any kind of living creature that moves.” Do what is best in your language. Alternate translation: “is available for you to eat as food.”
947	9:3	h0u4			כְּ⁠יֶ֣רֶק עֵ֔שֶׂב	1	Consider again how you translated **green plants** in Gen 1:30, and how you translated **plants** in Gen 1:11-12, 29; 2:5; 3:18; 9:3. Alternate translation: “plants to eat,”
948	9:3	lqhk			נָתַ֥תִּי לָ⁠כֶ֖ם אֶת כֹּֽל	1	Make sure that the way you translate this phrase means that God is now permitting people to eat both plants and animals. Alternate translation: “now I give you everything for food.” or “so now I permit you to eat everything.” or “so now I permit you to eat both plants and animals.”
949	9:4	ifut		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions	אַךְ	1	God is putting a limit on the way that people may eat meat.
950	9:4	lov7			בָּשָׂ֕ר & לֹ֥א תֹאכֵֽלוּ	1	Alternate translation: “you must never eat animal flesh”
951	9:4	goma			בְּ⁠נַפְשׁ֥⁠וֹ דָמ֖⁠וֹ	1	Since life is in the blood, God did not want people to eat meat that still had its blood in it. Rather he wanted them to drain it out first before they cooked it (also see Deuteronomy 12:16, 23). You could put that information in a footnote. Alternate translation: “that still has its life in it, which is in its blood.” or “with its blood in it, which made it live.” or “that still has its lifeblood in it.”
952	9:5	rp2l			וְ⁠אַ֨ךְ אֶת דִּמְ⁠כֶ֤ם לְ⁠נַפְשֹֽׁתֵי⁠כֶם֙ אֶדְרֹ֔שׁ	1	Alternate translation: “Also, I will definitely require an accounting for your lifeblood.”
953	9:5	ok4h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	מִ⁠יַּ֥ד כָּל חַיָּ֖ה	1	In this verse, the phrase **the hand of** refers to the animal or the person that is responsible for killing someone. Alternate translation: “From any animal that kills a person”
954	9:5	hzwk			אֶדְרְשֶׁ֑⁠נּוּ	1	Alternate translation: “I will demand its blood” or “I require it to be killed,” or “I demand that it must die,”
955	9:5	yt01			וּ⁠מִ⁠יַּ֣ד הָֽ⁠אָדָ֗ם	1	Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “and that is also true for human beings.”
956	9:5	e6fe			מִ⁠יַּד֙ אִ֣ישׁ	1	Alternate translation: “If a man kills” or “If anyone kills”
957	9:5	puht		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	אָחִ֔י⁠ו	1	This phrase is used here as a general reference to any human being, not just biological brothers. Alternate translation: “a fellow human being,”
958	9:5	wf23			אֶדְרֹ֖שׁ אֶת נֶ֥פֶשׁ הָֽ⁠אָדָֽם	1	Alternate translation: “I require him to be executed” or “I demand that he must die.”
959	9:6	i3ix			שֹׁפֵךְ֙	1	The first half of verse 6 repeats and summarizes verse 5. Alternate translation: “Yes if anyone”
960	9:6	n8bs		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	שֹׁפֵךְ֙ דַּ֣ם	1	The first half of verse 6 repeats and summarizes verse 5. The phrase “sheds the blood of” is an idiom that means to deliberately kill someone. Blood is an important concept in this passage and throughout the Bible so, if possible, it is best to keep this term in a translation. If that is not possible, you should put the literal text in a footnote. Alternate translation: “Yes if anyone kills” or “Whoever takes the life of”
961	9:6	tey3			הָֽ⁠אָדָ֔ם	1	Alternate translation: “a person,” or “another human being,” or “someone,”
962	9:6	xvtg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	בָּֽ⁠אָדָ֖ם דָּמ֣⁠וֹ יִשָּׁפֵ֑ךְ	1	For some languages it is more natural to put this clause first in this verse and say, “That’s right, you must put to death anyone who murders a human being, because I, God, made human beings in my own image.” Do what is best in your language. Alternate translation: “people must execute him,” or “people must put him to death,” or “he must be executed,”
963	9:6	c56p		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	כִּ֚י בְּ⁠צֶ֣לֶם אֱלֹהִ֔ים עָשָׂ֖ה אֶת הָ⁠אָדָֽם	1	Make sure it is clear in your translation that God is referring to himself in this clause. See how you translated a similar clause in Gen 1:27. Alternate translation: “because I, God made people in my own image.” or “because I created human beings to be like myself.”
964	9:7	uion			וְ⁠אַתֶּ֖ם	1	In the Hebrew text, the pronoun **you** is emphatic and has an emphatic position in the sentence (before the verb) to introduce a new topic. Consider what is the best way in your language to begin a new paragraph like this. Alternate translation: “And as for you,” or “As for you,”
965	9:7	mt4l		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	פְּר֣וּ	1	See how you translated **be fruitful and multiply** in verse 1. Alternate translation: “bear many children”
966	9:7	mi6k			וּ⁠רְב֑וּ	1	Alternate translation: “so that you and your descendants become very many.” or “so that you have many descendants.”
967	9:7	in4s			שִׁרְצ֥וּ בָ⁠אָ֖רֶץ	1	Alternate translation: “Live all over the earth”
968	9:7	s5nm			וּ⁠רְבוּ	1	Alternate translation: “and increase in numbers”
969	9:7	jl94			בָֽ⁠הּ	1	Alternate translation: “throughout it.”
970	9:8	mp5r			וַ⁠יֹּ֤אמֶר אֱלֹהִים֙	1	Alternate translation: “Then God continued speaking”
971	9:8	bm0t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	אֶל נֹ֔חַ וְ⁠אֶל בָּנָ֥י⁠ו אִתּ֖⁠וֹ לֵ⁠אמֹֽר	1	God is still speaking to the same people. This phrase emphasizes what he says next to them. Alternate translation: “to Noah and his sons who were with him, and said,” or “to them,”
972	9:9	ycb0			וַ⁠אֲנִ֕י הִנְנִ֥⁠י	1	See how you translated **behold** in Gen 1:29, 4:14, 6:13, 17. It may be necessary to translate this term in different ways, depending on the context. Alternate translation: “Now listen carefully to me: I”
973	9:9	pujm			מֵקִ֛ים	1	See how you translated “establish my covenant with” in Gen 6:18, and see the note about that there. Alternate translation: “am instituting” or “am setting up”
974	9:9	g76x			אֶת בְּרִיתִ֖⁠י אִתְּ⁠כֶ֑ם וְ⁠אֶֽת זַרְעֲ⁠כֶ֖ם אַֽחֲרֵי⁠כֶֽם	1	Notice that the pronouns **you** and **your** are plural throughout verses 2-15, since God is speaking to Noah and his sons. Alternate translation: “my special agreement with you and your descendants who come after you,” or “my covenant between me and you and your offspring”
975	9:10	c62u			וְ⁠אֵ֨ת	1	Consider whether or not it is better in your language to break up this long sentence and begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “along with” or “The covenant is also with”
976	9:10	tzzr			וּֽ⁠בְ⁠כָל חַיַּ֥ת הָ⁠אָ֖רֶץ	1	Alternate translation: “and all the other living things on the earth” or “and all the wild animals”
977	9:10	mxmq			מִ⁠כֹּל֙ יֹצְאֵ֣י הַ⁠תֵּבָ֔ה	1	The words “from … to …” are used to emphasize that all the animals are included in God’s covenant. Consider what is the best way to express that in your language. Alternate translation: “That includes all those that went out of the ark”
978	9:10	kqlk			לְ⁠כֹ֖ל חַיַּ֥ת	1	Alternate translation: “and all the living things” or “and all the animals”
979	9:10	gq32			הָ⁠אָֽרֶץ	1	Alternate translation: “that live on the earth.”
980	9:11	lh5t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-key-terms	וַ⁠הֲקִמֹתִ֤י אֶת בְּרִיתִ⁠י֙ אִתְּ⁠כֶ֔ם	1	See how you translated **my covenant** and “establish” in verse 9. Alternate translation: “The covenant that I am making with you is that”
981	9:11	r2u9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	וְ⁠לֹֽא & כָּל בָּשָׂ֛ר ע֖וֹד	1	The phrase **all flesh** refers here to all people and animals. Alternate translation: “never again will all life” or “never again will all living creatures”
982	9:11	l5v0		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	יִכָּרֵ֧ת	1	Alternate translation: “be killed by” or “be wiped out by”
983	9:11	d5ve			מִ⁠מֵּ֣י הַ⁠מַּבּ֑וּל	1	See how you translated a similar phrase in Gen 7:10. Alternate translation: “water from a flood,”
984	9:11	jown			וְ⁠לֹֽא יִהְיֶ֥ה ע֛וֹד מַבּ֖וּל	1	Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “I promise that I will never again use a flood”
985	9:11	mxo7			לְ⁠שַׁחֵ֥ת	1	See how you translated “destroying” in Gen 6:13. Alternate translation: “that destroys”
986	9:11	euoi		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	הָ⁠אָֽרֶץ	1	This phrase refers here to everything that lives on the earth. Alternate translation: “life on the earth.” or “all living creatures on the earth.”
987	9:12	b7sv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר אֱלֹהִ֗ים	1	God is still talking to the same people, but a quote margin (**Then God said**) is added here to emphasize the new topic (**the sign of the covenant**). For some languages it is more natural to leave this quote margin implied and just have a paragraph break. See what you did for a similar case in verse 8. Alternate translation: “Then God also said to them,” or “Then God added” or “Then God continued talking to Noah and his sons,”
988	9:12	htun			זֹ֤את אֽוֹת הַ⁠בְּרִית֙ אֲשֶׁר אֲנִ֣י נֹתֵ֗ן	1	Alternate translation: “This is the sign which shows that I promise to always keep the covenant that I am making” or “This is how I will remind everyone that I have made this covenant”
989	9:12	tm2n			לְ⁠דֹרֹ֖ת עוֹלָֽם	1	Alternate translation: “for all future generations:” or “and with all generations to come:” or “as well as with all the people and creatures that will ever live:”
990	9:13	op2l			אֶת קַשְׁתִּ֕⁠י נָתַ֖תִּי	1	Alternate translation: “I have put my rainbow” or “I am placing my rainbow”
991	9:13	nocp			וְ⁠הָֽיְתָה֙ לְ⁠א֣וֹת	1	See how you translated **the sign of the covenant** in verse 12. Alternate translation: “where it will show everyone” or “to show everyone” or “and it will serve as the sign which shows”
992	9:13	ay4p			בְּרִ֔ית בֵּינִ֖⁠י וּ⁠בֵ֥ין	1	Alternate translation: “that I have made my covenant with” or “that I pledge to always keep my covenant with”
993	9:13	n8yc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	הָ⁠אָֽרֶץ	1	This phrase refers here to mankind and all the animals. See how you translated the same phrase in verse 11. Alternate translation: “every living thing on the earth.”
994	9:14	vday			וְ⁠הָיָ֕ה בְּ⁠עַֽנְנִ֥⁠י עָנָ֖ן	1	Alternate translation: “So it will happen that whenever I bring clouds together” or “So whenever I cause clouds to appear”
995	9:14	v1al			עַל הָ⁠אָ֑רֶץ	1	Alternate translation: “in the sky over the earth”
996	9:14	kfox		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	וְ⁠נִרְאֲתָ֥ה הַ⁠קֶּ֖שֶׁת בֶּ⁠עָנָֽן	1	Consider whether it is better in your language to use a passive or active verb here. Alternate translation: “and a rainbow forms among the clouds,” or “and you see a rainbow among the clouds,”
997	9:15	jg40		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	וְ⁠זָכַרְתִּ֣י אֶת בְּרִיתִ֗⁠י	1	See how you translated **remember** in Gen 8:1. It may need to be translated differently in different contexts. Alternate translation: “then I will remember and keep my covenant” or “then I will not forget to keep my treaty”
998	9:15	cl8q			אֲשֶׁ֤ר בֵּינִ⁠י֙ וּ⁠בֵ֣ינֵי⁠כֶ֔ם	1	Alternate translation: “that I have made between me and you” or “that I have made with you”
999	9:15	px73			וּ⁠בֵ֛ין כָּל נֶ֥פֶשׁ חַיָּ֖ה בְּ⁠כָל בָּשָׂ֑ר	1	The Hebrew text is ambiguous here. It could mean: (1) “and all living creatures of every kind,” or “and all the animals, including all the different kinds,” or (2) “and all other living creatures, including all people and animals,”
1000	9:15	w7qt			וְ⁠לֹֽא יִֽהְיֶ֨ה ע֤וֹד הַ⁠מַּ֨יִם֙ לְ⁠מַבּ֔וּל לְ⁠שַׁחֵ֖ת	1	Make sure it is clear in your translation that this last clause in verse 15 is what God promised in his covenant. Also, consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “that never again will there be a flood that destroys” or “I vow that never again will I use a flood to destroy”
1001	9:15	ha7y			כָּל־בָּשָֽׂר	1	Alternate translation: “all life.” or “all people and animals.”
1002	9:16	msfb			וְ⁠הָיְתָ֥ה הַ⁠קֶּ֖שֶׁת	1	In verse 16, God repeats and emphasizes what he said in verses 12-15. Alternate translation: “So whenever a rainbow forms” or “That is how it will be: Whenever there is a rainbow”
1003	9:16	jn6a			בֶּֽ⁠עָנָ֑ן	1	See how you translated this phrase in verses 13 and 14. Alternate translation: “among the clouds,”
1004	9:16	mfvm			וּ⁠רְאִיתִ֗י⁠הָ	1	Alternate translation: “I will look at it”
1005	9:16	flfg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	לִ⁠זְכֹּר֙	1	See how you translated **remember** in verse 15. Alternate translation: “and fulfill” or “and not forget to keep”
1006	9:16	s1px			בְּרִ֣ית עוֹלָ֔ם	1	Alternate translation: “my permanent covenant” or “my covenant that lasts forever” or “my covenant that never ends”
1007	9:16	qbnx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	בֵּ֣ין אֱלֹהִ֔ים וּ⁠בֵין֙	1	Make sure it is clear in your translation that God is referring to himself here. Alternate translation: “between me and” or “which I have made with”
1008	9:16	ed49			כָּל נֶ֣פֶשׁ חַיָּ֔ה בְּ⁠כָל בָּשָׂ֖ר	1	See how you translated this phrase in verse 15 and how you translated **every living creature** in verses 10 and 12. Alternate translation: “all living beings of every kind”
1009	9:16	wqf1			אֲשֶׁ֥ר עַל הָ⁠אָֽרֶץ	1	Alternate translation: “that are on the earth.” or “that live in the world.”
1010	9:17	ol42		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	וַ⁠יֹּ֥אמֶר אֱלֹהִ֖ים אֶל נֹ֑חַ	1	Alternate translation: “Finally, God said to Noah,” or “Then God finished by saying to Noah,”
1011	9:17	wreo		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-key-terms	אֽוֹת הַ⁠בְּרִית֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר הֲקִמֹ֔תִי	1	See how you translated a similar clause in verse 12. In that verse God is explaining the rainbow for the first time, whereas here in verse 17, he is pointing back to what he just said about the rainbow in order to emphasize its importance. Also, consider again how you translated **covenant** in verses 9, 11-13, 15-17. Alternate translation: “the sign which shows that I promise to always keep the covenant that I am making” or “what I will uses to show everyone that I have made this treaty”
1012	9:17	foms			כָּל בָּשָׂ֖ר אֲשֶׁ֥ר עַל הָ⁠אָֽרֶץ	1	Consider again how you translated **all flesh** when it includes people and animals. See Gen 6:12-13, 17; 7:21; 9:11, 15-17. It may be necessary to translate this phrase in different ways in different contexts. Alternate translation: “all living creatures” or “all the people and creatures that are on the earth.”
1013	9:18	jnw4			הַ⁠תֵּבָ֔ה	1	Be consistent here with how you translated “ark/boat” in chapters 6-8, and see the note about this at Gen 6:14. Alternate translation: “who went out from the ark after the flood” or “who disembarked from …” or “who got off …”
1014	9:18	dhau			וַ⁠יִּֽהְי֣וּ & שֵׁ֖ם וְ⁠חָ֣ם וָ⁠יָ֑פֶת	1	Consider what is the best way to list names in your language.
1015	9:18	h3vw			וְ⁠חָ֕ם ה֖וּא	1	The pronoun **he** is emphatic here, emphasizing that Ham was the father of Canaan, who is probably mentioned here because he was well known as the ancestor of the Canaanites and the one whom the land/region of Canaan was named after. Alternate translation: “Ham was the one who”
1016	9:18	sy8w			אֲבִ֥י כְנָֽעַן	1	Alternate translation: “fathered Canaan.”
1017	9:20	uydp			וַ⁠יָּ֥חֶל נֹ֖חַ אִ֣ישׁ הָֽ⁠אֲדָמָ֑ה וַ⁠יִּטַּ֖ע	1	Consider what is the best way in your language to introduce or begin a new episode here. The Hebrew text is ambiguous here. It could mean: (1) “who was a farmer, began/started farming and planted” or “who was a farmer, was the first man/person to plant” or (2) “began to be a farmer and planted” or “became a farmer and planted” Alternate translation: “Now later on, Noah,”
1018	9:20	utl1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	כָּֽרֶם	1	It is implied that Noah made wine from the grapes (verse 21). If necessary, you could make that explicit here. Also, if grapes are not known in your language area, you could say “vines/plants with a fruit called grapes”, or you could put in a footnote information about grapes, including how they are squeezed and how the juice is fermented to make wine. Alternate translation: “some grapevines and made wine from the grapes.” or “a field with grapevines. And he made wine from the grapes.”
1019	9:21	w1ox			וַ⁠יֵּ֥שְׁתְּ מִן הַ⁠יַּ֖יִן	1	Alternate translation: “One day he drank a lot of the wine,”
1020	9:21	cj5k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וַ⁠יִּשְׁכָּ֑ר וַ⁠יִּתְגַּ֖ל	1	It is implied from verse 24 that Noah had fallen asleep. Alternate translation: “so that he became so intoxicated that he fell asleep uncovered”
1021	9:21	zhoh			בְּ⁠ת֥וֹךְ אָהֳלֹֽ⁠ה	1	See how you translated **tent** in Gen 4:20.
1022	9:22	p8vt			אֵ֖ת עֶרְוַ֣ת אָבִ֑י⁠ו	1	Alternate translation: “that his father was uncovered,”
1023	9:22	ideh			וַ⁠יַּגֵּ֥ד לִ⁠שְׁנֵֽי אֶחָ֖י⁠ו בַּ⁠חֽוּץ	1	Alternate translation: “and he went out and told his two brothers that their father was drunk and naked.”
1024	9:23	w3iy			וַ⁠יִּקַּח֩ שֵׁ֨ם וָ⁠יֶ֜פֶת	1	Alternate translation: “Then Shem and Japheth took”
1025	9:23	f7fp			אֶת הַ⁠שִּׂמְלָ֗ה	1	This garment would have probably been fairly large, big enough to cover Noah’s body. Alternate translation: “a cloak,”
1026	9:23	ldi6			וַ⁠יָּשִׂ֨ימוּ֙ עַל שְׁכֶ֣ם שְׁנֵי⁠הֶ֔ם	1	Alternate translation: “put it between them over their shoulders”
1027	9:23	ahuv			וַ⁠יֵּֽלְכוּ֙ אֲחֹ֣רַנִּ֔ית	1	Alternate translation: “and went backward into the tent”
1028	9:23	tx8k			וַ⁠יְכַסּ֕וּ אֵ֖ת עֶרְוַ֣ת אֲבִי⁠הֶ֑ם	1	Alternate translation: “and used it to cover their naked father.”
1029	9:23	n341			וּ⁠פְנֵי⁠הֶם֙ אֲחֹ֣רַנִּ֔ית	1	Alternate translation: “As they did that, they kept their eyes looking away from him,” or “As they did that, they looked away from him,”
1030	9:23	wcj9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	וְ⁠עֶרְוַ֥ת אֲבִי⁠הֶ֖ם לֹ֥א רָאֽוּ	1	Consider whether it is better here in your language to refer to Noah with a noun phrase or a pronoun. Alternate translation: “so that they did not see his nakedness.” or “so that they did not see him naked.”
1031	9:24	huys			וַ⁠יִּ֥יקֶץ נֹ֖חַ	1	Alternate translation: “Later he woke up”
1032	9:24	z3po			מִ⁠יֵּינ֑⁠וֹ	1	Alternate translation: “sober from the effects of the wine,” or “sober,”
1033	9:24	e13r			וַ⁠יֵּ֕דַע	1	The text does not say how Noah found out about this, so it is best to not be too specific about that here in your translation. Alternate translation: “and he heard about”
1034	9:24	k45l			אֵ֛ת אֲשֶׁר עָ֥שָׂה ל֖⁠וֹ בְּנ֥⁠וֹ הַ⁠קָּטָֽן	1	Alternate translation: “that his youngest son Ham had disrespected him,”
1035	9:25	yls5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	וַ⁠יֹּ֖אמֶר	1	Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “So he exclaimed about Ham,”
1036	9:25	wpmd			אָר֣וּר	1	Alternate translation: “I hereby ask God to curse” or “May God curse”
1037	9:25	bhhg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	כְּנָ֑עַן	1	In verses 25-27, Canaan probably represents Ham and all of Ham’s descendants (the Canaanites), who will serve Shem and Japheth and all their descendants. You could put that information in a footnote.
1038	9:25	tt6u			יִֽהְיֶ֥ה	1	Alternate translation: “I proclaim that he will be”
1039	9:25	dvbz			עֶ֥בֶד עֲבָדִ֖ים	1	The Hebrew word here can mean either **slave** or “servant”. Slaves in the Old Testament were usually treated well and were not much different than servants, sometimes even becoming like members of their owner’s family. But they were of lower status than their masters, which is part of how Ham’s family is being cursed. Alternate translation: “the lowest slave”
1040	9:25	dnvn			לְ⁠אֶחָֽי⁠ו	1	Verses 26 and 27 show that **his brothers** probably refers here to Shem and Japheth (who were Canaan’s uncles) and their descendants.
1041	9:26	s7yt		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	וַ⁠יֹּ֕אמֶר	1	Alternate translation: “Then he also said,” or “He also said,”
1042	9:26	a9c8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-key-terms	בָּר֥וּךְ יְהֹוָ֖ה	1	Although many English translations have “Blessed be” here instead of “Praised be,” the word used in the Hebrew text means “praise” when people are acting towards God (as here), and it means “bless” when God is acting towards people (as in Gen 1:28; 5:2; 9:1). Alternate translation: “I praise Yahweh,”
1043	9:26	o8qs			אֱלֹ֣הֵי שֵׁ֑ם	1	Alternate translation: “who is the God whom Shem worships”
1044	9:26	dkl7			וִ⁠יהִ֥י כְנַ֖עַן	1	Alternate translation: “May he cause Canaan to be” or “May he make Canaan” or “I ask him to make Canaan”
1045	9:26	u8da			עֶ֥בֶד לָֽ⁠מוֹ	1	Alternate translation: “a servant for him”
1046	9:27	qf4e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	יַ֤פְתְּ אֱלֹהִים֙ לְ⁠יֶ֔פֶת	1	In this context, **Japheth** refers to the territory or land where he lived. Alternate translation: “… give Japheth more land,”
1047	9:27	m5k2			וְ⁠יִשְׁכֹּ֖ן	1	Alternate translation: “and enable him and his family to live”
1048	9:27	fs08			בְּ⁠אָֽהֳלֵי שֵׁ֑ם	1	Alternate translation: “together in harmony with Shem and his family” or “peacefully among Shem and his family”
1049	9:27	u2hq			וִ⁠יהִ֥י כְנַ֖עַן	1	See how you translated a similar sentence in verse 26. Alternate translation: “I also ask God to make Canaan” or “Canaan will also be”
1050	9:27	vfve			עֶ֥בֶד לָֽ⁠מוֹ	1	Compare how you translated **slave** or “servant” in verses 25-27. Alternate translation: “a servant for him”
1051	9:28	j0sh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	אַחַ֣ר הַ⁠מַּבּ֑וּל	1	Notice that this phrase refers to when the flood began, when Noah was 600 years old (Gen 7:6), not when it ended a year later, when he was 601 years old (8:13), since he was 950 when he died (verse 29), not 951. Alternate translation: “After the time that the flood began,” or “From the beginning of the flood,”
1052	9:28	murg			וַֽ⁠יְחִי נֹ֖חַ & שְׁלֹ֤שׁ מֵאוֹת֙ שָׁנָ֔ה וַֽ⁠חֲמִשִּׁ֖ים שָׁנָֽה	1	Alternate translation: “Noah lived 350 more years.”
1053	9:29	zycm			וַ⁠יִּֽהְיוּ֙ כָּל יְמֵי נֹ֔חַ	1	Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. See how you translated Gen 5:31, which is similar to 9:29. Alternate translation: “so that Noah lived a total of 950 years,” or “So all together Noah lived 950 years,”
1054	9:29	k4gw			וַ⁠יָּמֹֽת	1	Alternate translation: “and then he died.”
1055	10:1	z8s6			וְ⁠אֵ֨לֶּה֙ תּוֹלְדֹ֣ת	1	This sentence begins a new section. Alternate translation: “Here is the list of the names of”
1056	10:1	gmzi		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	בְּנֵי נֹ֔חַ שֵׁ֖ם חָ֣ם וָ⁠יָ֑פֶת	1	Give special attention to the best way in your language to spell all the names in this chapter.
1057	10:1	pxnr			וַ⁠יִּוָּלְד֥וּ לָ⁠הֶ֛ם בָּנִ֖ים	1	The following record includes the names of Noah’s sons and grandsons and their descendants (including some of the people groups who came from them). Alternate translation: “and their sons and other descendants who were born” or “and the sons they had”
1058	10:1	vjic			אַחַ֥ר הַ⁠מַּבּֽוּל	1	Alternate translation: “after the flood was gone.”
1059	10:2	ywoe			בְּנֵ֣י יֶ֔פֶת	1	Throughout this chapter, many translations have a colon (:) instead of **were**. Do what is best in your language.
1060	10:2	ymm9			גֹּ֣מֶר וּ⁠מָג֔וֹג וּ⁠מָדַ֖י וְ⁠יָוָ֣ן וְ⁠תֻבָ֑ל וּ⁠מֶ֖שֶׁךְ וְ⁠תִירָֽס	1	Translate the lists of names in this chapter in a way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Gomer, Magog, Madai, Javan, Jubal, Meshech, and Tiras.”
1061	10:3	n005			אַשְׁכֲּנַ֥ז וְ⁠רִיפַ֖ת וְ⁠תֹגַרְמָֽה	1	Alternate translation: “named Ashkenaz, Riphath, and Togarmah.”
1062	10:4	kz0u			וּ⁠בְנֵ֥י יָוָ֖ן	1	Compare how you translated a similar clause in verses 2 and 3.
1063	10:4	lce6			אֱלִישָׁ֣ה וְ⁠תַרְשִׁ֑ישׁ	1	These are the names of Javan’s sons, but the next two names are the names of people groups that descended from him. Alternate translation: “named Elishah and Tarshish, and he was the ancestor of”
1064	10:4	iwl4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	כִּתִּ֖ים וְ⁠דֹדָנִֽים	1	Most translation teams transliterate people group names in the Bible, but handle the suffix endings in different ways. For example, you could: (1) transliterate the Hebrew plural suffix “-im”; or (2) use a suffix that your language has for names of people groups (such as “-ites” in English); or (3) translate “-im” as “people” or “people/ethnic group.” Try to be consistent in how you handle people group names throughout this chapter and the rest of the book of Genesis. Alternate translation: “the Kitt people group and the Dodan people group.”
1065	10:5	swml			מֵ֠⁠אֵלֶּה	1	This phrase probably refers to Japheth’s descendants (verses 2-4), especially since the descendants of his brothers Ham (verse 20) and Shem (verse 31) are summarized in a similar way.
1066	10:5	ccp2			נִפְרְד֞וּ אִיֵּ֤י הַ⁠גּוֹיִם֙	1	Alternate translation: “came the people groups who lived in regions beside the Mediterranean Sea. They moved to different places and settled”
1067	10:5	rjew		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	בְּ⁠אַרְצֹתָ֔⁠ם	1	Alternate translation: “in their own regions,”
1068	10:5	hstu			אִ֖ישׁ לִ⁠לְשֹׁנ֑⁠וֹ	1	Consider whether it is more natural in your language to break up this long sentence and start a new sentence here (or later in this verse). Alternate translation: “They all spoke their own languages,”
1069	10:5	yius			לְ⁠מִשְׁפְּחֹתָ֖⁠ם	1	The word “clan” refers to a group of families who are descended from a common ancestor. Alternate translation: “and each of them lived in their own extended families,” or “They each had their own family groups,”
1070	10:5	b8t2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	בְּ⁠גוֹיֵ⁠הֶֽם	1	The word **nations** refers here to people groups, not countries. Also, for some languages it may be clearer to change the order of the phrases in this verse and say, “Japheth’s descendants spread out and settled near/by the Mediterranean Sea. They all formed their own family groups, which grew/multiplied and became their own people groups that spoke their own languages and lived in their own territories/regions.” Do what is best in your language. Alternate translation: “and they formed their own people groups.” or “which grew and became their own distinct ethnic groups.”
1071	10:8	zwg5			וְ⁠כ֖וּשׁ יָלַ֣ד אֶת נִמְרֹ֑ד	1	See how you translated **fathered** in Gen 6:10, and how you translated a phrase in 10:1 (“were born to”) that has a similar meaning. Alternate translation: “Cush also fathered a son named Nimrod,”
1072	10:8	k7ej			ה֣וּא הֵחֵ֔ל לִֽ⁠הְי֥וֹת	1	The Hebrew text is ambiguous here. It could mean: (1) “who was the first person/man/one to be” or (2) “who became”
1073	10:8	kt9f			גִּבֹּ֖ר	1	There were other mighty men before Nimrod, but apparently he was the first one to have a kingdom (verse 10). Alternate translation: “a powerful warrior” or “a powerful king”
1074	10:8	u6s3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	בָּ⁠אָֽרֶץ	1	For some languages it may be more natural to put this phrase earlier and say, “who was the first person/man on earth to be/become a powerful ruler/warrior.” Do what is best in your language. Alternate translation: “in the world.”
1075	10:9	e8rh			הֽוּא הָיָ֥ה גִבֹּֽר צַ֖יִד	1	Alternate translation: “Nimrod was also a excellent hunter”
1076	10:9	fzr8			לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י יְהוָ֑ה	1	Alternate translation: “whom Yahweh helped.” or “because Yahweh helped him.”
1077	10:9	vq2f			יֵֽאָמַ֔ר	1	This phrase indicates that what follows was a well-known saying that was used by people to praise or compliment other great men by comparing them to Nimrod. Alternate translation: “we have the saying about other great men:”
1078	10:9	ham3			כְּ⁠נִמְרֹ֛ד	1	Alternate translation: “So and so is like Nimrod,”
1079	10:9	twpi			הֽוּא־הָיָ֥ה גִבֹּֽר צַ֖יִד	1	Alternate translation: “Nimrod was also a excellent hunter”
1080	10:9	fyot			לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י יְהוָ֑ה	1	Be consistent here with how you translated this phrase earlier in verse 9. Alternate translation: “whom Yahweh helped.” or “because Yahweh helped him.”
1081	10:10	an74			וַ⁠תְּהִ֨י רֵאשִׁ֤ית מַמְלַכְתּ⁠וֹ֙	1	Alternate translation: “He started ruling as king over” or “The first cities that Nimrod ruled as king were”
1082	10:10	orky			בְּ⁠אֶ֖רֶץ שִׁנְעָֽר	1	Shinar is another name for the land/country of Babylonia. You could put that information in a footnote. Alternate translation: “which were all located in the land called Shinar.”
1083	10:11	tmzb			מִן הָ⁠אָ֥רֶץ הַ⁠הִ֖וא	1	Alternate translation: “From that region” or “From the land of Shinar”
1084	10:11	jcf8			יָצָ֣א אַשּׁ֑וּר	1	See how you translated “the land/region of/called Asshur/Assyria” in Gen 2:14. Alternate translation: “he moved to the land called Asshur”
1085	10:11	gcc2			וַ⁠יִּ֨בֶן֙	1	Alternate translation: “and there he built”
1086	10:12	yxdv			וְֽ⁠אֶת רֶ֔סֶן בֵּ֥ין נִֽינְוֵ֖ה וּ⁠בֵ֣ין כָּ֑לַח הִ֖וא הָ⁠עִ֥יר הַ⁠גְּדֹלָֽה	1	The Hebrew text is ambiguous here. It could mean: (1) “and Resen, which is located between the cities of Nineveh and the great city of Calah.” or (2) “and Resen, which is the great city located between the cities of Nineveh and Calah.”
1087	10:13	p1bp			וּ⁠מִצְרַ֡יִם יָלַ֞ד	1	Alternate translation: “Mizraim was the father of”
1088	10:13	ptqo		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	אֶת לוּדִ֧ים וְ⁠אֶת עֲנָמִ֛ים וְ⁠אֶת לְהָבִ֖ים וְ⁠אֶת נַפְתֻּחִֽים	1	Throughout verses 13-18, translate the names of people groups in a way that is clear and natural in your language. See what you did in verse 4. Also consider what is the best way in your language to list the names in these verses. Some languages use a conjunction (like **and**) between names, while other languages only use a conjunction before the last name in the list, with commas between the other names.
1089	10:14	ylfj			וְֽ⁠אֶת פַּתְרֻסִ֞ים וְ⁠אֶת כַּסְלֻחִ֗ים אֲשֶׁ֨ר יָצְא֥וּ מִ⁠שָּׁ֛ם פְּלִשְׁתִּ֖ים וְ⁠אֶת כַּפְתֹּרִֽים	1	Alternate translation: “Pathrusites, Casluhites (whom the Philistines came from), and Caphtorites.” or “Pathrusites, Casluhites, and Caphtorites. The Philistines came from the Casluhites.”
1090	10:15	m1d3			וּ⁠כְנַ֗עַן יָלַ֛ד	1	See how you translated **fathered** in verses 8 and 13.
1091	10:15	zjx9			וְ⁠אֶת חֵֽת	1	Canaan’s son Heth was the ancestor of the Hittites, so some translations use “Hittites” here instead and say, “He was also the ancestor of the Hittites,” Alternate translation: “then he had a son named Heth,”
1092	10:16	uwbf			וְ⁠אֶת הַ⁠יְבוּסִי֙ וְ⁠אֶת הָ֣⁠אֱמֹרִ֔י וְ⁠אֵ֖ת הַ⁠גִּרְגָּשִֽׁי	1	In verses 16-18, the people group names are singular collective nouns in Hebrew (in contrast to the people group names in verses 4, 13-14 that are plural nouns). Most English versions translate these names with a plural “-ites” suffix so that it is clear that these names refer to more than one person. Alternate translation: “and Canaan was also the ancestor of the Jebusites, Amorites, Girgashites,”
1093	10:18	q1m9			וְ⁠אַחַ֣ר	1	Alternate translation: “As time went by,”
1094	10:18	yfp1			נָפֹ֔צוּ	1	Alternate translation: “moved to different places,”
1095	10:19	efvy			וַֽ⁠יְהִ֞י גְּב֤וּל הַֽ⁠כְּנַעֲנִי֙	1	Alternate translation: “and eventually the borders of their land extended” or “so that eventually the land where they lived extended”
1096	10:19	m5gx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	מִ⁠צִּידֹ֔ן	1	Some languages have an affix or a word (that means “city”) that must be used every time the name of a city is mentioned or the first time a particular city is mentioned in a paragraph or section. Do what is natural in your language here and elsewhere throughout the Bible. Alternate translation: “from Sidon City in the north,”
1097	10:19	juim		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	בֹּאֲ⁠כָ֥ה גְרָ֖רָ⁠ה עַד עַזָּ֑ה	1	The Canaanites’ border reached Gaza, but did not extend down to Gerar, which was farther south. Alternate translation: “all the way down toward the city of Gerar to the city of Gaza,” or “down to Gaza City, which is on the road to Gerar City,”
1098	10:19	jenu			עַד לָֽשַׁע	1	Alternate translation: “until you reach Lasha City.”
1099	10:20	mrbd			אֵ֣לֶּה	1	The word **Those** refers back to the people listed in verses 6-19. Also, many translations that use “were” (and other past tense verbs) in verses 2-19 and 21-30 use **are** here (and in verses 31 and 32). Do what is best in your language. Alternate translation: “Those are the names of” or “Those men are”
1100	10:20	w958			בְנֵי חָ֔ם	1	Alternate translation: “the descendants of Ham”
1101	10:20	ixjv			לְ⁠מִשְׁפְּחֹתָ֖⁠ם	1	See how you translated **clans** in verse 5. Alternate translation: “according to their family groups,” or “and each one had his own clan” or “and their extended families,”
1102	10:20	n9z9			לִ⁠לְשֹֽׁנֹתָ֑⁠ם בְּ⁠אַרְצֹתָ֖⁠ם בְּ⁠גוֹיֵ⁠הֶֽם	1	Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. See how you translated verse 5, which has some of the same phrases as verse 20. Alternate translation: “Each family spoke its own language and lived in its own territory and eventually became its own people group.” or “Each family multiplied and established its own ethnic group that had its own language and lived in its own region.”
1103	10:21	am4z			וּ⁠לְ⁠שֵׁ֥ם יֻלַּ֖ד גַּם	1	In the Hebrew text, **to Shem** comes first in this sentence after **And**, to emphasize Shem. Do what is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Shem also fathered some sons”
1104	10:21	f29s			אֲחִ֖י יֶ֥פֶת הַ⁠גָּדֽוֹל	1	The Hebrew text is ambiguous here. It could mean: (1) “and his/Shem’s older brother was Japheth.” (2) “and he/Shem was Japheth’s older/oldest brother.”
1105	10:22	o6p2			עֵילָ֣ם וְ⁠אַשּׁ֑וּר וְ⁠אַרְפַּכְשַׁ֖ד וְ⁠ל֥וּד וַֽ⁠אֲרָֽם	1	The name **Arpachshad** is spelled as “Arphaxad” in many translations. Also, see how you spelled **Lud** in verse 13 (who is a different person with the same name). Be consistent with how you spell each name throughout the Bible. Alternate translation: “Elam, Asshur, Arpachshad, Lud and Aram.”
1106	10:23	qqox			ע֥וּץ וְ⁠ח֖וּל וְ⁠גֶ֥תֶר וָ⁠מַֽשׁ	1	The same person who is called **Mash** here, is referred to as “Meshech/Meshek” in 1 Chronicles 1:17. To prevent confusion, some translations use “Meshech/Meshek” here too, or they put that name in a footnote.
1107	10:24	u3c2			וְ⁠אַרְפַּכְשַׁ֖ד יָלַ֣ד אֶת שָׁ֑לַח	1	Be consistent here with how you spelled “Arpachshad/Arphaxad” in verse 22. Alternate translation: “Arphaxad had a son named Shelah,”
1108	10:24	bfuy			וְ⁠שֶׁ֖לַח יָלַ֥ד אֶת עֵֽבֶר	1	Alternate translation: “and Shelah had a son named Eber.”
1109	10:25	jiw4			וּ⁠לְ⁠עֵ֥בֶר יֻלַּ֖ד שְׁנֵ֣י בָנִ֑ים	1	Alternate translation: “Then Eber fathered two sons.”
1110	10:25	u8nm			שֵׁ֣ם הָֽ⁠אֶחָ֞ד	1	Alternate translation: “The name of the first son was” or “The first son was named”
1111	10:25	ibtk			פֶּ֗לֶג	1	You can put the meaning of Peleg’s name in the text or in a footnote, so that it is clear why he was given his name. See what you did for a similar case (Noah’s name) in Gen 5:29.
1112	10:25	v3na		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	נִפְלְגָ֣ה הָ⁠אָ֔רֶץ	1	This phrase refers to the people on the earth and implies that they scattered and lived all over the earth (as specified in Gen 11:8). Alternate translation: “the people on the earth separated into separate groups and scattered everywhere.”
1113	10:25	po91		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	וְ⁠שֵׁ֥ם אָחִ֖י⁠ו יָקְטָֽן	1	Make sure it is clear in your translation who is being referred to in this sentence, especially after reading the previous two sentences.
1114	10:26	eu4k			וְ⁠יָקְטָ֣ן יָלַ֔ד	1	Notice that the list of Joktan’s sons continues through verse 29. Alternate translation: “Joktan fathered sons named” or “Joktan had the following sons:”
1115	10:29	xri4			וְ⁠אֶת אוֹפִ֥ר וְ⁠אֶת חֲוִילָ֖ה וְ⁠אֶת יוֹבָ֑ב	1	Consider again how you translated lists of names throughout chapter 10.
1116	10:29	d37u			כָּל אֵ֖לֶּה	1	Alternate translation: “All those were the names of” or “All those men were”
1117	10:30	z0dr			וַֽ⁠יְהִ֥י מוֹשָׁבָ֖⁠ם	1	Alternate translation: “Their dwelling place” or “Their region” or “The area where they and their descendants lived”
1118	10:30	h4i1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וַֽ⁠יְהִ֥י & מִ⁠מֵּשָׁ֑א	1	See how you translated a similar sentence in verse 19. Alternate translation: “extended from the city of Mesha in the west,”
1119	10:30	qhqk			בֹּאֲ⁠כָ֥ה סְפָ֖רָ⁠ה	1	Alternate translation: “as far as”
1120	10:30	buoh			סְפָ֖רָ⁠ה	1	Sephar might refer to a city, a mountain, or a region (that was named after the city or mountain). Alternate translation: “the town of Sephar, which is in”
1121	10:30	bl54			הַ֥ר הַ⁠קֶּֽדֶם	1	The word **mountains** is ambiguous in the Hebrew text. It can be: (1) a collective noun that refers to mountains or hill country near the town of Sephar; or (2) a singular noun that refers to a specific mountain that was called Sephar. Alternate translation: “the mountain range that is in the east.” or “the eastern hill country.”
1122	10:31	v7ly			אֵ֣לֶּה	1	The word **Those** refers here to the people listed in verses 21-30. See how you translated verse 20, which is almost exactly the same as verse 31. Alternate translation: “Those are the names of” or “Those men are”
1123	10:31	ffht			בְנֵי שֵׁ֔ם	1	Alternate translation: “the descendants of Shem”
1124	10:31	lpn7			לְ⁠מִשְׁפְּחֹתָ֖⁠ם	1	See how you translated **clans** in verses 5 and 20. Alternate translation: “and each one had his own clan”
1125	10:31	b1x8			לִ⁠לְשֹׁנֹתָ֑⁠ם בְּ⁠אַרְצֹתָ֖⁠ם לְ⁠גוֹיֵ⁠הֶֽם	1	Alternate translation: “Each family spoke its own language and lived in its own territory, and eventually became its own people group.” or “Each family multiplied and established its own ethnic group that had its own language and lived in its own territory.”
1126	10:32	e560			אֵ֣לֶּה מִשְׁפְּחֹ֧ת בְּנֵי נֹ֛חַ	1	The word **Those** refers here to everyone who is listed in verses 2-31. Consider again how you translated **clans** in verses 5, 18, 29, 31-32.
1127	10:32	bl71			לְ⁠תוֹלְדֹתָ֖⁠ם בְּ⁠גוֹיֵ⁠הֶ֑ם	1	Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. Also, compare how you translated similar phrases in verses 5, 20, and 31. Alternate translation: “Each clan had its own genealogy and became its own ethnic group.”
1128	10:32	nh8d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	וּ⁠מֵ⁠אֵ֜לֶּה נִפְרְד֧וּ הַ⁠גּוֹיִ֛ם בָּ⁠אָ֖רֶץ אַחַ֥ר הַ⁠מַּבּֽוּל	1	Consider again how you translated **nations** in verses 5, 20, 31-32. Alternate translation: “From those people came all the ethnic groups who spread out over the earth after the flood.”
1129	11:1	r2b8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background	וַֽ⁠יְהִ֥י כָל־הָ⁠אָ֖רֶץ שָׂפָ֣ה אֶחָ֑ת	1	The events in chapter 11:1-9 happened before the people listed in chapter 10 had their own languages and before they spread out over the earth (Gen 10:5, 19-20, 30-32). You could include some of that information in a footnote. Alternate translation: “Now at first, everyone on the earth shared the same language” or “Now for a while, all the people on the earth spoke one language”
1130	11:1	l2n1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet	וּ⁠דְבָרִ֖ים אֲחָדִֽים	1	The phrases **one language** and **the same words** are very similar in meaning and emphasize the fact that everyone spoke the same language. Consider what is the best way to communicate that in your language. Alternate translation: “and shared the same vocabulary.” or “and spoke words everyone knew”
1131	11:2	ufks		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	וַֽ⁠יְהִ֖י	1	The phrase “it happened that” introduces an important event and helps create suspense so that readers will wonder what the outcome will be. Some translations omit this phrase because it is not natural in their language. Do what is best in your language. Alternate translation: “After a while, as” or “When”
1132	11:2	phjs		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	בְּ⁠נָסְעָ֣⁠ם	1	Consider whether it is better in your language to use a pronoun (**they**) or a noun phrase (“the people”) here. Alternate translation: “they traveled” or “the people moved”
1133	11:2	kqit			מִ⁠קֶּ֑דֶם	1	At first after the flood, people lived in the regions around the mountains of Ararat (where the ark had landed). As they began to migrate and spread out to different places (as God had told them to do), they must have headed south at some point since they ended up at the plain of Shinar, which was south of where the Ararat Mountains were. The reference to **the east** probably reflects the viewpoint of the author (Moses), since the Ararat mountains and the plain of Shinar were both far to the east of where he was living. Alternate translation: “around in the eastern regions,”
1134	11:2	zdwp			וַֽ⁠יִּמְצְא֥וּ	1	Make sure the way you translate this phrase fits with the way you translated the first half of this verse. Alternate translation: “they discovered” or “they eventually came to”
1135	11:2	vygx			בִקְעָ֛ה בְּ⁠אֶ֥רֶץ שִׁנְעָ֖ר	1	This plain was a wide, flat area between mountains. Also be consistent here with how you translated **land of Shinar** in Gen 10:10. Alternate translation: “a wide flat area in the land called Shinar”
1136	11:2	dxfo			וַ⁠יֵּ֥שְׁבוּ שָֽׁם	1	Alternate translation: “and lived there.” or “and began to live there.”
1137	11:3	m2g2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	וַ⁠יֹּאמְר֞וּ אִ֣ישׁ אֶל־רֵעֵ֗⁠הוּ	1	The events that are described below probably did not happen immediately after they arrived at the plain. Consider what is the best way to begin these events in your language. Alternate translation: “Then one day they urged each other,”
1138	11:3	jfqv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	הָ֚בָ⁠ה	1	Consider whether or not your language has an idiom like this that is used to urge or persuade someone to do something together.
1139	11:3	uwu2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive	נִלְבְּנָ֣ה	1	The pronoun **us** is inclusive here and refers to the people who are talking to each other. Alternate translation: “we should work together and make”
1140	11:3	wprr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	לְבֵנִ֔ים	1	Alternate translation: “some mud blocks” or “some blocks from mud”
1141	11:3	y8pj			וְ⁠נִשְׂרְפָ֖ה לִ⁠שְׂרֵפָ֑ה	1	Alternate translation: “and harden them with fire.” or “and use fire to bake them.” or “and put them over fire to make them hard”
1142	11:3	s0kz			וַ⁠תְּהִ֨י לָ⁠הֶ֤ם	1	Alternate translation: “So they did that, and they had” or “They had”
1143	11:3	uxzq			הַ⁠לְּבֵנָה֙ לְ⁠אָ֔בֶן	1	Alternate translation: “blocks to build with instead of stone,”
1144	11:3	u7qc			וְ⁠הַ֣⁠חֵמָ֔ר הָיָ֥ה לָ⁠הֶ֖ם	1	Alternate translation: “and they used tar between the blocks”
1145	11:3	b4kx			לַ⁠חֹֽמֶר	1	Alternate translation: “to hold the blocks together.”
1146	11:4	rlly			וַ⁠יֹּאמְר֞וּ	1	Alternate translation: “Then they said to each other,”
1147	11:4	igxx			הָ֣בָ⁠ה	1	See how you translated this idiom in verse 3.
1148	11:4	gfzh			נִבְנֶה	1	See how you translated a similar phrase in verse 3. Alternate translation: “let us work together and build”
1149	11:4	a5tp			וּ⁠מִגְדָּל֙	1	Alternate translation: “that has a high tower” or “with a very tall building”
1150	11:4	h80w			וְ⁠רֹאשׁ֣⁠וֹ בַ⁠שָּׁמַ֔יִם	1	Alternate translation: “that reaches high into the heavens” or “that reaches up to heaven,”
1151	11:4	z87w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	וְ⁠נַֽעֲשֶׂה לָּ֖⁠נוּ שֵׁ֑ם פֶּן נָפ֖וּץ	1	The phrase **make a name for ourselves** is a idiom. Consider whether or not your language has a similar idiom that would work well here. Also see how you translated the word **scattered** in Gen 10:18, 32. Alternate translation: “We should do that to make ourselves famous and to keep us from spreading out” or “That way we will become well-known and we will not separate from each other and live”
1152	11:4	ytfe		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	עַל פְּנֵ֥י כָל הָ⁠אָֽרֶץ	1	Alternate translation: “all over the world.” or “around the world.”
1153	11:5	f9ua		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וַ⁠יֵּ֣רֶד יְהוָ֔ה	1	Alternate translation: “Then one day Yahweh came down from heaven”
1154	11:5	oe6q			לִ⁠רְאֹ֥ת אֶת הָ⁠עִ֖יר	1	The text implies that Yahweh actually looked at the city. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to make that explicit here. Alternate translation: “and inspected the city”
1155	11:5	pbs0			וְ⁠אֶת הַ⁠מִּגְדָּ֑ל	1	See how you translated this word in verse 4.
1156	11:5	zcoi			בָּנ֖וּ	1	Make sure the way you translate this verb fits with the fact that the people had not yet finished building the city (verse 8). Alternate translation: “had started building.”
1157	11:6	zesy		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר יְהוָ֗ה	1	Consider what is the best way to refer to Yahweh here in your language. Alternate translation: “And he said (to himself),” or “He said,”
1158	11:6	h94b			הֵ֣ן	1	This term calls attention to what Yahweh says next. Consider what is the best way to do that in your language.
1159	11:6	q2ld			עַ֤ם אֶחָד֙	1	The Hebrew text is ambiguous here. It could mean: (1) “they are one people/ethnic group,” or (2) “the/these people are one/united in what they are doing,”
1160	11:6	emr9			וְ⁠שָׂפָ֤ה אַחַת֙ לְ⁠כֻלָּ֔⁠ם	1	See how you translated **have one language** in verse 1. Alternate translation: “and they all share the same language.”
1161	11:6	jn1z			וְ⁠זֶ֖ה הַחִלָּ֣⁠ם לַ⁠עֲשׂ֑וֹת	1	Alternate translation: “This is only the beginning of what they will do together.”
1162	11:6	m869			וְ⁠עַתָּה֙	1	Alternate translation: “Now”
1163	11:6	cwlf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives	לֹֽא יִבָּצֵ֣ר מֵ⁠הֶ֔ם כֹּ֛ל אֲשֶׁ֥ר יָזְמ֖וּ לַֽ⁠עֲשֽׂוֹת	1	The words **not** and **impossible** are two negatives that work together to communicate an emphatic positive statement. Consider what is the best way to translate this in your language. Alternate translation: “nothing that they plan to do will be impossible for them.” or “anything they attempt to do will be possible for them.” or “they will be able to do whatever they try to do.”
1164	11:7	siye			הָ֚בָ⁠ה	1	Alternate translation: “So come on,”
1165	11:7	ab2t			נֵֽרְדָ֔ה & שָׁ֖ם	1	Most Bible scholars think the plural pronoun **us** refers here to God and the fact that he is three Persons in one God. So it is best to keep this plural pronoun in your translation. See what you did for similar pronouns in Gen 1:26. Alternate translation: “let us go to them”
1166	11:7	b6e9			וְ⁠נָבְלָ֥ה & שְׂפָתָ֑⁠ם	1	Alternate translation: “and scramble their language”
1167	11:7	qlnr			אֲשֶׁר֙ לֹ֣א יִשְׁמְע֔וּ	1	Alternate translation: “so that they will not be able to understand” or “so that they cannot understand”
1168	11:8	abaf			וַ⁠יָּ֨פֶץ יְהוָ֥ה אֹתָ֛⁠ם מִ⁠שָּׁ֖ם	1	Alternate translation: “So Yahweh did that and caused the people to leave from there and spread out” or “That is how Yahweh caused the people to leave from there and settle in different places”
1169	11:8	m39c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	עַל פְּנֵ֣י כָל הָ⁠אָ֑רֶץ	1	Alternate translation: “over the surface of the entire earth,” or “all over the earth”
1170	11:8	bj40			וַֽ⁠יַּחְדְּל֖וּ לִ⁠בְנֹ֥ת	1	Alternate translation: “so that they had to stop constructing”
1171	11:8	fvq8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	הָ⁠עִֽיר	1	For some languages it is better to change the order of clauses in this verse (so that events are in the order that they happened) and say, “In that way, Yahweh caused the people to stop building the city and the tower and to move away from each other, so that eventually they lived all over the world.” Do what is best in your language. Alternate translation: “the city and the tower.”
1172	11:9	grok			קָרָ֤א שְׁמָ⁠הּ֙	1	Frequently in the Hebrew text, this phrase has a general meaning and does not refer to someone specific. Alternate translation: “people named the city” or “the name of that city is” or “the city was named”
1173	11:9	flf8			בָּבֶ֔ל	1	If you include the meaning of **Babel** here in your translation or in a footnote, be consistent with the way you translate **confused** later in this verse and in verse 7.
1174	11:9	go0s			כִּי שָׁ֛ם & יְהוָ֖ה	1	Alternate translation: “because it was in that city that Yahweh”
1175	11:9	cnun			בָּלַ֥ל	1	Alternate translation: “scrambled”
1176	11:9	f8ye			שְׂפַ֣ת כָּל הָ⁠אָ֑רֶץ	1	Alternate translation: “the language that everyone on the earth spoke”
1177	11:9	uhku			וּ⁠מִ⁠שָּׁם֙ הֱפִיצָ֣⁠ם יְהוָ֔ה	1	Alternate translation: “and in that way Yahweh made them spread out from there”
1178	11:9	onj2			עַל פְּנֵ֖י כָּל הָ⁠אָֽרֶץ	1	See how you translated this phrase in verses 4 and 8. Alternate translation: “over the surface of the entire earth.” or “all over the world.”
1179	11:10	xsg5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	שֵׁ֚ם בֶּן מְאַ֣ת שָׁנָ֔ה וַ⁠יּ֖וֹלֶד אֶת אַרְפַּכְשָׁ֑ד שְׁנָתַ֖יִם אַחַ֥ר הַ⁠מַּבּֽוּל	1	The phrase **after the flood** probably refers to two years after the flood began, not after it ended; see a similar case in Gen 9:28. Also be consistent here with how you spelled “Arpachshad/Arphaxad” in Gen 10:22. Alternate translation: “Two years after the flood began, when Shem was 100 years old, he had a son named Arphaxad.”
1180	11:11	hhxi		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	וַֽ⁠יְחִי שֵׁ֗ם אַֽחֲרֵי֙ הוֹלִיד֣⁠וֹ אֶת אַרְפַּכְשָׁ֔ד	1	Throughout this section, make sure that names and pronouns (like **he**) are used in a way that is accurate and natural in your language, so that it is always clear who is being referred to. Alternate translation: “After he had Arphaxad, he lived” or “After Arphaxad was born, Shem lived”
1181	11:11	newn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	חֲמֵ֥שׁ מֵא֖וֹת שָׁנָ֑ה	1	See how you translated Gen 5:7, which has the same sentence structure as 11:11. For some languages, it may be more natural to change the clause order of this sentence and say, “Shem lived 500 more years after Arpachshad/Arphaxad was born …” Do what is best in your language throughout this chapter. Alternate translation: “500 more years,”
1182	11:11	e9d9			וַ⁠יּ֥וֹלֶד	1	Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. See how you translated this phrase and the following one in Gen 5:4. Alternate translation: “and he also had” or “Shem also had” or “He was also the father of”
1183	11:11	lc2z			בָּנִ֖ים וּ⁠בָנֽוֹת	1	Alternate translation: “other sons as well as daughters.”
1184	11:12	cx5o			וְ⁠אַרְפַּכְשַׁ֣ד חַ֔י חָמֵ֥שׁ וּ⁠שְׁלֹשִׁ֖ים שָׁנָ֑ה	1	Make sure that your translation of this clause does not mean that Arpachshad only lived to be thirty-five years old. Also, throughout this chapter, be consistent with how you have decided to handle numbers in the Bible. For example, many translation teams use words for single and double-digit numbers, but use numerals for larger numbers. This strategy helps prevent confusion with verse numbers. This is especially true in translations that use a large font size for verse numbers so that people doing group Bible study can easily see the numbers and be in the same verse together. See what you did in chapter 5. Alternate translation: “When Arphaxad had lived 35 years,” or “When Arphaxad was 35 years old,”
1185	11:12	wvlk			וַ⁠יּ֖וֹלֶד אֶת שָֽׁלַח	1	See how you translated Gen 5:6, which has the same sentence structure as 11:12. Alternate translation: “he fathered a son named Shelah.” or “he fathered a son they named Shelah.” or “he fathered a son whose name was Shelah.”
1186	11:13	s590		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	וַֽ⁠יְחִ֣י אַרְפַּכְשַׁ֗ד אַֽחֲרֵי֙ הוֹלִיד֣⁠וֹ אֶת שֶׁ֔לַח	1	Be consistent with how you spell the name “Arpachshad/Arphaxad” in the book of Genesis. See Gen 10:22, 24; 11:10-13. Alternate translation: “After he had Shelah, Arphaxad lived” or “After Shelah was born, Arphaxad lived”
1187	11:13	yqx2			שָׁלֹ֣שׁ שָׁנִ֔ים וְ⁠אַרְבַּ֥ע מֵא֖וֹת שָׁנָ֑ה	1	Alternate translation: “403 more years,”
1188	11:13	om3u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	וַ⁠יּ֥וֹלֶד	1	Consider what is the best way in your language to refer to Arpachshad at this point in the paragraph. Alternate translation: “and he also had” or “He also fathered” or “He was also the father of”
1189	11:13	e35h			בָּנִ֖ים וּ⁠בָנֽוֹת	1	Alternate translation: “other sons as well as daughters.”
1190	11:14	w7dj			וְ⁠שֶׁ֥לַח חַ֖י שְׁלֹשִׁ֣ים שָׁנָ֑ה	1	Alternate translation: “When Shelah had lived 30 years,” or “When Shelah was 30 years old,”
1191	11:14	kt42			וַ⁠יּ֖וֹלֶד אֶת עֵֽבֶר	1	Alternate translation: “he fathered a son named Eber.” or “he had a son whose name was Eber.”
1192	11:15	hd5n		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	וַֽ⁠יְחִי שֶׁ֗לַח אַחֲרֵי֙ הוֹלִיד֣⁠וֹ אֶת עֵ֔בֶר	1	Be consistent with how you spell the name **Shelah** in Gen 10:24; 11:12-15. Alternate translation: “After he had Eber, he lived”
1193	11:15	ms3c			שָׁלֹ֣שׁ שָׁנִ֔ים וְ⁠אַרְבַּ֥ע מֵא֖וֹת שָׁנָ֑ה	1	Alternate translation: “403 more years,”
1194	11:15	du9x			וַ⁠יּ֥וֹלֶד	1	Alternate translation: “and he also had” or “Shelah also had” or “He was also the father of”
1195	11:15	g3i9			בָּנִ֖ים וּ⁠בָנֽוֹת	1	Alternate translation: “other sons as well as daughters.”
1196	11:16	ylnk			וַֽ⁠יְחִי עֵ֕בֶר אַרְבַּ֥ע וּ⁠שְׁלֹשִׁ֖ים שָׁנָ֑ה	1	Alternate translation: “When Eber had lived 34 years,” or “When Eber was 34 years old,”
1197	11:16	xcap		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	וַ⁠יּ֖וֹלֶד אֶת פָּֽלֶג	1	Alternate translation: “he fathered a son named Peleg.” or “he had a son whose name was Peleg.”
1198	11:17	wlcr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	וַֽ⁠יְחִי עֵ֗בֶר אַחֲרֵי֙ הוֹלִיד֣⁠וֹ אֶת פֶּ֔לֶג	1	Be consistent with how you spell the name **Eber** in Gen 10:24-25; 11:14-17. Alternate translation: “After he had Peleg, he lived”
1199	11:17	cc14			שְׁלֹשִׁ֣ים שָׁנָ֔ה וְ⁠אַרְבַּ֥ע מֵא֖וֹת שָׁנָ֑ה	1	Alternate translation: “430 more years,”
1200	11:17	ocjw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	וַ⁠יּ֥וֹלֶד	1	Consider what is the best way in your language to refer to Eber at this point in the paragraph. Alternate translation: “and he also had” or “Eber also had” or “He was also the father of”
1201	11:17	cc06			בָּנִ֖ים וּ⁠בָנֽוֹת	1	Alternate translation: “other sons as well as daughters.”
1202	11:18	gdd8			וַֽ⁠יְחִי פֶ֖לֶג שְׁלֹשִׁ֣ים שָׁנָ֑ה	1	Alternate translation: “When Peleg had lived 30 years,” or “When Peleg was 30 years old,”
1203	11:18	waxn			וַ⁠יּ֖וֹלֶד אֶת רְעֽוּ	1	Alternate translation: “he fathered a son named Reu.” or “he had a son whose name was Reu.”
1204	11:19	qfcg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	וַֽ⁠יְחִי פֶ֗לֶג אַחֲרֵי֙ הוֹלִיד֣⁠וֹ אֶת רְע֔וּ	1	Be consistent with how you spell the name **Peleg** in Gen 10:25; 11:16-19. Alternate translation: “After he had Reu, he lived”
1205	11:19	xncw			תֵּ֥שַׁע שָׁנִ֖ים וּ⁠מָאתַ֣יִם שָׁנָ֑ה	1	Alternate translation: “209 more years,”
1206	11:19	bpuk			וַ⁠יּ֥וֹלֶד	1	Alternate translation: “and he also had” or “Peleg also had” or “He was also the father of”
1207	11:19	nr72			בָּנִ֖ים וּ⁠בָנֽוֹת	1	Alternate translation: “other sons as well as daughters.”
1208	11:20	ek1h			וַ⁠יְחִ֣י רְע֔וּ שְׁתַּ֥יִם וּ⁠שְׁלֹשִׁ֖ים שָׁנָ֑ה	1	Alternate translation: “When Reu had lived 32 years,” or “When Reu was 32 years old,”
1209	11:20	zm8n			וַ⁠יּ֖וֹלֶד אֶת שְׂרֽוּג	1	Alternate translation: “he fathered a son named Serug.” or “he had a son whose name was Serug.”
1210	11:21	blty		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	וַ⁠יְחִ֣י רְע֗וּ אַחֲרֵי֙ הוֹלִיד֣⁠וֹ אֶת שְׂר֔וּג	1	Be consistent with how you spell **Reu** in Gen 11:18-21. Alternate translation: “After Reu had Serug, he lived”
1211	11:21	x8r5			שֶׁ֥בַע שָׁנִ֖ים וּ⁠מָאתַ֣יִם שָׁנָ֑ה	1	Alternate translation: “207 more years,”
1212	11:21	t6kn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	וַ⁠יּ֥וֹלֶד	1	Consider what is the best way in your language to refer to Reu at this point in the paragraph. Alternate translation: “and he also had” or “Reu also had” or “He was also the father of”
1213	11:21	f8g8			בָּנִ֖ים וּ⁠בָנֽוֹת	1	Alternate translation: “other sons as well as daughters.”
1214	11:22	lx37			וַ⁠יְחִ֥י שְׂר֖וּג שְׁלֹשִׁ֣ים שָׁנָ֑ה	1	Alternate translation: “When Serug had lived 30 years,” or “When Serug was 30 years old,”
1215	11:22	q17o			וַ⁠יּ֖וֹלֶד אֶת נָחֽוֹר	1	Alternate translation: “he fathered a son named Nahor.” or “he had a son whose name was Nahor.”
1216	11:23	ryhr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	וַ⁠יְחִ֣י שְׂר֗וּג אַחֲרֵ֛י הוֹלִיד֥⁠וֹ אֶת נָח֖וֹר	1	Be consistent with how you spell the name **Serug** in Gen 11:20-23. Alternate translation: “After he had Nahor, he lived”
1217	11:23	lmbh			מָאתַ֣יִם שָׁנָ֑ה	1	Alternate translation: “200 more years,”
1218	11:23	yaea			וַ⁠יּ֥וֹלֶד	1	Alternate translation: “and he also had” or “Serug also had” or “He was also the father of”
1219	11:23	vtw1			בָּנִ֖ים וּ⁠בָנֽוֹת	1	Alternate translation: “other sons as well as daughters.”
1220	11:24	qb4u			וַ⁠יְחִ֣י נָח֔וֹר תֵּ֥שַׁע וְ⁠עֶשְׂרִ֖ים שָׁנָ֑ה	1	Alternate translation: “When Nahor had lived 29 years,” or “When Nahor was 29 years old,”
1221	11:24	ej3c			וַ⁠יּ֖וֹלֶד אֶת תָּֽרַח	1	Consider again how you translated verses 12, 14, 16, 18, 20, 22, and 24, which all have the same sentence structure. Alternate translation: “he fathered a son named Terah.” or “he had a son whose name was Terah.”
1222	11:25	c5ag		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	וַ⁠יְחִ֣י נָח֗וֹר אַחֲרֵי֙ הוֹלִיד֣⁠וֹ אֶת תֶּ֔רַח	1	Alternate translation: “After he had Terah, he lived”
1223	11:25	jla4			תְּשַֽׁע־עֶשְׂרֵ֥ה שָׁנָ֖ה וּ⁠מְאַ֣ת שָׁנָ֑ה	1	Alternate translation: “119 more years,”
1224	11:25	is9f			וַ⁠יּ֥וֹלֶד	1	Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “and he also had” or “Nahor also had” or “He was also the father of”
1225	11:25	e11k			בָּנִ֖ים וּ⁠בָנֽוֹת	1	Consider again how you translated verses 11, 13, 15, 17, 19, 21, 23 and 25, which all have the same sentence structure. Alternate translation: “other sons as well as daughters.”
1226	11:26	fa4t			וַֽ⁠יְחִי־תֶ֖רַח שִׁבְעִ֣ים שָׁנָ֑ה	1	Your translation needs to allow for the fact that Terah’s sons were not triplets (just as Noah’s sons were not triplets; see Gen 5:32), rather he started having children after he turned seventy and his sons were born in different years after that. In fact, Abram was not born until Terah was at least 130 years old (11:32, 12:4-5; Acts 7:4), and he was probably Terah’s youngest son. Abram is listed first (instead of Haran or Nahor) probably because of his importance as the one whom Yahweh made His covenant with. Some of this information could be put in a footnote. Alternate translation: “After Terah had lived 70 years,” or “After Terah turned 70 years old,”
1227	11:26	cywf			וַ⁠יּ֨וֹלֶד֙ אֶת אַבְרָ֔ם אֶת נָח֖וֹר וְ⁠אֶת הָרָֽן	1	Alternate translation: “he had sons named Abram, Nahor, and Haran.” or “he fathered sons whose names were Abram, Nahor, and Haran.”
1228	11:27	y44z			וְ⁠אֵ֨לֶּה֙ תּוֹלְדֹ֣ת תֶּ֔רַח	1	This section is different from the previous section. What follows is a history about Terah’s descendants (especially Abram); it is not a genealogy or list of names. See how you translated a similar phrase in Gen 6:9. Alternate translation: “This is the account about Terah and his family:”
1229	11:27	egvx			תֶּ֚רַח הוֹלִ֣יד אֶת אַבְרָ֔ם אֶת נָח֖וֹר וְ⁠אֶת הָרָ֑ן	1	Alternate translation: “Terah had sons named Abram, Nahor, and Haran;”
1230	11:27	vacr			וְ⁠הָרָ֖ן הוֹלִ֥יד אֶת לֽוֹט	1	Alternate translation: “and Haran had a son named Lot.” or “and Haran had a son whose name was Lot.”
1231	11:28	l32z			וַ⁠יָּ֣מָת הָרָ֔ן עַל פְּנֵ֖י תֶּ֣רַח אָבִ֑י⁠ו	1	Alternate translation: “Later Haran died while he was with his father Terah,” or “While his father Terah was still alive, Haran died”
1232	11:28	w957			בְּ⁠אֶ֥רֶץ מוֹלַדְתּ֖⁠וֹ	1	Alternate translation: “in his native land,”
1233	11:28	la6c			בְּ⁠א֥וּר כַּשְׂדִּֽים	1	The word **Kasdim** probably comes from the name of one of Nahor’s sons, Kesed (Gen 22:22), and often refers to the Chaldeans who were a people group that lived in the country of Babylonia (where Ur was located). Alternate translation: “in the city of Ur which was ruled by the Kasdim” or “in the city of Ur where the Kasdim people lived.”
1234	11:29	w0fn			וַ⁠יִּקַּ֨ח אַבְרָ֧ם וְ⁠נָח֛וֹר לָ⁠הֶ֖ם נָשִׁ֑ים	1	Alternate translation: “Meanwhile Abram and Nahor each got married.”
1235	11:30	nr3i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background	וַ⁠תְּהִ֥י שָׂרַ֖י עֲקָרָ֑ה	1	Consider what is the best way in your language to introduce this background information about Sarai. Alternate translation: “Now Sarai was unable to conceive,” or “Sarai was not able to get pregnant,”
1236	11:30	x9g9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	אֵ֥ין לָ֖⁠הּ וָלָֽד	1	For some languages it may be better to switch the order of the clauses in this verse and say, “But/Now Sarai did not have any children, because she was not able to conceive.” Do what is best in your language. Alternate translation: “so she had no children.”
1237	11:31	a4sh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	וַ⁠יִּקַּ֨ח תֶּ֜רַח	1	Consider what is the best way to begin this new paragraph in your language. Alternate translation: “One day, Terah called together”
1238	11:31	cmu7			אֶת אַבְרָ֣ם בְּנ֗⁠וֹ	1	Make sure it is clear in your translation of this phrase that **his son** refers to Abram, not another person.
1239	11:31	zczu			וְ⁠אֶת ל֤וֹט בֶּן הָרָן֙ בֶּן בְּנ֔⁠וֹ	1	The phrases “Lot,” “Haran’s son,” and **his son’s son** all refer to Lot. Make sure that is clear in your translation and that it does not sound like three people.
1240	11:31	zs6d			וְ⁠אֵת֙ שָׂרַ֣י כַּלָּת֔⁠וֹ	1	The phrases “Sarai,” “his daughter-in-law,” and **the wife of his son Abram** all refer to Sarai. Make sure that is clear in your translation.
1241	11:31	mrxu			וַ⁠יֵּצְא֨וּ אִתָּ֜⁠ם	1	Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “and all of them set out together” or “Then they all left”
1242	11:31	bdcj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	מֵ⁠א֣וּר	1	See the note at Gen 10:19 about how to translate the names of cities. Alternate translation: “from Ur City”
1243	11:31	id6w			כַּשְׂדִּ֗ים	1	See how you translated this phrase in verse 28. Alternate translation: “of the Chaldeans” or “where the Kasdim people lived”
1244	11:31	e1dg			לָ⁠לֶ֨כֶת֙ אַ֣רְצָ⁠ה כְּנַ֔עַן	1	Alternate translation: “to go to the region of Canaan.” or “to go to Canaan Land.”
1245	11:31	izwt			וַ⁠יָּבֹ֥אוּ עַד חָרָ֖ן	1	The city of Haran was not in the land of Canaan, rather it was around 450 kilometers (280 miles) northeast of there. Alternate translation: “But on the way there, they came to the city of Haran, and” or “But along the way, when they stopped at the city of Haran,”
1246	11:31	zd02			וַ⁠יֵּ֥שְׁבוּ שָֽׁם	1	Alternate translation: “they stayed there instead.” or “they decided to settle there instead.”
1247	11:32	ql8v			וַ⁠יִּהְי֣וּ יְמֵי תֶ֔רַח חָמֵ֥שׁ שָׁנִ֖ים וּ⁠מָאתַ֣יִם שָׁנָ֑ה	1	Alternate translation: “When Terah reached the age of 205 years,”
1248	11:32	t1h0			בְּ⁠חָרָֽן	1	Alternate translation: “in Haran City.”
1249	12:1	lkpd		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	וַ⁠יֹּ֤אמֶר יְהוָה֙ אֶל אַבְרָ֔ם	1	Consider what is the best way to begin this new section in your language. Also, make sure that the way you translate this quote margin fits with what Yahweh says in the following quote. Alternate translation: “Then one day Yahweh told Abram,”
1250	12:1	rqtx			לֶךְ לְ⁠ךָ֛ מֵ⁠אַרְצְ⁠ךָ֥	1	Alternate translation: “Get yourself away from your country” or “You must move away from your country” or “You must leave behind the land where you are living”
1251	12:1	ya2a			וּ⁠מִ⁠מּֽוֹלַדְתְּ⁠ךָ֖	1	Alternate translation: “and your people,”
1252	12:1	pxeg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	וּ⁠מִ⁠בֵּ֣ית אָבִ֑י⁠ךָ	1	The phrase **the house** refers here to everyone who was a member of Terah’s household.
1253	12:1	sr9w			אֶל הָ⁠אָ֖רֶץ	1	Alternate translation: “and go to the place”
1254	12:2	vjs1			וְ⁠אֶֽעֶשְׂ⁠ךָ֙	1	Alternate translation: “I will make you the father of”
1255	12:2	is7x			לְ⁠ג֣וֹי גָּד֔וֹל	1	Alternate translation: “an large people group,” or “a large, important ethnic group,”
1256	12:2	kyvt			וַ⁠אֲבָ֣רֶכְ⁠ךָ֔	1	See how you translated “blessed” in Gen 1:22, 28. It may be necessary to translate this term in different ways, depending on the context. Alternate translation: “and I will bless you and them.” or “and I will cause you all to flourish.”
1257	12:2	y893		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	וַ⁠אֲגַדְּלָ֖ה שְׁמֶ֑⁠ךָ	1	Consider what is the best way to translate this idiom in your language. Also consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “I will make you important and famous,”
1258	12:2	xnwh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וֶ⁠הְיֵ֖ה בְּרָכָֽה	1	Alternate translation: “and you will be a blessing to many people.” or “and I will use you and your descendants to bless many people.”
1259	12:3	zjl7			וּ⁠מְקַלֶּלְ⁠ךָ֖ אָאֹ֑ר	1	See how you translated **curse** in Gen 8:21.
1260	12:3	yvsd		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	בְ⁠ךָ֔	1	This phrase refers to Abram and his descendants, including ultimately the Messiah. In other words, God’s promise in this verse is part of his wonderful news (the Gospel message) for all people (Galatians 3:8-9) and is a prophecy about the Messiah/Christ, who was one of Abraham’s descendants (Matthew 1:1, Genesis 22:18, Galatians 3:16). God blessed all people on earth by sending his Son Jesus (the Messiah/Christ) to die in their place and pay for all their sins (John 3:16-18, 1 Timothy 2:3-6), so that they could have a close relationship with him/God and be part of his family forever. God repeats this great promise in Genesis 18:18; 22:18; 26:4; 28:14. You could put some of that information in a footnote. Alternate translation: “Through you and your offspring” or “Because of you and your offspring” or “By means of you and your offspring”
1261	12:3	yt58		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	וְ⁠נִבְרְכ֣וּ & כֹּ֖ל מִשְׁפְּחֹ֥ת הָ⁠אֲדָמָֽה	1	Consider what is the best way in your language to translate this passive sentence. For some languages it is clearer to change the order of the sentence and say, “I will use you and your offspring/descendants to bless all the families/people on the earth.” Do what is best in your language. Alternate translation: “all the people on the earth will be blessed by me.” or “I will bless all the people on the earth.”
1262	12:4	b2v7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases	וַ⁠יֵּ֣לֶךְ אַבְרָ֗ם כַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֨ר דִּבֶּ֤ר אֵלָי⁠ו֙ יְהוָ֔ה	1	Consider what is the best way in your language to begin this sentence to show that Abram is now doing what God just commanded him to do (verse 1). Alternate translation: “Then Abram left the city of Haran, just as Yahweh had told him to do,” or “Then Abram did what Yahweh had told him to do and left the city of Haran,”
1263	12:4	hh61			וַ⁠יֵּ֥לֶךְ אִתּ֖⁠וֹ ל֑וֹט	1	Alternate translation: “and his nephew Lot left with him.”
1264	12:4	p63p		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background	וְ⁠אַבְרָ֗ם	1	Many translations omit the conjunction **And** or “Now” here. Do what is best in your language. Alternate translation: “Now Abram”
1265	12:4	p5rf			בֶּן	1	See how you translated a similar phrase in Gen 5:32 and 11:10. Alternate translation: “was 75 years old”
1266	12:4	tb22			בְּ⁠צֵאת֖⁠וֹ	1	Alternate translation: “when he set out”
1267	12:4	ln5h			מֵ⁠חָרָֽן	1	Alternate translation: “from the city of Haran.”
1268	12:5	w44u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go	וַ⁠יִּקַּ֣ח אַבְרָם֩ אֶת שָׂרַ֨י אִשְׁתּ֜⁠וֹ	1	Be consistent here with how you spelled **Sarai** in Gen 11:29-31. Alternate translation: “He brought with him his wife Sarai”
1269	12:5	t055		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וְ⁠אֶת ל֣וֹט בֶּן אָחִ֗י⁠ו	1	For some languages it is more natural to make **son of his brother** or “his nephew” explicit in verse 4 (where Lot is first mentioned in this section) and leave it implied here in verse 5. Do what is best in your language.
1270	12:5	af34			וְ⁠אֶת כָּל רְכוּשָׁ⁠ם֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר רָכָ֔שׁוּ וְ⁠אֶת הַ⁠נֶּ֖פֶשׁ אֲשֶׁר עָשׂ֣וּ	1	The word **possessions** is general here and includes slaves, animals, furniture, clothes, and money. See how you translated “slave” or “servant” in Gen 9:25-27. Alternate translation: “everything that they owned, including slaves and everything else they had gotten”
1271	12:5	v8yx			בְ⁠חָרָ֑ן	1	“in the city of Haran,” or “in Haran City
1272	12:5	iazy			אַ֣רְצָ⁠ה כְּנַ֔עַן	1	Alternate translation: “to the land called Canaan.” or “to Canaan Land.”
1273	12:5	zel6			וַ⁠יָּבֹ֖אוּ אַ֥רְצָ⁠ה כְּנָֽעַן	1	Alternate translation: “Then they arrived in Canaan.” or “When they reached Canaan,” or “When they got there,”
1274	12:6	ep53		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	וַ⁠יַּעֲבֹ֤ר אַבְרָם֙	1	Abram is the only one named here because he is in focus. However, your translation should not sound like he traveled alone in verse 6. Also make sure that the way you begin this verse in your translation fits with the way you ended verse 5. Alternate translation: “Abram went” or “Abram and his family went” or “they went”
1275	12:6	o804			בָּ⁠אָ֔רֶץ	1	See how you translated **land** in verse 5. Alternate translation: “through that land”
1276	12:6	ai2i			עַ֚ד	1	Alternate translation: “until they arrived at”
1277	12:6	klyk			מְק֣וֹם שְׁכֶ֔ם	1	The Hebrew text is ambiguous here. It could mean: (1) “the city of Shechem,” or (2) “the/a sacred place at/near the city of Shechem,”
1278	12:6	wf66		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	עַ֖ד אֵל֣וֹן מוֹרֶ֑ה	1	Moreh is probably the name of the person who owned the land where the terebinth tree was. A terebinth tree is a large, broadleaf, flowering tree in the cashew family that can grow to a height of 5 to 12 meters (16 to 40 feet). The Hebrew words for “oak” and **terebinth** are similar, so many translations (including LXX) translate this as “oak tree” here. Notice, however, that oak trees and terebinth trees are from two different families of trees.
1279	12:6	aje0		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	וְ⁠הַֽ⁠כְּנַעֲנִ֖י אָ֥ז בָּ⁠אָֽרֶץ	1	For some languages it is clearer and more natural to put the time phrase (**at that time**) first in this sentence. Alternate translation: “At that time the Canaanites were still living in that region,”
1280	12:7	nqjy			וַ⁠יֵּרָ֤א יְהוָה֙ אֶל אַבְרָ֔ם	1	Yahweh’s promise in verse 7 to give Canaan to Abram’s descendants contrasts with the fact that the Canaanites were still occupying that region (verse 6). Also, notice that the text does not specify in what form or in what way God appeared to Abram, so your translation should not do that either. Alternate translation: “Then Yahweh came to Abram” or “but Yahweh visited Abram”
1281	12:7	nsz9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	וַ⁠יֹּ֕אמֶר	1	Alternate translation: “and promised to him,”
1282	12:7	zfqw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	לְ⁠זַ֨רְעֲ⁠ךָ֔ אֶתֵּ֖ן אֶת הָ⁠אָ֣רֶץ הַ⁠זֹּ֑את	1	In the Hebrew text, the phrase “to your offspring” is emphasized by its position at the beginning of this quote. However, for some languages it may be clearer and more natural to change the order of the clauses and say, “I will give this land to your offspring/descendants.” Do what is best in your language. Alternate translation: “I will give this land to your offspring”
1283	12:7	ed0y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	וַ⁠יִּ֤בֶן & מִזְבֵּ֔חַ	1	Consider what is the best way to refer to Abram here in your language. See how you translated **altar** in Gen 8:20. Alternate translation: “So he made an altar out of large stones” or “So he built a sacrifice mound with stones”
1284	12:7	s3yo			שָׁם֙	1	Alternate translation: “near the tree”
1285	12:7	rv38			לַ⁠יהוָ֖ה	1	Alternate translation: “and burned sacrifices on it to thank and worship Yahweh,”
1286	12:7	ywd2			הַ⁠נִּרְאֶ֥ה אֵלָֽי⁠ו	1	See how you translated **appeared** earlier in verse 7. Alternate translation: “who had come to him there.” or “because he had come to him there.”
1287	12:8	y0sn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	וַ⁠יַּעְתֵּ֨ק מִ⁠שָּׁ֜ם	1	Alternate translation: “From the place of Shechem, he and his family moved south to”
1288	12:8	c1kt			הָ⁠הָ֗רָ⁠ה מִ⁠קֶּ֛דֶם לְ⁠בֵֽית אֵ֖ל	1	Alternate translation: “the mountainous region east of the town of Bethel”
1289	12:8	u3l7			וַ⁠יֵּ֣ט אָהֳלֹ֑⁠ה	1	Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. See how you translated “tent” in Gen 9:21, 27. Alternate translation: “and put up his tents there” or “They set up their camp”
1290	12:8	r71q			בֵּֽית אֵ֤ל מִ⁠יָּם֙ וְ⁠הָ⁠עַ֣י מִ⁠קֶּ֔דֶם	1	Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “Bethel was to the west of them and the town of Ai was to the east.”
1291	12:8	cl64			וַ⁠יִּֽבֶן שָׁ֤ם	1	Alternate translation: “There he made”
1292	12:8	s3gs			מִזְבֵּ֨חַ֙	1	See how you translated **altar** in verse 7. Alternate translation: “another sacrifice mound”
1293	12:8	b7gd			לַֽ⁠יהוָ֔ה	1	See how you translated **to Yahweh** in verse 7.
1294	12:8	yv1t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	וַ⁠יִּקְרָ֖א בְּ⁠שֵׁ֥ם יְהוָֽה	1	See how you translated a similar clause in Gen 4:26. Alternate translation: “and he praised him by name.” or “he addressed him by his name as he praised him.” or “he praised him.”
1295	12:9	bv60			וַ⁠יִּסַּ֣ע אַבְרָ֔ם הָל֥וֹךְ וְ⁠נָס֖וֹעַ	1	Alternate translation: “After that, he and his family traveled in stages” or “Then he and his family moved from place to place”
1296	12:9	yypr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	הַ⁠נֶּֽגְבָּ⁠ה	1	The Hebrew word **Negev** can mean “south” or “dry country,” so some translations translate the meaning. But most translations transliterate the Hebrew name (as **Negev** or “Negeb”) as they do with other names in the Bible. Alternate translation: “south toward the Negev Wilderness” or “southward until they reached the Southern Wilderness”
1297	12:10	glm2			וַ⁠יְהִ֥י	1	This clause gives the setting for the rest of the sentence. Translate this in a way that is natural in your language.
1298	12:10	eik8			רָעָ֖ב	1	A **famine** is a prolonged period of time when people are starving because crops are failing, often due to a lack of rain or other severe weather conditions. Alternate translation: “a serious lack of food” or “a hungry time when food was very scarce”
1299	12:10	wayf			בָּ⁠אָ֑רֶץ	1	Alternate translation: “in that area,” or “in the Negev Desert,”
1300	12:10	rz12			וַ⁠יֵּ֨רֶד אַבְרָ֤ם	1	This phrase refers to the fact that Egypt is lower in elevation than Canaan (verse 5). It is also located southwest of Canaan. Alternate translation: “so Abram and his family traveled southwest” or “so Abram and his family moved further south”
1301	12:10	ipz4			מִצְרַ֨יְמָ⁠ה֙	1	Alternate translation: “to the land of Egypt”
1302	12:10	kyr1			לָ⁠ג֣וּר שָׁ֔ם	1	Alternate translation: “to live there for a while”
1303	12:10	vqpl			כִּֽי כָבֵ֥ד הָ⁠רָעָ֖ב	1	Alternate translation: “because the food shortage was very severe”
1304	12:10	vjke		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	בָּ⁠אָֽרֶץ	1	For some languages it may be more natural to put this clause near the beginning of this verse and say, “Then/Now there was a famine in that land/region that was so heavy/severe/bad that Abram and his family left there and went down to the land/country of Egypt to live for a while.” Do what is best in your language. Alternate translation: “in that land” or “in the Negev Desert so they could not survive there.”
1305	12:11	aosr			וַ⁠יְהִ֕י כַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֥ר הִקְרִ֖יב לָ⁠ב֣וֹא מִצְרָ֑יְמָ⁠ה	1	Alternate translation: “As they approached Egypt,”
1306	12:11	v1kk			וַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר֙ אֶל־שָׂרַ֣י אִשְׁתּ֔⁠וֹ	1	Alternate translation: “he told his wife Sarai,”
1307	12:11	phg5			הִנֵּה נָ֣א	1	Alternate translation: “Listen please,” or “Please listen to this:”
1308	12:11	ajhq			יָדַ֔עְתִּי כִּ֛י אִשָּׁ֥ה יְפַת מַרְאֶ֖ה אָֽתְּ	1	Alternate translation: “I know that you are a very beautiful woman.”
1309	12:12	x50x		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	וְ⁠הָיָ֗ה כִּֽי	1	Consider whether it is better in your language to begin this sentence with or without a conjunction (**So**). Alternate translation: “So when”
1310	12:12	jv43			הַ⁠מִּצְרִ֔ים	1	Alternate translation: “the people of Egypt”
1311	12:12	cqnx			יִרְא֤וּ אֹתָ⁠ךְ֙	1	Alternate translation: “notice you with me,”
1312	12:12	semy		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations	וְ⁠אָמְר֖וּ אִשְׁתּ֣⁠וֹ זֹ֑את	1	Consider whether it is better in your language to translate this embedded quote as a direct or indirect quote. Alternate translation: “they will know that you are my wife,”
1313	12:12	sw31			וְ⁠הָרְג֥וּ אֹתִ֖⁠י וְ⁠אֹתָ֥⁠ךְ יְחַיּֽוּ	1	Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “Then they will kill me but let you live so that they can have you.”
1314	12:13	t2hf			אִמְרִי נָ֖א	1	Alternate translation: “So please tell them”
1315	12:13	erv1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations	אֲחֹ֣תִ⁠י אָ֑תְּ	1	Consider whether an indirect quote or direct quote is best here in your language.
1316	12:13	p2h5			לְמַ֨עַן֙ יִֽיטַב לִ֣⁠י	1	Alternate translation: “so that I will be treated well” or “so that people will treat me well”
1317	12:13	kbgh			וְ⁠חָיְתָ֥ה נַפְשִׁ֖⁠י בִּ⁠גְלָלֵֽ⁠ךְ	1	For some languages it is not natural to include the phrase **because of you** here, because it repeats the same idea as **for your sake** in the previous clause. Do what is best in your language. Alternate translation: “and my life will be spared by them.” or “and they will spare my life.” or “and they will let me live.”
1318	12:14	ajxi		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	כְּ⁠ב֥וֹא אַבְרָ֖ם מִצְרָ֑יְמָ⁠ה	1	Although Abram is in focus here, your translation should not sound like he was traveling alone. Alternate translation: “When Abram and his family entered the land of Egypt,”
1319	12:14	s2xw			וַ⁠יִּרְא֤וּ הַ⁠מִּצְרִים֙	1	Alternate translation: “the Egyptian people saw” or “the people living there saw”
1320	12:14	g5l2			אֶת־הָ֣⁠אִשָּׁ֔ה כִּֽי־יָפָ֥ה הִ֖וא מְאֹֽד	1	Alternate translation: “that the woman with him was indeed very beautiful.” or “that Sarai was indeed very beautiful.”
1321	12:15	twfq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	וַ⁠יִּרְא֤וּ אֹתָ⁠הּ֙ שָׂרֵ֣י פַרְעֹ֔ה	1	The term **officials** is general and refers to leaders or rulers who were under Pharaoh and served him. Also, the term **Pharaoh** is an Egyptian title that refers to the king or ruler over Egypt. However, in the Old Testament, it is treated as a name (that frequently occurs with the title “king of Egypt”), so translators often transliterate **Pharaoh** (which is how other names in the Bible are normally treated). Some languages require an honorific title with the names of kings, for example, “King Pharaoh”. Decide how you will handle this in your translation. Alternate translation: “Some of the officers who ruled under the Egyptian king spotted her, so” or “When some officials of Pharaoh the king of Egypt saw her,”
1322	12:15	oubs		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	וַ⁠יְהַֽלְל֥וּ אֹתָ֖⁠הּ אֶל פַּרְעֹ֑ה	1	Alternate translation: “they told him how beautiful she was,”
1323	12:15	vbhr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	וַ⁠תֻּקַּ֥ח הָ⁠אִשָּׁ֖ה	1	Consider what is the best way to translate this passive clause in your language. Also consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “and she was brought” or “So he had them bring Sarai”
1324	12:15	hq0q			בֵּ֥ית פַּרְעֹֽה	1	Alternate translation: “into his palace to be one of his wives.”
1325	12:16	xuh3			וּ⁠לְ⁠אַבְרָ֥ם הֵיטִ֖יב בַּ⁠עֲבוּרָ֑⁠הּ	1	Alternate translation: “Then Pharaoh treated Abram well because of her”
1326	12:16	wjdj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	וַֽ⁠יְהִי ל֤⁠וֹ	1	Make sure it is clear in your translation who is being referred to here. Also consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “and Abram acquired from him” or “and he gave him” or “He gave Abram”
1327	12:16	k8w6			צֹאן וּ⁠בָקָר֙	1	Alternate translation: “flocks of sheep and herds of cattle,”
1328	12:16	wvny			וַ⁠חֲמֹרִ֔ים וַ⁠עֲבָדִים֙ וּ⁠שְׁפָחֹ֔ת וַ⁠אֲתֹנֹ֖ת	1	Alternate translation: “as well as men and women servants, and male and female donkeys,”
1329	12:16	r8kj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	וּ⁠גְמַלִּֽים	1	If camels are not known in your language area, you could include a picture of a camel in your translation. You could also describe it in the text or in a footnote. Alternate translation: “and larger load-bearing animals called camels.”
1330	12:17	dn17		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-honorifics	וַ⁠יְנַגַּ֨ע יְהוָ֧ה אֶת פַּרְעֹ֛ה & וְ⁠אֶת בֵּית֑⁠וֹ	1	See how you translated **Pharaoh** in verse 15. You could translate it differently in different contexts. Do what is clear and natural in your language in each context. Alternate translation: “Then Yahweh struck the king and the people in his household” or “Then Yahweh caused King Pharaoh and the people in his household to get very sick”
1331	12:17	edr0			נְגָעִ֥ים גְּדֹלִ֖ים	1	Alternate translation: “with severe diseases”
1332	12:17	s1no		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	עַל דְּבַ֥ר שָׂרַ֖י אֵ֥שֶׁת אַבְרָֽם	1	For many languages it is clearer and more natural to put this clause first in this verse and say, “But since King Pharaoh had taken Abram’s wife Sarai, Yahweh afflicted the king and his family with severe illnesses.” Do what is best in your language
1333	12:18	qiwz			וַ⁠יִּקְרָ֤א פַרְעֹה֙	1	Alternate translation: “So King Pharaoh sent for Abram” or “Then Pharaoh summoned Abram before him” or “Then the king sent for Abram to come to him”
1334	12:18	ru7l		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	וַ⁠יֹּ֕אמֶר	1	Make sure that the way you translate this quote margin fits with the way that you translate the following quote. Alternate translation: “and asked him,”
1335	12:18	xd4w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	מַה זֹּ֖את עָשִׂ֣יתָ לִּ֑⁠י	1	Pharaoh uses rhetorical questions in verses 18 and 19 to express his anger at what Abram had done; he does not expect Abram to answer him. Some languages must use statements or exclamations here instead. Do what is best in your language. Alternate translation: “Why have you treated me so badly?”
1336	12:18	yw65		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	לָ֚⁠מָּה לֹא הִגַּ֣דְתָּ לִּ֔⁠י כִּ֥י אִשְׁתְּ⁠ךָ֖ הִֽוא	1	Alternate translation: “You should have informed me that she is your wife!”
1337	12:19	o893		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	לָ⁠מָ֤ה אָמַ֨רְתָּ֙ אֲחֹ֣תִ⁠י הִ֔וא	1	Pharaoh uses this rhetorical question to scold Abram and express his anger at him. Consider what is the best way to do that in your language. Also consider whether it is better in your language to translate this embedded quote as a direct or indirect quote. Alternate translation: “Why did you say that she is your sister,” or “You should not have pretended that she is your sister,”
1338	12:19	xl4b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	וָ⁠אֶקַּ֥ח אֹתָ֛⁠הּ לִ֖⁠י לְ⁠אִשָּׁ֑ה	1	For some languages it is clearer and more natural to begin a new sentence here. Do what is best in your language. Alternate translation: “so that I chose her to be a wife!” or “I believed you and took her to be my wife!”
1339	12:19	dqec			וְ⁠עַתָּ֕ה	1	Alternate translation: “Now therefore,”
1340	12:19	zn5o			הִנֵּ֥ה אִשְׁתְּ⁠ךָ֖	1	Alternate translation: “here is your wife back.”
1341	12:20	hloj			וַ⁠יְצַ֥ו & פַּרְעֹ֖ה	1	Consider again how you translated **Pharaoh** in verses 15-18, 20. It may be helpful to read this section aloud to make sure it is clear and natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Then King Pharaoh gave orders to” or “Then the Egyptian king ordered” or “Then the king of Egypt ordered”
1342	12:20	cnsk			אֲנָשִׁ֑ים	1	Alternate translation: “some of his men”
1343	12:20	caru		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	עָלָ֛י⁠ו	1	Throughout this verse, make sure it is clear in your translation who is being referred to. Alternate translation: “about him”
1344	12:20	ynrv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	וַֽ⁠יְשַׁלְּח֥וּ אֹת֛⁠וֹ	1	Alternate translation: “so they forced him to leave their country,” or “so they expelled him from Egypt,”
1345	12:20	hplb			וְ⁠אֶת כָּל אֲשֶׁר לֽ⁠וֹ	1	This included Abram’s slaves, animals, and everything else that he owned. Alternate translation: “and all that he had” or “all his possessions.”
1346	13:1	dcd5			וַ⁠יַּעַל֩ אַבְרָ֨ם מִ⁠מִּצְרַ֜יִם	1	The Negev Wilderness (or Desert) is northeast in direction from Egypt and is higher in elevation. Compare how you translated “down” in Gen 12:10 when Abram traveled in the opposite direction. Alternate translation: “So Abram went northeast from the country of Egypt,” or “Then Abram left the land of Egypt,”
1347	13:1	x9jp			ה֠וּא וְ⁠אִשְׁתּ֧⁠וֹ	1	Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “taking with him his wife”
1348	13:1	er79			וְ⁠כָל אֲשֶׁר ל֛⁠וֹ	1	Alternate translation: “and everything that he had,”
1349	13:1	g46k			וְ⁠ל֥וֹט עִמּ֖⁠וֹ	1	Alternate translation: “as well as his nephew Lot,” or “and his nephew Lot went with him”
1350	13:1	hcbz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	הַ⁠נֶּֽגְבָּ⁠ה	1	For many languages it is more natural to put this phrase earlier in this verse and say, “Then Abram went up from Egypt and traveled back to the Negev Wilderness/Desert, along with his wife and everything that belonged to him. His nephew Lot also went with them.” Do what is best in your language. Also see how you translated **Negev** in Gen 12:9, and see the note about that there. Alternate translation: “and they all went back to the Negev Desert.”
1351	13:2	zhuu		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background	וְ⁠אַבְרָ֖ם	1	Consider what is the best way in your language to introduce this background information about Abram. Alternate translation: “Now” or “By this time Abram”
1352	13:2	t3k3			כָּבֵ֣ד מְאֹ֑ד	1	Alternate translation: “had become very wealthy”
1353	13:2	k7fc			בַּ⁠מִּקְנֶ֕ה	1	The term **livestock** includes all kinds of domestic animals, such as cattle, sheep, goats, camels and donkeys. Alternate translation: “with many livestock”
1354	13:2	sedh			בַּ⁠כֶּ֖סֶף וּ⁠בַ⁠זָּהָֽב	1	In this context, “silver and gold” includes the metals themselves as well as objects made out of the metals, but not coins (since coins did not exist at that time). See how you translated **gold** in Gen 2:11-12.
1355	13:3	seap			מִ⁠נֶּ֖גֶב	1	See how you translated **the Negev** in verse 1. Alternate translation: “From the Southern Desert”
1356	13:3	ph3d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וַ⁠יֵּ֨לֶךְ֙ לְ⁠מַסָּעָ֔י⁠ו	1	Abram represents his whole family here, and it is assumed that they are traveling with him. Consider whether or not you need to make them explicit in your language. Alternate translation: “Abram and his family moved from place to place northward” or “Abram and his family continued traveling northward”
1357	13:3	rt3n			וְ⁠עַד בֵּֽית אֵ֑ל	1	Alternate translation: “until he came to the town of Bethel,”
1358	13:3	yj2g			עַד הַ⁠מָּק֗וֹם אֲשֶׁר הָ֨יָה שָׁ֤ם אָֽהֳלוֹ֙	1	Alternate translation: “to the site where they had camped in tents” or “where he had pitched his tents”
1359	13:3	nnuh			בַּ⁠תְּחִלָּ֔ה	1	Alternate translation: “previously,” or “the first time he was there,”
1360	13:3	moa2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	בֵּ֥ין בֵּֽית אֵ֖ל וּ⁠בֵ֥ין הָ⁠עָֽי	1	For some languages it may be clearer or more natural to put this phrase earlier in the sentence and say, “Then from the Negev Desert Abram and his family continued traveling northward until they came to the place between the towns of Bethel and Ai where they had camped in tents before.” Do what is best in your language. Also, be consistent here with how you spelled **Bethel** and **Ai** in Gen 12:8.
1361	13:4	jmqv			אֶל מְקוֹם֙ הַ⁠מִּזְבֵּ֔חַ אֲשֶׁר עָ֥שָׂה שָׁ֖ם בָּ⁠רִאשֹׁנָ֑ה	1	Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. Also see how you translated **altar** in Gen 8:20 and 12:7-8. Alternate translation: “to the same site where he had made an altar before” or “That is the same site where he had first made an altar,”
1362	13:4	tq1g		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	וַ⁠יִּקְרָ֥א שָׁ֛ם אַבְרָ֖ם בְּ⁠שֵׁ֥ם יְהוָֽה	1	See how you translated **called on the name of Yahweh** in Gen 12:8. Alternate translation: “There again Abram sacrificed animals on that altar and addressed Yahweh by his name as he praised him.” or “So Abram again used that altar there and praised Yahweh by name.” or “… praised Yahweh.”
1363	13:5	mqte		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background	וְ⁠גַם לְ⁠ל֔וֹט הַ⁠הֹלֵ֖ךְ אֶת אַבְרָ֑ם הָיָ֥ה	1	The word **Now** introduces more background information for the new episode. For some languages it is more natural to leave **Now** implied and just use a paragraph break. Do what is best in your language. Alternate translation: “Lot was traveling with his uncle Abram, and he and his family also had”
1364	13:5	r7v1			צֹאן וּ⁠בָקָ֖ר	1	See how you translated this phrase in Gen 12:16. Alternate translation: “flocks of sheep and goats and herds of cattle”
1365	13:5	q7sx			וְ⁠אֹהָלִֽים	1	Alternate translation: “and many tents.”
1366	13:6	zhy2			וְ⁠לֹא־נָשָׂ֥א אֹתָ֛⁠ם הָ⁠אָ֖רֶץ	1	Alternate translation: “As a result, there was not enough land to provide them all with enough food and water” or “In fact, there was not enough land to provide enough food and water for both families and their animals”
1367	13:6	a3n3			לָ⁠שֶׁ֣בֶת יַחְדָּ֑ו	1	Alternate translation: “if they lived near each other,” or “if they lived in the same region,”
1368	13:6	qa7c			כִּֽי הָיָ֤ה רְכוּשָׁ⁠ם֙ רָ֔ב	1	The phrase **their possessions** especially refers to their livestock, which required much land to graze on and much water to drink, and probably also includes their many servants. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “because their belongings were so abundant that” or “because they owned so many servants and livestock that” or “They each owned so many servants and livestock that”
1369	13:6	nfu1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	וְ⁠לֹ֥א יָֽכְל֖וּ לָ⁠שֶׁ֥בֶת יַחְדָּֽו	1	See how you translated a similar phrase earlier in this verse. For some languages it may be clearer or more natural to change the order of the clauses in this sentence and say, “In fact, they each/both owned so many servants and livestock/animals that they could not live in the same area. There was not enough land to provide/produce the amount of food and water that they all needed.” Do what is best in your language. Also see how you translated **stayed together** earlier in this verse. Alternate translation: “they could not all live near each other.” or “it was not possible for them to all live in the same area”
1370	13:7	wfy2			וַֽ⁠יְהִי	1	Alternate translation: “In fact,”
1371	13:7	qb77			וַֽ⁠יְהִי רִ֗יב	1	The Hebrew word for **strife** is general in meaning and can include arguing and fighting. Some languages have an idiom for this that fits well here. Do what is best in your language. Alternate translation: “there was arguing” or “quarreling erupted”
1372	13:7	jdu4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	בֵּ֚ין רֹעֵ֣י מִקְנֵֽה אַבְרָ֔ם וּ⁠בֵ֖ין רֹעֵ֣י מִקְנֵה ל֑וֹט	1	For some languages it may be clearer and more natural to change the order of the clauses in this sentence and say, “Then the men who were taking care of Abram’s livestock and the men who were taking care of Lot’s livestock started to argue with each other.” Do what is best in your language.
1373	13:7	hvu9			וְ⁠הַֽ⁠כְּנַעֲנִי֙	1	Alternate translation: “Adding to that problem was the fact that”
1374	13:7	syk1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	וְ⁠הַֽ⁠כְּנַעֲנִי֙ וְ⁠הַ⁠פְּרִזִּ֔י	1	See how you translated the names of people groups in Gen 10, and see how you translated **the Canaanites** in Gen 12:6. Alternate translation: “the Canaanite people and the Perizzite people” or “the descendants of Canaan and Perez”
1375	13:7	xsuz			יֹשֵׁ֥ב בָּ⁠אָֽרֶץ	1	Alternate translation: “were also living in the area”
1376	13:7	eq3i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	אָ֖ז	1	For some languages it is more natural to put this time phrase earlier in the sentence and say, “… at that time the Canaanites …” Do what is best in your language.
1377	13:8	wne5			וַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר אַבְרָ֜ם אֶל ל֗וֹט	1	Alternate translation: “Then one day Abram said to Lot,”
1378	13:8	d1gl			אַל נָ֨א תְהִ֤י	1	Alternate translation: “Please, we should not allow” or “We need to do something so that there is not any”
1379	13:8	xank			מְרִיבָה֙	1	See how you translated **strife** in verse 7. Alternate translation: “arguing”
1380	13:8	kz66			בֵּינִ֣⁠י וּ⁠בֵינֶ֔י⁠ךָ	1	Alternate translation: “between you and me,” or “between us,”
1381	13:8	a1pw			וּ⁠בֵ֥ין רֹעַ֖⁠י וּ⁠בֵ֣ין רֹעֶ֑י⁠ךָ	1	See how you translated **herdsmen** in verse 7. Alternate translation: “or between the men tending my livestock and the men tending your livestock,” or “or between our herdsmen,”
1382	13:8	d9nl		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	כִּֽי אֲנָשִׁ֥ים אַחִ֖ים אֲנָֽחְנוּ	1	Abram and Lot were close relatives, not actual brothers. Also, for some languages it may be better to put this clause earlier in this verse and say, “Please, since we are close relatives, we need to do something so that you and I and our herdsmen will not argue.” Do what is best in your language. Alternate translation: “because we are men who are also relatives.” or “because we are close relatives.”
1383	13:9	sm7c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	הֲ⁠לֹ֤א כָל הָ⁠אָ֨רֶץ֙ לְ⁠פָנֶ֔י⁠ךָ	1	Abram is using a rhetorical question to emphasize his point. He does not expect an answer from Lot. If that is not clear, you can translate this as a statement. Alternate translation: “You can choose to live anywhere in this entire land.”
1384	13:9	ad9o		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-politeness	הִפָּ֥רֶד נָ֖א מֵ⁠עָלָ֑⁠י	1	Make sure it is clear in your translation of verse 9 that Abram is being kind to Lot, not mean or rude.
1385	13:9	oj9a			אִם הַ⁠שְּׂמֹ֣אל	1	Alternate translation: “if you decide to live in the land to our left,”
1386	13:9	fva4			וְ⁠אֵימִ֔נָה	1	Alternate translation: “then I will choose the land to the right,” or “then I will live in the land to our right,”
1387	13:9	dd7y			וְ⁠אִם הַ⁠יָּמִ֖ין	1	For some languages, it may be more natural to begin a new sentence here. Do what is best in your language. Alternate translation: “Or if you decide to live in the land to our right,”
1388	13:9	m1ka			וְ⁠אַשְׂמְאִֽילָה	1	Alternate translation: “then I will choose the land to the left.” or “then I will live in the land to our left.”
1389	13:10	ksqi		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idioms	וַ⁠יִּשָּׂא־ל֣וֹט אֶת־עֵינָ֗י⁠ו	1	Alternate translation: “So Lot looked all around” or “Lot looked around carefully”
1390	13:10	cuw3			וַ⁠יַּרְא֙ אֶת־כָּל־כִּכַּ֣ר הַ⁠יַּרְדֵּ֔ן כִּ֥י כֻלָּ֖⁠הּ & בֹּאֲ⁠כָ֖ה צֹֽעַר	1	The Jordan Plain is the wide, flat valley where the Jordan River flows between the Sea of Galilee and the Dead Sea. Alternate translation: “and he observed that the whole Jordan River Valley, all the way to the town of Zoar,”
1391	13:10	pwsa			מַשְׁקֶ֑ה	1	Alternate translation: “had a lot of water,”
1392	13:10	r14f			כְּ⁠גַן יְהוָה֙	1	Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. Also see how you translated **garden** in Gen 3:23-24. This phrase refers to the Garden of Eden. You could put that information in a footnote.
1393	13:10	mtls			כְּ⁠אֶ֣רֶץ מִצְרַ֔יִם	1	Alternate translation: “and like the country of Egypt,”
1394	13:10	k9y5			לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י שַׁחֵ֣ת יְהוָ֗ה אֶת סְדֹם֙ וְ⁠אֶת עֲמֹרָ֔ה	1	Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
1395	13:11	oyxz			וַ⁠יִּבְחַר ל֣⁠וֹ ל֗וֹט אֵ֚ת כָּל כִּכַּ֣ר הַ⁠יַּרְדֵּ֔ן	1	See how you translated **plain of the Jordan** in verse 10. Alternate translation: “Then Lot chose the whole Jordan River Plain for himself,” or “Then Lot decided to live in the valley that surrounded the Jordan River,”
1396	13:11	w8ng		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	וַ⁠יִּסַּ֥ע ל֖וֹט	1	Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. Also consider whether it is better in your language to use Lot’s name or a pronoun to refer to him here. Alternate translation: “and he moved” or “Then Lot left Abram and moved”
1397	13:11	re87			מִ⁠קֶּ֑דֶם	1	The Hebrew text is ambiguous here. It could mean: (1) “to/toward the east to live there” or “eastward” or (2) “from the east”
1398	13:11	h78o		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	וַ⁠יִּפָּ֣רְד֔וּ אִ֖ישׁ מֵ⁠עַ֥ל אָחִֽי⁠ו	1	Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. Also consider what is the best way to refer to Abram and Lot at this point in the paragraph. Alternate translation: “So in this way they lived separately from each other.” or “That is how Abram and Lot ended up living in separate places.”
1399	13:12	eqvk			אַבְרָ֖ם יָשַׁ֣ב	1	Alternate translation: “Abram settled where he was” or “Abram continued to live”
1400	13:12	yax4			בְּ⁠אֶֽרֶץ כְּנָ֑עַן	1	Alternate translation: “in that part of the land of Canaan,”
1401	13:12	k2oi			וְ⁠ל֗וֹט יָשַׁב֙	1	Alternate translation: “but Lot lived”
1402	13:12	f9os		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	בְּ⁠עָרֵ֣י הַ⁠כִּכָּ֔ר	1	As Lot traveled, he probably lived in several different cities in the Jordan River Valley until he eventually settled in the city of Sodom (Gen 14:12). Alternate translation: “in another part of the land in the cities of the Jordan River valley” or “in another part of the land in the cities in the valley surrounding the Jordan River”
1403	13:12	tu8e			וַ⁠יֶּאֱהַ֖ל עַד	1	Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “He eventually pitched his tents in” or “and eventually moved his tents near”
1404	13:12	j59c			סְדֹֽם	1	Alternate translation: “the city of Sodom and settled there.”
1405	13:13	qquc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	וְ⁠אַנְשֵׁ֣י סְדֹ֔ם	1	The conjunction “Now/But” introduces background information that builds suspense for what happens to the people of Sodom later in Genesis (chapters 18-19). Consider what is the best way to begin this verse in your language. Also, this phrase probably has a general meaning here that includes all the people of Sodom, especially the men.
1406	13:13	ussh			רָעִ֖ים & מְאֹֽד	1	Alternate translation: “were very evil”
1407	13:13	a8b1			וְ⁠חַטָּאִ֑ים לַ⁠יהוָ֖ה	1	Some translations treat the phrase **wicked and sinful** as a hendiadys that means “wicked sinners”, but it is best to keep the two parts of this phrase separate (like the Hebrew text does) to emphasize the people’s evil character and behavior. Alternate translation: “were terrible sinners against Yahweh.” or “were always rebelling against Yahweh.”
1408	13:14	grqj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-politeness	שָׂ֣א נָ֤א עֵינֶ֨י⁠ךָ֙	1	See how you translated the idiom “lift … eyes” in verse 10. The Hebrew word for **please** is used to show politeness when making a proposal or to soften a command. It can also be translated “now” or omitted, depending on the context. Your translation here should not sound like God is begging. Alternate translation: “Look around now”
1409	13:14	pmid		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	מִן הַ⁠מָּק֖וֹם אֲשֶׁר אַתָּ֣ה	1	For some languages it is more natural to put this phrase first in this quote and say, “From where you are standing, look all around you. Look …” Do what is best in your language. Alternate translation: “from where you are standing,”
1410	13:14	ipow			וּ⁠רְאֵ֔ה	1	Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
1411	13:14	tlr6			צָפֹ֥נָ⁠ה וָ⁠נֶ֖גְבָּ⁠ה וָ⁠קֵ֥דְמָ⁠ה וָ⁠יָֽמָּ⁠ה	1	See how you translated “east” and “west” in Gen 12:8. Alternate translation: “to the north, south, east, and west,” or “in all directions: north, south, east, and west,” or “around you in every direction,”
1412	13:15	u6rx			כִּ֧י אֶת כָּל הָ⁠אָ֛רֶץ אֲשֶׁר אַתָּ֥ה רֹאֶ֖ה	1	Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “All that land, as far as you can see,”
1413	13:15	arvu			לְ⁠ךָ֣ אֶתְּנֶ֑⁠נָּה וּֽ⁠לְ⁠זַרְעֲ⁠ךָ֖	1	See how you translated **offspring** in Gen 12:7.
1414	13:15	dcfi			עַד עוֹלָֽם	1	Alternate translation: “to possess forever.”
1415	13:16	psm1			וְ⁠שַׂמְתִּ֥י אֶֽת זַרְעֲ⁠ךָ֖	1	Alternate translation: “Besides that, I will also cause your descendants to be” or “In fact, I will also give you so many offspring that they will be”
1416	13:16	h6lr			כַּ⁠עֲפַ֣ר הָ⁠אָ֑רֶץ	1	See how you translated “dust/dirt” in Gen 3:19. Alternate translation: “as numerous as the specks of dirt on the earth,”
1417	13:16	rtyn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-contrary	אֲשֶׁ֣ר אִם יוּכַ֣ל אִ֗ישׁ לִ⁠מְנוֹת֙	1	The Hebrew text has a contrary-to-fact clause here which implies that it is impossible for anyone to count all the specks of dust. Consider what is the best way to communicate that in your language. Alternate translation: “Just as it is impossible to count” or “Just as no one is able to count”
1418	13:16	it85			אֶת־עֲפַ֣ר הָ⁠אָ֔רֶץ	1	For some languages it is not natural to repeat “of/on the earth” here. Do what is best in your language. Alternate translation: “all the dirt specks” or “how many specks of dirt there are,”
1419	13:16	tjyw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	גַּֽם זַרְעֲ⁠ךָ֖ יִמָּנֶֽה	1	For some languages it may be clearer or more natural to change the order of the last two clauses and say, “No one will be able to count how many offspring/descendants you have, just as no one can count how many specks/particles of dust/dirt there are.” Do what is best in your language. Alternate translation: “so it will be impossible to count all your offspring because they will be so numerous.” or “no one will be able to count how many descendants you have.”
1420	13:17	hsbz			ק֚וּם הִתְהַלֵּ֣ךְ	1	The phrase “get up” may imply that Abram was sitting down, but it probably just means that God is telling him to start walking through the land. Alternate translation: “Now go walk”
1421	13:17	vbbt			בָּ⁠אָ֔רֶץ	1	Alternate translation: “throughout the land in all directions,”
1422	13:17	hdl5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism	לְ⁠אָרְכָּ֖⁠הּ וּ⁠לְ⁠רָחְבָּ֑⁠הּ	1	The phrase “its length … its width” also includes all the area of land in between. Consider what is the best way to translate this merism in your language. Also consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “including its length and its width, and look it over,” or “Walk throughout the entire land and look it over,”
1423	13:17	j72c			כִּ֥י לְ⁠ךָ֖ אֶתְּנֶֽ⁠נָּה	1	In the Hebrew text, the phrase **to you** is before the verb to emphasize Abram. In your translation, communicate this emphasis in a way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “because you are the one I am giving it to.”
1424	13:18	evru			וַ⁠יֶּאֱהַ֣ל אַבְרָ֗ם	1	Abram obeyed God, but we do not know if he did everything that God commanded in verse 17 before he moved his tents near Hebron (verse 18), or if moving his tents was the first step in obeying what God told him to do. It is best to keep this general in your translation (as the Hebrew text does). Also see how you translated the phrase **moved his tents** in verse 12. Alternate translation: “Then Abram did what Yahweh commanded and moved his tents” or “Abram obeyed Yahweh and relocated his tents”
1425	13:18	uf3q			וַ⁠יָּבֹ֛א וַ⁠יֵּ֛שֶׁב	1	Alternate translation: “and went to live”
1426	13:18	rny9			בְּ⁠אֵלֹנֵ֥י מַמְרֵ֖א	1	See how you translated **terebinth** in Gen 12:6. Alternate translation: “near the terebinth trees on the land owned by a man named Mamre,”
1427	13:18	hx7g			וַ⁠יִּֽבֶן שָׁ֥ם מִזְבֵּ֖חַ	1	Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. See how you translated this phrase in Gen 12:7-8.
1428	13:18	ikf8			לַֽ⁠יהוָֽה	1	See how you translated this phrase in Gen 12:7 and how you translated a similar phrase in Gen 8:20 and 12:8. Alternate translation: “and offered sacrifices on it to thank and worship Yahweh.”
1429	14:1	vbzr			וַ⁠יְהִ֗י בִּ⁠ימֵי֙	1	Alternate translation: “Then it happened that during the time when”
1430	14:1	rxaj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-keyterms	אַמְרָפֶ֣ל מֶֽלֶךְ	1	The term **king** refers to the highest ruler or leader over a kingdom, which at that time was often just a city, a small region or a people group. Translate this with the best word for that in your language. Also see how you translated **Shinar** in Gen 10:10; 11:2. Alternate translation: “Amraphel was the ruler over” or “King Amraphel was ruling”
1431	14:1	x729			שִׁנְעָ֔ר	1	Alternate translation: “the region of Shinar,”
1432	14:1	abfg			אַרְי֖וֹךְ מֶ֣לֶךְ	1	It is not known whether Ellasar was the name of a city or the name of a kingdom that had one or more cities. Alternate translation: “Arioch was the ruler over” or “King Arioch was ruling”
1433	14:1	lxcz			אֶלָּסָ֑ר	1	Alternate translation: “the kingdom of Ellasar,”
1434	14:1	b13t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	כְּדָרְלָעֹ֨מֶר֙ מֶ֣לֶךְ	1	In Hebrew this king’s name is pronounced **Kedorlaomer**. However in many translations it is spelled “Chedorlaomer”. Be consistent with your choice throughout this chapter. Also, **Elam** refers to the land where the descendants of Shem’s son Elam lived (Gen 10:22). Alternate translation: “Kedorlaomer was the ruler over” or “King Kedorlaomer was ruling”
1435	14:1	wi37			עֵילָ֔ם	1	Alternate translation: “the land of the Elamites,”
1436	14:1	ygbq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	וְ⁠תִדְעָ֖ל מֶ֥לֶךְ	1	Most translation teams transliterate the name “Goyim” (as they do other names in the Bible). Some translations translate its meaning and say, “the nations/peoples.” Do what is best in your language. Alternate translation: “and Tidal was the ruler over” or “and King Tidal was ruling”
1437	14:1	sjfe		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	גּוֹיִֽם	1	Most translation teams transliterate the name “Goyim” (as they do other names in the Bible). Some translations translate its meaning and say “the nations/peoples”. Do what is best in your language.
1438	14:2	htro			עָשׂ֣וּ מִלְחָמָ֗ה אֶת־	1	Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here, which depends on how you translated verse 1. Alternate translation: “those four kings became allies and made war” or “those four kings joined forces and went to war”
1439	14:2	lshe			בֶּ֨רַע֙ מֶ֣לֶךְ	1	Alternate translation: “Bera who was the ruler over” or “King Bera who was ruling”
1440	14:2	nskg			וְ⁠אֶת בִּרְשַׁ֖ע מֶ֣לֶךְ	1	Alternate translation: “Birsha who was the ruler over” or “King Birsha who was ruling”
1441	14:2	c762			שִׁנְאָ֣ב מֶ֣לֶךְ	1	Alternate translation: “Shinab who was the ruler over” or “King Shinab who was ruling”
1442	14:2	wqsq			וְ⁠שֶׁמְאֵ֨בֶר֙ מֶ֣לֶךְ	1	Alternate translation: “Shemeber who was the ruler over” or “King Shemeber who was ruling”
1443	14:2	l0c9			וּ⁠מֶ֥לֶךְ	1	Alternate translation: “and the ruler over” or “and the ruler who was ruling”
1444	14:2	yl85		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	הִיא צֹֽעַר	1	This town is first mentioned in Gen 13:10, but it was not actually named Zoar until later (Gen 19:22). You may want to put that information in a footnote. Alternate translation: “which is now called Zoar.” or “which was later called Zoar.” or “that is, Zoar.”
1445	14:3	lfo8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	כָּל אֵ֨לֶּה֙	1	Consider whether it is necessary to make it explicit in your translation that **these** refers to the five kings just mentioned in verse 2. Alternate translation: “These five kings all”
1446	14:3	ju1b			חָֽבְר֔וּ	1	Alternate translation: “combined their forces as partners and fought against the four kings”
1447	14:3	v7c6			ה֖וּא יָ֥ם הַ⁠מֶּֽלַח	1	The Hebrew word for “sea/ocean” can also refer to a large lake. The Salt Sea, also known as the Dead Sea, is about 31 miles (50 kilometers) long and 9 miles (15 kilometers) wide. Use a term in your language for a body of water that size. Alternate translation: “which later became the Salt Sea.”
1448	14:4	n2ht		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background	שְׁתֵּ֤ים עֶשְׂרֵה֙ שָׁנָ֔ה	1	This paragraph (verses 4-9) is a flashback that tells the events that led up to the war (verses 1-3). Consider what is the best way in your language to introduce this background information. Alternate translation: “This is what happened: For twelve years” or “This is why they were fighting: During twelve years”
1449	14:4	iqc8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	עָבְד֖וּ	1	Consider what is the best way in your language to refer to the five kings (listed in verse 2) at this point in the paragraph. Alternate translation: “the five kings had paid taxes to” or “the five kings had been subject to” or “they had been ruled by”
1450	14:4	cdq3			אֶת כְּדָרְלָעֹ֑מֶר	1	Be consistent here with how you spelled this name in verse 1. Alternate translation: “King Kedorlaomer”
1451	14:4	ng6n			וּ⁠שְׁלֹשׁ עֶשְׂרֵ֥ה שָׁנָ֖ה	1	Alternate translation: “but sometime in the thirteenth year”
1452	14:4	hmdh			מָרָֽדוּ	1	Alternate translation: “they started to revolt against him.”
1453	14:5	qae4			וּ⁠בְ⁠אַרְבַּע֩ עֶשְׂרֵ֨ה שָׁנָ֜ה	1	Alternate translation: “Then sometime in the fourteenth year,”
1454	14:5	nqz7			כְדָרְלָעֹ֗מֶר	1	Alternate translation: “King Kedorlaomer”
1455	14:5	yglc			אֲשֶׁ֣ר אִתּ֔⁠וֹ	1	Alternate translation: “who were allied with him” or “who were his partners”
1456	14:5	oirx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	בָּ֣א	1	Verses 5-7 list enemies of King Kedorlaomer that are in addition to the five kings mentioned in verses 2-4. Consider whether or not to make it explicit in your translation here that they were fighting all their enemies. Alternate translation: “combined their armies and went to fight against all their enemies”
1457	14:5	cg83		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	וַ⁠יַּכּ֤וּ	1	Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “First, they conquered”
1458	14:5	vtcv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	אֶת רְפָאִים֙	1	See how you translated the names of people groups in Gen 10:4, 13-18, and see the note about that at 10:4. Alternate translation: “the Repha people”
1459	14:5	fviv			וְ⁠אֶת הַ⁠זּוּזִ֖ים	1	Alternate translation: “and the Zuzites” or “and the Zuz people”
1460	14:5	wbtc			הָֽ⁠אֵימִ֔ים	1	Alternate translation: “the Em people”
1461	14:6	zg2n			וְ⁠אֶת הַ⁠חֹרִ֖י	1	Alternate translation: “and the Hor people”
1462	14:6	f5cg			בְּ⁠הַרְרָ֣⁠ם שֵׂעִ֑יר	1	Alternate translation: “who lived in the hill country of the region of Seir” or “who lived in the Seir Hills”
1463	14:6	b5lx			אֲשֶׁ֖ר עַל	1	Alternate translation: “which is located beside” or “which is on the edge of”
1464	14:6	pbqs			הַ⁠מִּדְבָּֽר	1	A wilderness is a dry, rocky area where few plants grow and few people live. See how you translated “wilderness/desert” in Gen 12:9 and 13:1, 3 (if you made that explicit in those verses). Alternate translation: “a desert.”
1465	14:7	rugw			וַ֠⁠יָּשֻׁבוּ	1	Alternate translation: “Next the four kings and their armies”
1466	14:7	cwo4			וַ֠⁠יָּשֻׁבוּ	1	Alternate translation: “started to return home”
1467	14:7	wbrw			הִ֣וא קָדֵ֔שׁ	1	See how you translated a similar phrase in verse 2. Alternate translation: “which is now called Kadesh,” or “which was later called Kadesh,” or “that is, Kadesh,”
1468	14:7	v4ak			וַ⁠יַּכּ֕וּ	1	Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “They defeated”
1469	14:7	wufy			אֶֽת כָּל שְׂדֵ֖ה הָ⁠עֲמָלֵקִ֑י	1	Alternate translation: “the whole area where the Amalekites lived” or “… where the Amalek people group lived”
1470	14:7	p33f			וְ⁠גַם֙ אֶת הָ֣⁠אֱמֹרִ֔י	1	Be consistent here with how you translated **Amorites** in Gen 10:16. Alternate translation: “as well as the Amor people group,”
1471	14:8	txjr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases	וַ⁠יֵּצֵ֨א	1	Verse 8 is talking about the same battle that is mentioned in verse 2, except it leaves out the names of the kings. Make sure in your translation that it does not sound like a different battle.
1472	14:8	irbp			מֶֽלֶךְ סְדֹ֜ם וּ⁠מֶ֣לֶךְ עֲמֹרָ֗ה וּ⁠מֶ֤לֶךְ אַדְמָה֙ וּ⁠מֶ֣לֶךְ צְבוֹיִ֔ם וּ⁠מֶ֥לֶךְ בֶּ֖לַע	1	Be consistent in verse 8 with how you spelled the names of these cities in verse 2 and in Gen 10:19. Alternate translation: “the kings over the cities of Sodom, Gomorrah, Admah, and Bela,”
1473	14:8	or65			הִוא צֹ֑עַר	1	See how you translated this phrase in verse 2. Alternate translation: “which is now called Zoar,” or “that is, Zoar,”
1474	14:8	e103			וַ⁠יֵּצֵ֨א	1	Alternate translation: “went out with their armies”
1475	14:8	djq8			בְּ⁠עֵ֖מֶק הַ⁠שִּׂדִּֽים	1	See how you translated this phrase in verse 3.
1476	14:8	g78j			וַ⁠יַּֽעַרְכ֤וּ אִתָּ⁠ם֙ מִלְחָמָ֔ה	1	The Hebrew text is ambiguous here. It could mean: (1) “and assembled/prepared/positioned themselves for battle” or “and got ready to fight” or (2) “and joined/united together in battle”
1477	14:9	daj4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	אֵ֣ת כְּדָרְלָעֹ֜מֶר מֶ֣לֶךְ	1	The same kings (and the places they ruled) that are listed here in verse 9 are listed in verse 1, but in a different order. Be consistent here with how you spelled the names there. Alternate translation: “against Kedorlaomer who was the ruler over” or “against King Kedorlaomer who was ruling”
1478	14:9	g6fo			עֵילָ֗ם	1	Alternate translation: “the region of Elam,”
1479	14:9	tgaj			וְ⁠תִדְעָל֙ מֶ֣לֶךְ	1	Alternate translation: “Tidal who was the ruler over” or “King Tidal who was ruling”
1480	14:9	izhi			גּוֹיִ֔ם	1	Be consistent here with how you translated this people group name in verse 1. Alternate translation: “the Goyim people,”
1481	14:9	w2fr			וְ⁠אַמְרָפֶל֙ מֶ֣לֶךְ	1	Alternate translation: “Amraphel who was the ruler over” or “King Amraphel who was ruling”
1482	14:9	nnvk			שִׁנְעָ֔ר	1	Alternate translation: “the region of Shinar,”
1483	14:9	oj0f			וְ⁠אַרְי֖וֹךְ מֶ֣לֶךְ	1	Alternate translation: “and Arioch who was the ruler over” or “and King Arioch who was ruling”
1484	14:9	gwis			אֶלָּסָ֑ר	1	Alternate translation: “the city of Ellasar,”
1485	14:9	jqlu			אַרְבָּעָ֥ה מְלָכִ֖ים אֶת	1	Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “It was four kings who started fighting against” or “Then those four kings attacked”
1486	14:9	ea8b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	הַ⁠חֲמִשָּֽׁה	1	It is implied in verse 10 that the four kings had started defeating the five kings. If that is not clear, you could make that explicit here.
1487	14:10	n67g		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background	וְ⁠עֵ֣מֶק הַ⁠שִׂדִּ֗ים בֶּֽאֱרֹ֤ת בֶּאֱרֹת֙ חֵמָ֔ר	1	The word **Now** indicates a change of topic and introduces background information. For some languages it is more natural to omit that word and just use a paragraph break. Do what is best in your language. Also be consistent here with how you translated **the Valley of Siddim** in verses 3 and 8, and how you translated **tar** in Gen 11:3. Alternate translation: “The Siddim Valley was full of tar pits,” or “There were many tar pits in the Siddim Valley,”
1488	14:10	p8kh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וַ⁠יָּנֻ֛סוּ מֶֽלֶךְ סְדֹ֥ם וַ⁠עֲמֹרָ֖ה	1	It is assumed here that the kings were accompanied by their armies. If that is not understood, you could make that explicit in your translation. Also, consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “As the kings of the cities of Sodom and Gomorrah and their armies were running away from the battle,”
1489	14:10	wym8			וַ⁠יִּפְּלוּ שָׁ֑מָּ⁠ה	1	The Hebrew text is ambiguous here. It could mean: (1) “they died there in the tar pits.” or “some of their soldiers/men were killed there in the tar pits.” or “they fell into the tar pits and died.” or (2) “jumped into the tar pits to hide.” Notice that the king of Sodom is still alive in verse 17, so the pronoun **they** probably does not include him here, depending on how you translate **fell there**.
1490	14:10	v2gs			וְ⁠הַ⁠נִּשְׁאָרִ֖ים	1	The Hebrew text is ambiguous here. It could mean: (1) “while/but those who were left” or “Those who escaped” or (2) “But the other three kings and their armies/soldiers”. Consider whether it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here or to continue the previous sentence.
1491	14:10	wjyr			נָּֽסוּ	1	See how you translated **fled** earlier in this verse.
1492	14:10	d4wa			הֶ֥רָ⁠ה	1	See how you translated **hill country** in verse 6. Alternate translation: “to the hills to hide.”
1493	14:11	yt9q		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	וַ֠⁠יִּקְחוּ	1	Consider what is the best way in your language to refer to the four kings at this point in the paragraph. Alternate translation: “Then the four kings took by force”
1494	14:11	vxuv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	אֶת כָּל רְכֻ֨שׁ סְדֹ֧ם וַ⁠עֲמֹרָ֛ה	1	The phrase **Sodom and Gomorrah** refers here to the people who lived in those cities. Consider what is the best way to refer to those people here in your language. Alternate translation: “all the possessions from the people of the cities of Sodom and Gomorrah”
1495	14:11	wi6p			וְ⁠אֶת כָּל אָכְלָ֖⁠ם	1	Alternate translation: “even all their food,” or “as well as all their food,”
1496	14:11	j1m7			וַ⁠יֵּלֵֽכוּ	1	Alternate translation: “and left with it all.” or “and carried it all away with them.” or “and went on their way.”
1497	14:12	nyoh			וַ⁠יִּקְח֨וּ	1	Alternate translation: “They also took with them” or “They also carried away” or “The four kings also captured”
1498	14:12	z7z0		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	וְ⁠ה֥וּא יֹשֵׁ֖ב בִּ⁠סְדֹֽם	1	For some languages it may be more clearer or more natural to put this phrase first in this sentence and say, “Since Abram’s nephew Lot was also living in the city of Sodom, the four kings took/captured him too, along with his possessions.”
1499	14:13	rmjy			וַ⁠יָּבֹא֙ הַ⁠פָּלִ֔יט	1	Alternate translation: “Then someone from Sodom escaped from the battle and came”
1500	14:13	tz4r			וַ⁠יַּגֵּ֖ד לְ⁠אַבְרָ֣ם הָ⁠עִבְרִ֑י	1	The Hebrew people are the descendants of Abram (Abraham), and they were named after his ancestor Eber, who was Shem’s great grandson (Genesis 11:10-26). Some of this information could be put in a footnote.
1501	14:13	b6mh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background	וְ⁠הוּא֩	1	This phrase introduces background information about Abram as part of the setting for what happens next. Consider what is the best way to communicate that in your language. Alternate translation: “Now at that time he” or “At that time he”
1502	14:13	ebfw			שֹׁכֵ֨ן בְּ⁠אֵֽלֹנֵ֜י מַמְרֵ֣א	1	See how you translated this clause in Gen 13:18. Alternate translation: “was still living by the oak trees that were owned by Mamre” or “was still living by the oak trees on the land owned by Mamre”
1503	14:13	p3v8			הָ⁠אֱמֹרִ֗י	1	See how you translated “Amorites” in verse 7. Alternate translation: “who was a member of the Amorite people group”
1504	14:13	crpr			אֲחִ֤י אֶשְׁכֹּל֙ וַ⁠אֲחִ֣י עָנֵ֔ר	1	Alternate translation: “whose brothers were Eshcol and Aner”
1505	14:13	tqk2			וְ⁠הֵ֖ם	1	Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
1506	14:13	u9mn			בַּעֲלֵ֥י בְרִית אַבְרָֽם	1	Alternate translation: “had made a covenant with Abram to be his allies.” or “and Abram had made a pact together that they would help each other against their enemies.”
1507	14:14	hnqu			וַ⁠יִּשְׁמַ֣ע אַבְרָ֔ם	1	Alternate translation: “When Abram found out”
1508	14:14	bkqj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	כִּ֥י נִשְׁבָּ֖ה אָחִ֑י⁠ו	1	Consider what is the best way to translate this passive clause in your language. Alternate translation: “that his nephew Lot had been captured,”
1509	14:14	r50d			וַ⁠יָּ֨רֶק	1	Alternate translation: “he called together for battle” or “he summoned for battle.”
1510	14:14	j9ie			אֶת חֲנִיכָ֜י⁠ו יְלִידֵ֣י בֵית֗⁠וֹ שְׁמֹנָ֤ה עָשָׂר֙ וּ⁠שְׁלֹ֣שׁ מֵא֔וֹת	1	It is clear from verse 15 that these men were Abram’s servants. Alternate translation: “318 of the servants who had been born in his household and were trained warriors” or “318 of his servants born in his household whom he had trained to fight”
1511	14:14	uxi9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וַ⁠יִּרְדֹּ֖ף	1	In this sentence the pronoun **he** refers to Abram and all those who had united with him as his allies. Alternate translation: “Then he and his men and his allies went after the invaders” or “Then together with his allies they all pursued the four kings and their armies”
1512	14:14	vvdg			עַד	1	Alternate translation: “until they caught up with them at”
1513	14:15	ktaz			וַ⁠יֵּחָלֵ֨ק עֲלֵי⁠הֶ֧ם לַ֛יְלָה ה֥וּא וַ⁠עֲבָדָ֖י⁠ו	1	Alternate translation: “Then during the night he and his servants divided into groups, surprise attacked the four kings and their soldiers,”
1514	14:15	chrk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	וַ⁠יַּכֵּ֑⁠ם	1	Alternate translation: “and routed them”
1515	14:15	xc61			וַֽ⁠יִּרְדְּפֵ⁠ם֙	1	Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “Then they went after them”
1516	14:15	yboz			עַד חוֹבָ֔ה	1	Alternate translation: “all the way to the town of Hobah,”
1517	14:16	wc8z			וַ⁠יָּ֕שֶׁב	1	Alternate translation: “As a result, he got back” or “He recovered”
1518	14:16	oopx			וְ⁠גַם֩ & הֵשִׁ֔יב	1	Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “He also got back” or “He also recovered”
1519	14:16	d9o8			וּ⁠רְכֻשׁ⁠וֹ֙	1	Alternate translation: “and all his belongings,”
1520	14:17	mqhb			וַ⁠יֵּצֵ֣א מֶֽלֶךְ סְדֹם֮	1	Alternate translation: “Then the king over the city of Sodom”
1521	14:17	ykht		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go	וַ⁠יֵּצֵ֣א מֶֽלֶךְ־סְדֹם֮	1	Consider whether **came** or “went” is more natural here in your language. Alternate translation: “Then the king over the city of Sodom went out”
1522	14:17	ra44		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	לִ⁠קְרָאת⁠וֹ֒	1	Alternate translation: “to greet him” or “and welcomed Abram”
1523	14:17	icwx			אֶל עֵ֣מֶק שָׁוֵ֔ה	1	Alternate translation: “in the Shaveh Valley,”
1524	14:17	c2vk			אַחֲרֵ֣י שׁוּב֗⁠וֹ	1	When Abram reached the Shaveh Valley, he was still about 20 miles (30 kilometers) north of his home, which was near the city of Hebron (Gen 13:18). Alternate translation: “as he was returning home” or “as he was going back home”
1525	14:17	oq8s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	מֵֽ⁠הַכּוֹת֙	1	See how you translated “struck” in verse 15. Alternate translation: “after defeating” or “after he defeated”
1526	14:17	luxv			אֶת כְּדָרלָעֹ֔מֶר	1	Be consistent here with how you spelled this name previously in this chapter; see verses 1, 4-5, 9, 17. Alternate translation: “King Kedorlaomer and his army”
1527	14:17	wbxl			וְ⁠אֶת הַ⁠מְּלָכִ֖ים	1	Alternate translation: “and the armies of the other three kings”
1528	14:17	c1g6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	אֲשֶׁ֣ר אִתּ֑⁠וֹ	1	For some languages it may be better to put the clauses of this verse in the order that the events actually happened. For example you could say, “After Abram defeated King Kedorlaomer/Chedorlaomer and the other three kings who were Kedorlaomer’s/Chedorlaomer’s allies, he started to return home. When Abram reached the Shaveh Valley, that is, the King’s Valley, the king over the city of Sodom came/went there and greeted/welcomed him.” Do what is best in your language. Alternate translation: “who had joined themselves with Kedorlaomer”
1529	14:18	x5qz			וּ⁠מַלְכִּי צֶ֨דֶק֙ מֶ֣לֶךְ שָׁלֵ֔ם	1	Salem is the short name for the city of Jerusalem (See: Psalm 76:2). The Shaveh Valley, where Melchizedek met Abram, was located just east of Jerusalem. You could put some of that information in a footnote. Alternate translation: “Then Melchizedek who was the king over the city of Salem also went there, and he”
1530	14:18	zo6c			הוֹצִ֖יא לֶ֣חֶם וָ⁠יָ֑יִן	1	It is not known whether Melchizedek brought out a large amount of bread and wine to feed Abram and his men, or if he brought out just enough for him and Abram to share, possibly as part of establishing a covenant between them. The first alternate above would work for either meaning. See how you translated **wine** in Gen 9:21, 24. Alternate translation: “brought (some) bread and wine for them to eat and drink.” or “brought some bread and wine for Abram and his men to eat and drink.”
1531	14:18	ojgm			וְ⁠ה֥וּא	1	Alternate translation: “He was also”
1532	14:18	vl2w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-key-terms	כֹהֵ֖ן	1	A priest is someone who represents people to God, and who represents God to the people. He leads the people in praying, worship, making sacrifices, ceremonies, and festivals. Alternate translation: “a priest for”
1533	14:18	lwz3			לְ⁠אֵ֥ל עֶלְיֽוֹן	1	Alternate translation: “the most high God.” or “the highest God.” or “God who is higher than all other gods.”
1534	14:19	z3jb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-key-terms	וַֽ⁠יְבָרְכֵ֖⁠הוּ	1	Make sure your translation of “blessed … and said” refers to the same event, not two separate events. Also see how you translated “bless” in Gen 12:2-3. Alternate translation: “He blessed Abram” or “So Melchizedek blessed Abram”
1535	14:19	t0au			בָּר֤וּךְ אַבְרָם֙	1	Alternate translation: “I pray that you Abram will be blessed”
1536	14:19	qqks		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	לְ⁠אֵ֣ל עֶלְי֔וֹן	1	See how you translated this title in verse 18. For some languages it may be better to switch the order of phrases in this sentence and say, “May the greatest God, who owns heaven and earth, bless Abram/you.” or “I pray that the most high/powerful God, who created heaven and earth, will bless you Abram.” Do what is best in your language. Alternate translation: “by the most high God,” or “by the highest God,”
1537	14:19	cnzx			קֹנֵ֖ה שָׁמַ֥יִם וָ⁠אָֽרֶץ	1	The Hebrew word for **Possessor** also means “Creator,” which is used in many translations. Whichever one you do not use in the text you could put in a footnote. Alternate translation: “who is the Owner of heaven and earth.” or “who created heaven and earth.”
1538	14:20	qi3k			וּ⁠בָרוּךְ֙	1	See how you translated “Praised be” in Gen 9:26. Alternate translation: “Give praise to” or “Let everyone praise”
1539	14:20	bnw8			אֵ֣ל עֶלְי֔וֹן	1	See how you translated this phrase in verses 18-19. Alternate translation: “the most high God,” or “the highest God,”
1540	14:20	bx1d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	אֲשֶׁר מִגֵּ֥ן צָרֶ֖י⁠ךָ בְּ⁠יָדֶ֑⁠ךָ	1	The phrase “delivered … into your hand” is an idiom. Consider whether your language has a similar idiom that fits well here. Alternate translation: “because he gave you victory over your enemies!”
1541	14:20	kq14		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	וַ⁠יִּתֶּן ל֥⁠וֹ	1	Make sure it is clear in your translation who is being referred to here.
1542	14:20	dxmy			מַעֲשֵׂ֖ר	1	Alternate translation: “one-tenth”
1543	14:20	yh95			מִ⁠כֹּֽל	1	This phrase refers to the belongings of the people of Sodom that Abram had recovered from the kings who stole them. Alternate translation: “of everything that he had captured in the battle.” or “of all the plunder he had brought back from the battle.”
1544	14:21	u3e7			וַ⁠יֹּ֥אמֶר מֶֽלֶךְ סְדֹ֖ם אֶל־אַבְרָ֑ם	1	Alternate translation: “Then the king of Sodom requested of Abram,” or “After that, the king over the city of Sodom urged Abram,”
1545	14:21	kges		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-politeness	תֶּן לִ֣⁠י	1	Make sure in your translation that the king of Sodom’s request to Abram sounds polite, not rude or demanding. Alternate translation: “Please give to me”
1546	14:21	pmak			הַ⁠נֶּ֔פֶשׁ	1	Alternate translation: “my people whom you saved,” or “the people from Sodom whom you rescued,”
1547	14:21	yqi3			וְ⁠הָ⁠רְכֻ֖שׁ קַֽח לָֽ⁠ךְ	1	See how you translated **possessions** in verses 11-12,16. Alternate translation: “but the plunder you may keep for yourself.” or “but take for yourself the belongings that you recovered.”
1548	14:22	n9df		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	וַ⁠יֹּ֥אמֶר אַבְרָ֖ם אֶל מֶ֣לֶךְ סְדֹ֑ם	1	Consider what is the best way in your language to refer to Abram and to the king of Sodom at this point in their conversation. Alternate translation: “But he replied to him,”
1549	14:22	mra6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	הֲרִימֹ֨תִי יָדִ֤⁠י אֶל יְהוָה֙	1	It was the custom that when a person made an oath, he raised his hand as an appeal to God to witness his oath and to hold him accountable and punish him if he were to break his oath. If this would not be clear to your readers, you could explain the significance of this action in the text or in a footnote. Alternate translation: “As a witness to this oath, I call on Yahweh”
1550	14:22	km6h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-oathformula	הֲרִימֹ֨תִי יָדִ֤⁠י אֶל יְהוָה֙	1	The phrase **I raise my hand to Yahweh** begins an oath formula. Use a natural way in your language to express an oath. Alternate translation: “I pledge before Yahweh”
1551	14:22	j9qr			אֵ֣ל עֶלְי֔וֹן	1	See how you translated this phrase in verses 18-20. Alternate translation: “who is the highest God”
1552	14:22	v040			קֹנֵ֖ה שָׁמַ֥יִם וָ⁠אָֽרֶץ	1	See how you translated this phrase in verse 19. Alternate translation: “and the Owner of heaven and earth,” or “and the One who created heaven and earth,”
1553	14:23	xn0s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	אִם־מִ⁠חוּט֙ וְ⁠עַ֣ד שְׂרֽוֹךְ־נַ֔עַל	1	Abram is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from later in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “if I take anything from a thread to the strap of a sandal”
1554	14:23	vzf5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	אִם־מִ⁠חוּט֙ וְ⁠עַ֣ד שְׂרֽוֹךְ־נַ֔עַל וְ⁠אִם־אֶקַּ֖ח מִ⁠כָּל־אֲשֶׁר־לָ֑⁠ךְ	1	According to custom, Abram is leaving out the part of his oath that tells what Yahweh will do to him if he does the things that he mentions in his oath. Because of the power of spoken words, people left that part to be understood silently. You could supply these words if it would be clearer and not offensive in your language. Alternate translation: “if from a thread even to the strap of a sandal, or I take from anything that {belongs} to you, may Yahweh punish me severely” or “…may Yahweh strike me dead”
1555	14:23	lbqa		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole	מִ⁠חוּט֙ וְ⁠עַ֣ד שְׂרֽוֹךְ נַ֔עַל	1	Abram is mentioning things that are so small and insignificant that no one would want them in order to make the point that he doesn't want anything from the king of Sodom. Alternate translation: “even a thread or the strap from a sandal,” or “even something as small as a piece of string or a sandal strap”
1556	14:23	wb28		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	וְ⁠אִם אֶקַּ֖ח מִ⁠כָּל	1	This clause emphasizes Abram’s point by repeating the meaning of the previous phrase in different words. Consider what is the best way to emphasize a point in your language. Also, consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “No I will not keep anything”
1557	14:23	ah9p		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	אֲשֶׁר לָ֑⁠ךְ	1	For some languages, it may be clearer and more natural to put this phrase earlier in this verse and say, “that I will not keep/accept anything that belongs to you or your people, not even something as small as a piece of thread/string or the strap from a sandal.” Do what is best in your language. Alternate translation: “that belongs to you or your people,”
1558	14:23	hns6			וְ⁠לֹ֣א תֹאמַ֔ר	1	Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
1559	14:23	xhbz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	אֲנִ֖י הֶעֱשַׁ֥רְתִּי אֶת אַבְרָֽם	1	The Hebrew pronoun that refers here to the king of Sodom is emphatic. Consider what is the best way to communicate that emphasis in your language. Also consider whether it is better in your language to translate this embedded quote as a direct or indirect quote. Alternate translation: “I am the one who made Abram wealthy!”
1560	14:24	kk1m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions	בִּלְעָדַ֗⁠י רַ֚ק	1	Consider what is the best way in your language to translate this exception sentence. Alternate translation: “So I will not keep anything, except” or “So I will only accept”
1561	14:24	kaz7			אֲשֶׁ֣ר אָֽכְל֣וּ הַ⁠נְּעָרִ֔ים	1	These young men were Abram’s trained servants or warriors who are mentioned in verses 14-15. Alternate translation: “what my servants who fought with me have eaten” or “what my men ate”
1562	14:24	pp7i			וְ⁠חֵ֨לֶק֙ הָֽ⁠אֲנָשִׁ֔ים אֲשֶׁ֥ר הָלְכ֖וּ אִתִּ֑⁠י עָנֵר֙ אֶשְׁכֹּ֣ל וּ⁠מַמְרֵ֔א	1	Alternate translation: “and the share of the plunder that Aner, Eshcol, and Mamre deserve for being my allies” or “and what Aner, Eshcol, and Mamre deserve for helping me in the battle.”
1563	14:24	h54m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-politeness	הֵ֖ם יִקְח֥וּ	1	Abram is being polite, but make sure in your translation that he does not sound like he is begging, especially since he is a mighty warrior. Alternate translation: “Please let them take” or “Please give them”
1564	14:24	umi6			חֶלְקָֽ⁠ם	1	Alternate translation: “their share of the plunder.” or “their part of what we recovered.”
1565	15:1	gh9e			אַחַ֣ר הַ⁠דְּבָרִ֣ים הָ⁠אֵ֗לֶּה	1	Alternate translation: “After those events happened,”
1566	15:1	uy8x		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-key-terms	הָיָ֤ה דְבַר יְהוָה֙ אֶל אַבְרָ֔ם בַּֽ⁠מַּחֲזֶ֖ה לֵ⁠אמֹ֑ר	1	A vision is a supernatural experience that a person has while he is awake, so the way you translate this term should be different from the way you translate “dream” (since people have dreams while asleep). Make sure your translation of this clause does not sound like what Abram saw was unreal; what he saw and heard actually happened. Alternate translation: “Yahweh appeared to Abram visually and said to him,”
1567	15:1	a97c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	אָנֹכִי֙ מָגֵ֣ן לָ֔⁠ךְ	1	God is like a shield to Abram since he protects him. Consider what is the best way to translate this metaphor in your language. Alternate translation: “I am your shield” or “I protect you like a shield,” or “I will shield you,”
1568	15:1	dbve			שְׂכָרְ⁠ךָ֖ הַרְבֵּ֥ה מְאֹֽד	1	The Hebrew text is ambiguous here. It could mean: (1) “and your reward from me will be very great.” or “and I will give you a very great/valuable reward/gift.” (2) “and I am your very great/valuable reward.” The context (verse 2) shows that the first interpretation is what Abram understood God to be saying.
1569	15:2	vwfv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר אַבְרָ֗ם	1	The way you translate this quote margin may depend on how you translate the following rhetorical question. Alternate translation: “Then Abram said to him,” or “Then Abram asked him,”
1570	15:2	n8qe		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-key-terms	אֲדֹנָ֤⁠י יֱהוִה֙	1	The phrase **My Lord** means that Yahweh owns Abram and has complete authority over him, just as a master (at that time) had complete authority over his servant. Alternate translation: “My Master Yahweh,” or “Yahweh my Lord”
1571	15:2	ep5f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	מַה תִּתֶּן לִ֔⁠י	1	Abram uses this rhetorical question to show that he is lamenting that he has no children. Make sure in your translation that he does not sound rude. Alternate translation: “what reward can you give to me that would benefit me,” or “even if you reward me greatly, that will not help me,”
1572	15:2	ifre			וְ⁠אָנֹכִ֖י הוֹלֵ֣ךְ עֲרִירִ֑י	1	Alternate translation: “since I remain childless”
1573	15:2	dltw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	וּ⁠בֶן מֶ֣שֶׁק	1	The phrase **son of the inheritance** is used here as an idiom that means “inheritor” or “heir”; it does not refer to an actual son. Consider whether or not your language has a similar idiom. Also consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “so that after I die, the heir of” or “So when I die, the one who will own”
1574	15:2	gn01		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	בֵּיתִ֔⁠י	1	This phrase refers here to all Abram’s belongings. Alternate translation: “my estate” or “all that I own”
1575	15:2	nc22		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	דַּמֶּ֥שֶׂק אֱלִיעֶֽזֶר	1	In the Hebrew text, Abram emphasizes the fact that Eliezer was from Damascus, which means he was a foreigner from a foreign city, not a blood relative. Consider what is the best way to communicate that in your language. Also, be consistent here with how you translated “the city of Damascus” in Gen 14:15. Alternate translation: “is my foreign servant Eliezer from Damascus”
1576	15:3	jv86		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר אַבְרָ֔ם	1	Some languages omit these words, because the same speaker is still speaking to the same audience. Do what is best in your language. Alternate translation: “Then he added,”
1577	15:3	im0k			הֵ֣ן	1	Some translations omit this phrase to prevent Abram from sounding rude. Do what is best in your language. Alternate translation: “Look”
1578	15:3	o4j4			לִ֔⁠י לֹ֥א נָתַ֖תָּה זָ֑רַע	1	In the Hebrew text **to me** is before **you have not given** to emphasize Abram. Do what is natural in your language.
1579	15:3	w212			וְ⁠הִנֵּ֥ה	1	Alternate translation: “so that now after I die,”
1580	15:3	zvm0			בֶן בֵּיתִ֖⁠י	1	Alternate translation: “a servant from my household”
1581	15:3	ojds			יוֹרֵ֥שׁ אֹתִֽ⁠י	1	Alternate translation: “will be my heir!” or “will get everything I own!”
1582	15:4	nsoi			וְ⁠הִנֵּ֨ה	1	Alternate translation: “Immediately”
1583	15:4	os3q		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	דְבַר יְהוָ֤ה אֵלָי⁠ו֙ לֵ⁠אמֹ֔ר	1	See how you translated this idiom in verse 1. It may be necessary to translate it differently here because of the different context. Alternate translation: “Yahweh said to him”
1584	15:4	mxfc			זֶ֑ה	1	Alternate translation: “No, that man”
1585	15:4	lns8			לֹ֥א יִֽירָשְׁ⁠ךָ֖ & כִּי אִם֙	1	Alternate translation: “will not get your estate rather”
1586	15:4	o38q		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-Idiom	אֲשֶׁ֣ר יֵצֵ֣א מִ⁠מֵּעֶ֔י⁠ךָ ה֖וּא	1	The phrase **comes from your bowels** is an idiom that refers to fathering a child. Make sure your translation of this clause does not imply that Abram would give birth to a son. Alternate translation: “a son whom you father”
1587	15:4	hr4c			יִֽירָשֶֽׁ⁠ךָ	1	Alternate translation: “will own your estate” or “will own it.”
1588	15:5	ww36		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	וַ⁠יּוֹצֵ֨א אֹת֜⁠וֹ	1	Consider what is the best way in your language to refer to Yahweh and Abram at this point in the paragraph. Alternate translation: “Then Yahweh led Abram”
1589	15:5	gdld		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	הַ⁠ח֗וּצָ⁠ה	1	Abram was probably inside a tent, not inside a house. But if possible, it is best to leave this implied in a translation (as the Hebrew text does).
1590	15:5	vwsk			הַבֶּט נָ֣א	1	See how you translated “please” in Gen 13:14. Make sure your translation does not sound like God is begging. Alternate translation: “Now look up”
1591	15:5	zhiv			הַ⁠שָּׁמַ֗יְמָ⁠ה	1	Alternate translation: “into the heavens” or “into the night sky”
1592	15:5	i9uf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-contrary	וּ⁠סְפֹר֙ הַ⁠כּ֣וֹכָבִ֔ים אִם תּוּכַ֖ל לִ⁠סְפֹּ֣ר אֹתָ֑⁠ם	1	God’s point here is that there are so many stars that no one could ever count that high. He is not questioning Abram’s ability to count. Consider what is the best way to translate this contrary-to-fact statement in your language. Alternate translation: “and try to count how many stars there are, if in fact, anyone could possibly count all of them.” or “There are so many stars that no one could ever count them all.”
1593	15:5	uudh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר ל֔⁠וֹ	1	Throughout this chapter make sure it is clear in your translation who is speaking to whom. Always use pronouns and nouns in a way that is clear and natural in your language. Alternate translation: “While Abram was looking at the stars, Yahweh said to Abram,” or “So Abram looked up at the stars, and Yahweh continued speaking to him,”
1594	15:5	fv94			כֹּ֥ה יִהְיֶ֖ה זַרְעֶֽ⁠ךָ	1	Alternate translation: “That is how many your offspring will be.” or “That is how many offspring you will have.”
1595	15:6	obq6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	וְ⁠הֶאֱמִ֖ן	1	Many translations omit the conjunction **And** here. Do what is best in your language. Also, make sure it is clear in your translation that Abram is the subject here, not Yahweh (who was the last subject in verse 5). Alternate translation: “He believed Yahweh,” or “He believed what Yahweh said,”
1596	15:6	nhkm		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	וַ⁠יַּחְשְׁבֶ֥⁠הָ לּ֖⁠וֹ צְדָקָֽה	1	Notice that Yahweh is now the subject again. Make sure it is clear in your translation who is speaking to whom here and throughout this section. Alternate translation: “and so Yahweh credited it to him as righteousness.” or “and because of that, Yahweh reckoned Abram to be righteous.” or “so Yahweh considered Abram to have a right relationship with him.”
1597	15:7	il2v			וַ⁠יֹּ֖אמֶר אֵלָ֑י⁠ו	1	Alternate translation: “Then Yahweh said to Abram,”
1598	15:7	jwqc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go	אֲנִ֣י יְהוָ֗ה אֲשֶׁ֤ר הוֹצֵאתִ֨י⁠ךָ֙ מֵ⁠א֣וּר	1	Alternate translation: “I am Yahweh who led you here from the city of Ur”
1599	15:7	j8wd			כַּשְׂדִּ֔ים	1	See how you translated “Ur of the Kasdim/Chaldeans” in Gen 11:28, 31, and see the note about that there. Alternate translation: “which is ruled by the Kasdim” or “that the Kasdim rule” or “where the Kasdim live”
1600	15:7	g9jd			לְ⁠רִשְׁתָּֽ⁠הּ	1	Alternate translation: “as your homeland.” or “to be your own”
1601	15:8	vtol		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	וַ⁠יֹּאמַ֑ר	1	Make sure it is clear in your translation that Abram is the one speaking here, not Yahweh. Alternate translation: “Then Abram said to him,” or “But he asked him,”
1602	15:8	yj8m			אֲדֹנָ֣⁠י יֱהוִ֔ה	1	See how you translated this phrase in verse 2. Alternate translation: “My Master Yahweh,” or “Yahweh my Lord”
1603	15:8	i68u			בַּ⁠מָּ֥ה אֵדַ֖ע	1	Alternate translation: “how can I know for sure” or “how will I be sure”
1604	15:8	auft			כִּ֥י אִֽירָשֶֽׁ⁠נָּה	1	Alternate translation: “that I will possess this territory?”
1605	15:9	m3dc			וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר אֵלָ֗י⁠ו	1	Alternate translation: “Yahweh said to him”
1606	15:9	uh33			עֶגְלָ֣ה מְשֻׁלֶּ֔שֶׁת	1	Alternate translation: “a cow that is three years old,”
1607	15:9	zo9s			וְ⁠עֵ֥ז מְשֻׁלֶּ֖שֶׁת	1	Alternate translation: “a female goat that is three years old,”
1608	15:9	x5l7			וְ⁠אַ֣יִל מְשֻׁלָּ֑שׁ	1	For some languages it may be more natural to shorten this list of animals and say, “Bring to me a young cow, a female goat, and a male sheep, each of which is three years old,” Do what is best in your language. Alternate translation: “and a male sheep that is three years old”
1609	15:9	h03l		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	וְ⁠תֹ֖ר וְ⁠גוֹזָֽל	1	Turtledoves and pigeons are common, closely related birds that look similar and are often gray or grayish brown in color. One of the main differences is that turtledoves are smaller than pigeons. Compare how you translated “dove” in Gen 8:8. Alternate translation: “as well as a turtledove and a young pigeon.”
1610	15:10	haes			וַ⁠יִּֽקַּֽח	1	It was nighttime in verse 5 when Abram looked at the stars. Now in verses 10-11 it was probably daytime, which is when birds of prey fly (verse 11). Then in verse 12 it became night again. Consider what is the best way to begin this verse in your translation. Alternate translation: “So the next day Abram took”
1611	15:10	rm6l		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ל֣⁠וֹ אֶת כָּל אֵ֗לֶּה	1	Some languages need to make explicit that Abram killed the animals first, before cutting them in half. Do what is best in your language. Alternate translation: “all those animals to him and killed them.”
1612	15:10	qlm4			בַּ⁠תָּ֔וֶךְ	1	Abram probably cut the animals down the middle lengthwise, which means that each half had one front leg, and one back leg. Alternate translation: “into two parts lengthwise”
1613	15:10	zyln			וַ⁠יִּתֵּ֥ן אִישׁ־בִּתְר֖⁠וֹ לִ⁠קְרַ֣את רֵעֵ֑⁠הוּ	1	Alternate translation: “and placed each half a short distance across from its other half in two rows,” or “and laid the right half of each animal across from its left half in two rows,”
1614	15:10	g80e			וְ⁠אֶת הַ⁠צִפֹּ֖ר לֹ֥א בָתָֽר	1	See how you translated “cut … in two” earlier in verse 10. Alternate translation: “but he did not divide the bodies of the birds in two” or “except for the birds, which he did not cut in two”
1615	15:11	dhk0			וַ⁠יֵּ֥רֶד הָ⁠עַ֖יִט	1	This phrase refers to large birds that eat dead animal meat. Examples of these birds include vultures, buzzards, condors, eagles, and crows. Alternate translation: “Then some birds of prey landed” or “Then some vultures swooped down and landed” or “Then some meat-eating birds”
1616	15:11	p4wl			עַל־הַ⁠פְּגָרִ֑ים	1	Alternate translation: “the dead animal parts to eat them,” or “the dead animals to eat them,”
1617	15:11	xeat			וַ⁠יַּשֵּׁ֥ב אֹתָ֖⁠ם אַבְרָֽם	1	Alternate translation: “but Abram scared them away.” or “but Abram made them go away.”
1618	15:12	e39m			וַ⁠יְהִ֤י	1	This phrase adds suspense and makes the reader wonder what will happen next. Many translations leave it out, but if possible it is best to keep it in your translation. Alternate translation: “Then it happened that”
1619	15:12	d33t			הַ⁠שֶּׁ֨מֶשׁ֙ לָ⁠ב֔וֹא	1	Alternate translation: “when the sun was going down” or “as it was starting to become night”
1620	15:12	l3t7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	וְ⁠תַרְדֵּמָ֖ה נָפְלָ֣ה עַל אַבְרָ֑ם	1	See how you translated a similar idiom in Gen 2:21. Alternate translation: “Abram went into a sound sleep,” or “Abram went soundly asleep,”
1621	15:12	f59z			וְ⁠הִנֵּ֥ה	1	Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “Then suddenly,”
1622	15:12	zuck		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	אֵימָ֛ה חֲשֵׁכָ֥ה גְדֹלָ֖ה נֹפֶ֥לֶת עָלָֽי⁠ו	1	Alternate translation: “a great terrifying darkness came over him.” or “it became very dark, and he was terrified.”
1623	15:13	y3qj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר לְ⁠אַבְרָ֗ם	1	Alternate translation: “Then Yahweh said to Abram”
1624	15:13	dsdw			יָדֹ֨עַ תֵּדַ֜ע כִּי	1	Alternate translation: “You can be sure that”
1625	15:13	pj1f			זַרְעֲ⁠ךָ֗	1	See how you translated this phrase in verse 5.
1626	15:13	wscw			גֵ֣ר יִהְיֶ֣ה	1	The word **strangers** refers to people who live temporarily in a city, country, or region, but they do not settle there permanently. Alternate translation: “will live as sojourners”
1627	15:13	sd2n			לֹ֣א לָ⁠הֶ֔ם	1	Alternate translation: “that is not their home”
1628	15:13	d6oi		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	וַ⁠עֲבָד֖וּ⁠ם	1	Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. Also, make sure that your translation of these pronouns clearly communicates who is being referred to. Alternate translation: “They will serve the people in that land as slaves,” or “They will be slaves for the people who live in that land”
1629	15:13	kntb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	וְ⁠עִנּ֣וּ אֹתָ֑⁠ם	1	Notice that here the pronoun **they** refers to the people who were living in the country where Abram’s descendants will be sojourning and **them** refers to Abram’s descendants. Make sure that is clear in your translation. Alternate translation: “and those people will oppress them” or “and those people will treat them badly”
1630	15:13	hx9m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	אַרְבַּ֥ע מֵא֖וֹת שָׁנָֽה	1	This phrase refers to how long Abram’s descendants would live in a land that is not theirs, not how long they would be oppressed, which was less than half of those 400 years. To make that clear in your translation, you could move this phrase earlier and say: “I want you to know that for 400 years your offspring/descendants will live in a land/country that is not their own, and the people of that country will oppress them.” Alternate translation: “for a period of 400 years.”
1631	15:14	r32f			וְ⁠גַ֧ם	1	Alternate translation: “And you can also be sure that”
1632	15:14	kuy4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	אֶת הַ⁠גּ֛וֹי	1	Alternate translation: “the people of that nation” or “the people”
1633	15:14	tbec			אֲשֶׁ֥ר יַעֲבֹ֖דוּ	1	Alternate translation: “whom they serve as slaves” or “who made them slaves”
1634	15:14	dvzz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	דָּ֣ן אָנֹ֑כִי	1	For some languages it is clearer or more natural to put this clause earlier in this sentence and say, “But I will also judge/punish the people of the nation that they serve”. Do what is natural in your language.
1635	15:14	rxgp			וְ⁠אַחֲרֵי כֵ֥ן	1	Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “Then”
1636	15:14	bwpf			יֵצְא֖וּ	1	Alternate translation: “your offspring will leave that land”
1637	15:14	hshe			בִּ⁠רְכֻ֥שׁ גָּדֽוֹל	1	See how you translated **possessions** in Gen 14:16, 21. Alternate translation: “with many possessions.” or “with much wealth.” or “and take many riches with them.”
1638	15:15	lnj7			וְ⁠אַתָּ֛ה	1	In the Hebrew text, the pronoun **you** is emphatic and has an emphatic position in the sentence (before the verb) to change the topic. Do what is clear and natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Now as for you,”
1639	15:15	yeva		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism	תָּב֥וֹא אֶל אֲבֹתֶ֖י⁠ךָ בְּ⁠שָׁל֑וֹם	1	This clause is a euphemism that refers to Abram’s death. However, it is best to translate the clause as literally as possible, since it implies the important information that people are still alive after they have died on earth. Also, notice that the term **fathers** refers here to ancestors who have died, not those who are still alive on earth. Alternate translation: “you will be at peace when you die and join your forefathers who have gone before you”
1640	15:15	wwh9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	תִּקָּבֵ֖ר בְּ⁠שֵׂיבָ֥ה טוֹבָֽה	1	This clause is a euphemism that refers to Abram’s death. Make sure in your translation that it does not sound like he will be buried alive. For some languages it may be more natural to change the order of this sentence and say, “after you have lived a good/blessed long life, you will die peacefully and join your ancestors who have died before you.” Do what is best in your language. Alternate translation: “In fact, you will not die until you have lived a blessed, long life.” or “In fact, you will live a blessed, long life before you die.”
1641	15:16	pycy			וְ⁠ד֥וֹר רְבִיעִ֖י	1	Alternate translation: “Then after four generations have passed,”
1642	15:16	vmew			יָשׁ֣וּבוּ הֵ֑נָּה	1	Alternate translation: “your descendants will come back to this land and live here,”
1643	15:16	jv0t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	כִּ֧י לֹא שָׁלֵ֛ם עֲוֺ֥ן הָ⁠אֱמֹרִ֖י עַד הֵֽנָּה	1	God planned to give the Amorites’ land to Abram’s descendants because of the Amorites’ sin. Consider whether or not to include that implied information in your translation or in a footnote. Also, see how you translated the names of people groups in Gen 10:13-18. Alternate translation: “because that is when the Amorite people will have sinned as much as I will allow before I take away their land and give it to your descendants.” or “and I will give them the land of the Amor people, whose sin will have reached its limit by then.”
1644	15:17	pz6x			וַ⁠יְהִ֤י	1	See how you translated this phrase in verse 12, and see the note about that there. Alternate translation: “Then it happened that”
1645	15:17	epqp			הַ⁠שֶּׁ֨מֶשׁ֙ בָּ֔אָה	1	The sun had started to go down in verse 12. Here it had completely set. Alternate translation: “after the sun had gone down,” or “after the sun had set,”
1646	15:17	s3qr			וַ⁠עֲלָטָ֖ה הָיָ֑ה	1	This Hebrew word for **darkness** implies that it was darker than normal, so that not even light from the moon and stars was visible. Alternate translation: “it was very dark”
1647	15:17	gctf			וְ⁠הִנֵּ֨ה	1	For some languages it is better to begin a new sentence here. Do what is best in your language. Alternate translation: “and suddenly,”
1648	15:17	b7pu			וְ⁠לַפִּ֣יד אֵ֔שׁ	1	Alternate translation: “and also a burning torch”
1649	15:17	mf10			אֲשֶׁ֣ר עָבַ֔ר	1	Alternate translation: “and they both passed”
1650	15:17	rzj8			בֵּ֖ין הַ⁠גְּזָרִ֥ים הָ⁠אֵֽלֶּה	1	Alternate translation: “between the two rows of animal parts”
1651	15:18	trnn			בַּ⁠יּ֣וֹם הַ⁠ה֗וּא	1	It is still nighttime at this point (See: verse 17), so the word **day** refers generally here to a 24-hour day; it does not refer to daytime. Alternate translation: “On that very day”
1652	15:18	fchr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-Idiom	כָּרַ֧ת יְהוָ֛ה	1	Alternate translation: “Yahweh established”
1653	15:18	zmuv			אֶת אַבְרָ֖ם בְּרִ֣ית	1	See how you translated **covenant** in Gen 9:9, 11-13, 15-17. Alternate translation: “a peace covenant with Abram”
1654	15:18	jufm		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	לֵ⁠אמֹ֑ר	1	Alternate translation: “by saying,”
1655	15:18	nifa		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	לְ⁠זַרְעֲ⁠ךָ֗ נָתַ֨תִּי֙ אֶת הָ⁠אָ֣רֶץ הַ⁠זֹּ֔את	1	In the Hebrew text “to your offspring/descendants” is first in this quote to emphasize Abram’s descendants. Do what is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “I am giving your offspring this land,” or “I hereby give this land to your offspring”
1656	15:18	g5es			מִ⁠נְּהַ֣ר מִצְרַ֔יִם	1	This phrase probably refers to the Wadi El-Arish (not the Nile River), which is on the border between Egypt and Israel. It is best in a translation to leave this general as the Hebrew text does.
1657	15:18	wiap			עַד הַ⁠נָּהָ֥ר הַ⁠גָּדֹ֖ל נְהַר פְּרָֽת	1	Alternate translation: “to the big Euphrates River in the north,”
1658	15:19	dwlz			אֶת	1	Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “including the land which is owned by” or “That is the land which belongs to”
1659	15:19	ba00			אֶת הַ⁠קֵּינִי֙ וְ⁠אֶת הַ⁠קְּנִזִּ֔י וְ⁠אֵ֖ת הַ⁠קַּדְמֹנִֽי	1	In a list of people group names like this (verses 19-21), for some languages it is more natural to leave out **and** and **the** most of the time. Do what is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Kenites, Kenizzites, Kadmonites,”
1660	15:20	t17t			וְ⁠אֶת הַ⁠חִתִּ֥י וְ⁠אֶת הַ⁠פְּרִזִּ֖י וְ⁠אֶת הָ⁠רְפָאִֽים	1	Be consistent here with how you translated **the Hittites** in Gen 10:15, **the Perizzites** in Gen 13:7, and “the Rephaim/Rephaites” in Gen 14:5. Alternate translation: “the Hittites, the Perizzites, the Rephaites,” or “Hittites, Perizzites, Rephaites,”
1661	15:21	tiio			וְ⁠אֶת הָֽ⁠אֱמֹרִי֙ וְ⁠אֶת הַֽ⁠כְּנַעֲנִ֔י וְ⁠אֶת הַ⁠גִּרְגָּשִׁ֖י וְ⁠אֶת הַ⁠יְבוּסִֽי	1	Be consistent here with how you translated **the Amorites** in verse 18 and **Amorites**, **Canaanites**, **Girgashites**, and **Jebusites** in Gen 10:15-18. Alternate translation: “Amorites, Canaanites, Girgashites, and Jebusites.”
1662	16:1	j5rh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background	וְ⁠שָׂרַי֙ אֵ֣שֶׁת אַבְרָ֔ם	1	This verse begins a new topic and gives background information about Sarai. Some languages have a special conjunction for this. Other languages do not use a conjunction here. Do what is best in your language.
1663	16:1	itjv			לֹ֥א יָלְדָ֖ה ל֑⁠וֹ	1	Sarai’s barrenness is first mentioned in Gen 11:30. Alternate translation: “still had not had any children for him,”
1664	16:1	ck1v			וְ⁠לָ֛⁠הּ	1	Alternate translation: “but she did have”
1665	16:1	oni8			שִׁפְחָ֥ה מִצְרִ֖ית	1	See how you translated “female slaves/servants” in Gen 12:16. Alternate translation: “an Egyptian slave woman” or “a female slave from the country of Egypt”
1666	16:1	gj9y			וּ⁠שְׁמָ֥⁠הּ הָגָֽר	1	Alternate translation: “named Hagar.”
1667	16:2	hcuf			וַ⁠תֹּ֨אמֶר שָׂרַ֜י אֶל אַבְרָ֗ם	1	Alternate translation: “Then she told Abram,”
1668	16:2	hjtg			הִנֵּה נָ֞א	1	See how you translated this phrase in Gen 12:11. Alternate translation: “Listen now:” or “Please listen to me”
1669	16:2	l1km			עֲצָרַ֤⁠נִי יְהוָה֙ מִ⁠לֶּ֔דֶת	1	Alternate translation: “Since Yahweh has not permitted me to bear any children,” or “As you know, Yahweh has not permitted me to bear any children, so”
1670	16:2	pxu9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism	בֹּא נָא֙ אֶל	1	Consider whether it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here or to continue the previous sentence. Also, see how you translated the idiom “went to” in Gen 6:4. Alternate translation: “please sleep with” or “please have sexual relations with”
1671	16:2	b34m			שִׁפְחָתִ֔⁠י	1	See how you translated **maidservant** in verse 1. Alternate translation: “my slave woman Hagar.”
1672	16:2	u5c8			אוּלַ֥י	1	Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “Maybe” or “so that perhaps”
1673	16:2	mcq5			אִבָּנֶ֖ה מִמֶּ֑⁠נָּה	1	Alternate translation: “I can build a family through her children.” or “she can have children for me so that I can build a family.”
1674	16:2	klj2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	וַ⁠יִּשְׁמַ֥ע אַבְרָ֖ם לְ⁠ק֥וֹל שָׂרָֽי	1	Alternate translation: “Abram agreed to do what she requested” or “So Abram listened to Sarai.”
1675	16:3	kkb6			וַ⁠תִּקַּ֞ח שָׂרַ֣י אֵֽשֶׁת אַבְרָ֗ם	1	In the Hebrew text, the phrase “Abram’s wife” is repeated (in verses 1 and 3) to emphasize Sarai’s relationship to Abram in contrast to Hagar. For some languages it is overly redundant to repeat that phrase, and so they leave it implied here. However, if possible, it is best to keep this repetition in your translation. Alternate translation: “Then Sarai took”
1676	16:3	hq9o			אֶת הָגָ֤ר הַ⁠מִּצְרִית֙ שִׁפְחָתָ֔⁠הּ	1	The word **Egyptian** is repeated (in verses 1 and 3) to emphasize the fact that Hagar was a foreigner. If possible, it is best to keep this repetition in your translation. Alternate translation: “her Egyptian servant woman Hagar,” or “her servant Hagar,”
1677	16:3	c5qd			מִ⁠קֵּץ֙ עֶ֣שֶׂר שָׁנִ֔ים לְ⁠שֶׁ֥בֶת אַבְרָ֖ם בְּ⁠אֶ֣רֶץ כְּנָ֑עַן	1	Alternate translation: “after Abram and Sarai had lived in the land of Canaan for ten years,”
1678	16:3	usjt		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	וַ⁠תִּתֵּ֥ן אֹתָ֛⁠הּ לְ⁠אַבְרָ֥ם אִישָׁ֖⁠הּ ל֥⁠וֹ לְ⁠אִשָּֽׁה	1	For most languages it is clearer and more natural to change the order of the clauses in this verse and say, “So Abram’s wife Sarai gave her servant Hagar to her husband Abram to be his second wife. This/That happened after Abram and Sarai had lived in the land/region of Canaan for ten years.” Make sure your translation does not sound like verse 3 happened ten years after Abram agreed to sleep with Hagar. Alternate translation: “and she gave her to her husband Abram to be his second wife.”
1679	16:4	z3yz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism	וַ⁠יָּבֹ֥א אֶל הָגָ֖ר	1	Consider whether it is better in your language to refer to Abram by his name or by a pronoun here at the beginning of this paragraph. See how you translated the idiom “go to” in verse 2. Alternate translation: “So Abram slept with Hagar,” or “So he had marital relations with Hagar,”
1680	16:4	zkod		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	וַ⁠תַּ֑הַר	1	Alternate translation: “and as a result,” or “and so”
1681	16:4	onr6			וַ⁠תַּ֑הַר	1	Make sure that the way you translate this phrase will not be embarrassing or offensive to people, especially when it is read aloud. Alternate translation: “and as a result, she became pregnant.” or “and so she became pregnant.”
1682	16:4	j6gh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	וַ⁠תֵּ֨רֶא֙ כִּ֣י הָרָ֔תָה	1	The word **saw** is used here as an idiom that means “realized” or “perceived”. Consider whether or not you have a similar idiom in your language that would work well here. Alternate translation: “But when she saw that she was pregnant,”
1683	16:4	kp9y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	וַ⁠תֵּקַ֥ל גְּבִרְתָּ֖⁠הּ בְּ⁠עֵינֶֽי⁠הָ	1	The phrase **despised in her eyes** is an idiom that refers here to Hagar’s attitude and disrespectful actions toward Sarai. Consider whether or not your language has a similar idiom. Also consider what is the best way to translate this passive clause in your language. Alternate translation: “she despised her owner Sarai.” or “she treated her owner Sarai with contempt” or “she started to look down on her mistress Sarai.”
1684	16:5	cvvc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	וַ⁠תֹּ֨אמֶר שָׂרַ֣י אֶל אַבְרָם֮	1	Alternate translation: “Then Sarai complained to Abram,”
1685	16:5	l7q0			חֲמָסִ֣⁠י עָלֶי⁠ךָ֒	1	Alternate translation: “I am suffering because of you!” or “I am being mistreated because of you!” or “It is your fault that I am being treated wrongly”
1686	16:5	ris2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism	אָנֹכִ֗י נָתַ֤תִּי שִׁפְחָתִ⁠י֙ בְּ⁠חֵיקֶ֔⁠ךָ	1	The idiom “put … into your arms” refers to Abram’s relationship with Hagar. Make sure that your translation of this clause is not offensive. Alternate translation: “I gave my servant to you to be your wife,” or “I allowed my servant to have marital relations with you,”
1687	16:5	ouxe			וַ⁠תֵּ֨רֶא֙ כִּ֣י הָרָ֔תָה	1	Alternate translation: “but now that she knows that she is pregnant,”
1688	16:5	dadx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	וָ⁠אֵקַ֖ל בְּ⁠עֵינֶ֑י⁠הָ	1	Consider what is the best way to translate this passive clause in your language. Also see how you translated a similar clause in verse 4. Alternate translation: “she despises me!” or “she treats me with disdain”
1689	16:5	igre		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	יִשְׁפֹּ֥ט יְהוָ֖ה בֵּינִ֥⁠י וּ⁠בֵינֶֽיׄ⁠ךָ	1	As the head of the household, it was Abram’s responsibility to rebuke Hagar and require her to respect Sarai. You could put that information in a footnote. Alternate translation: “I ask Yahweh to decide between you and me who is responsible for this!” or “I ask Yahweh to decide who is wrong, you or me!” or “May Yahweh judge whether it is you or I who is responsible for this!”
1690	16:6	mgqu		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	וַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר אַבְרָ֜ם אֶל שָׂרַ֗י	1	Alternate translation: “But Abram said to her,”
1691	16:6	gb51			הִנֵּ֤ה	1	Alternate translation: “Look”
1692	16:6	onw4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	שִׁפְחָתֵ⁠ךְ֙ בְּ⁠יָדֵ֔⁠ךְ	1	The phrase **in your hand** is an idiom that refers to having control or authority over someone. Consider whether or not your language has a similar idiom. Also see how you translated **maidservant** in verses 1-3, 5. Alternate translation: “your slave woman is under your authority” or “you have authority over your slave”
1693	16:6	ns17			עֲשִׂי לָ֖⁠הּ	1	Alternate translation: “So you can do to her”
1694	16:6	orxc			הַ⁠טּ֣וֹב בְּ⁠עֵינָ֑יִ⁠ךְ	1	The phrase **in your eyes** is an idiom that refers to Sarai’s opinion. See how you translated a similar idiom (“in her eyes”) in verses 4 and 5. Alternate translation: “whatever you decide is good” or “whatever pleases you.”
1695	16:6	yvhx			וַ⁠תְּעַנֶּ֣⁠הָ שָׂרַ֔י	1	See how you translated “afflict” in Gen 15:13. Alternate translation: “So Sarai oppressed her so” or “So Sarai treated her so badly that”
1696	16:6	a1qw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	וַ⁠תִּבְרַ֖ח מִ⁠פָּנֶֽי⁠הָ	1	Make sure it is clear in your translation that Hagar is the one who fled, not Sarai. Alternate translation: “she ran away from her.” or “she ran away from home to get away from Sarai.”
1697	16:7	ziyg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-key-terms	וַֽ⁠יִּמְצָאָ֞⁠הּ מַלְאַ֧ךְ יְהוָ֛ה	1	Make sure that the way you translate **found** does not sound like the angel had come across Hagar accidentally. Rather, he knew where she was and had gone to her intentionally. Also, this messenger from Yahweh was an angel, not a human being. Alternate translation: “But an messenger sent from Yahweh found Hagar”
1698	16:7	urd3			עַל עֵ֥ין הַ⁠מַּ֖יִם	1	Alternate translation: “beside a spring of water” or “beside a spring”
1699	16:7	b4xd			בַּ⁠מִּדְבָּ֑ר	1	See how you translated **wilderness** in Gen 14:6.
1700	16:7	grd7			עַל הָ⁠עַ֖יִן	1	Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “She was at the spring”
1701	16:7	xce6			בְּ⁠דֶ֥רֶךְ שֽׁוּר	1	Alternate translation: “that was by the road that goes to the city of Shur.” or “that was by the road near the city of Shur.”
1702	16:8	aajb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	וַ⁠יֹּאמַ֗ר	1	The angel asked Hagar a question, so for some languages it is better to use a word like “asked” here. Consider what is the best way to translate this quote margin in your language. Alternate translation: “And the angel said to her,” or “The angel asked her,”
1703	16:8	yltk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	וַ⁠תֹּ֕אמֶר	1	Alternate translation: “She said to him,” or “Hagar answered him,”
1704	16:8	ya1g			מִ⁠פְּנֵי֙ שָׂרַ֣י גְּבִרְתִּ֔⁠י אָנֹכִ֖י בֹּרַֽחַת	1	See how you translated “fled from … face” in verse 6 and how you translated **mistress** in verse 4. Alternate translation: “I am running away from my owner Sarai.”
1705	16:9	symc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases	וַ⁠יֹּ֤אמֶר לָ⁠הּ֙ מַלְאַ֣ךְ יְהוָ֔ה	1	Consider what is the best way to begin this verse in your translation, after what Hagar said in verse 8. Alternate translation: “But he told Hagar,”
1706	16:9	ceyk			שׁ֖וּבִי אֶל גְּבִרְתֵּ֑⁠ךְ	1	See how you translated “mistress/owner” in verses 4 and 8. Alternate translation: “Go back home to your owner Sarai”
1707	16:9	hp9h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	וְ⁠הִתְעַנִּ֖י תַּ֥חַת יָדֶֽי⁠הָ	1	See how you translated a similar idiom (“in your hand”) in verse 6. Alternate translation: “and humbly submit yourself to her authority.”
1708	16:10	wpc6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	וַ⁠יֹּ֤אמֶר לָ⁠הּ֙ מַלְאַ֣ךְ יְהוָ֔ה	1	Some languages do not include the quote margins here and in verse 11, because the angel is still talking to Hagar. However, the repeated quote margins could be there to emphasize what the angel says next and/or to show that he paused or that he is changing the topic. Alternate translation: “Then the angel told her,” or “Then he added”
1709	16:10	un14		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	הַרְבָּ֥ה אַרְבֶּ֖ה אֶת זַרְעֵ֑⁠ךְ	1	The pronoun **I** refers to Yahweh here. So either the angel was representing Yahweh and speaking Yahweh’s words to Hagar or it was Yahweh himself who had taken on the form of an angel. Alternate translation: “I Yahweh will greatly multiply the number of your offspring so that”
1710	16:10	py6e			וְ⁠לֹ֥א יִסָּפֵ֖ר	1	Alternate translation: “there will be too many to count,”
1711	16:10	vljc			מֵ⁠רֹֽב	1	Alternate translation: “because of their large number.”
1712	16:11	e1h4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations	וַ⁠יֹּ֤אמֶר לָ⁠הּ֙ מַלְאַ֣ךְ יְהוָ֔ה	1	Alternate translation: “Finally the angel also said to her,” or “Finally he also told her,” or “Then the angel added”
1713	16:11	c3yg			הִנָּ֥⁠ךְ הָרָ֖ה וְ⁠יֹלַ֣דְתְּ בֵּ֑ן	1	Make sure it is clear in your translation that Hagar already knew that she was pregnant, but did not know she was having a son or what she should name him. Alternate translation: “Look as you know, you are expecting a child You will bear a son, and” or “Look you are pregnant with a son. After he is born,”
1714	16:11	mecd			וְ⁠קָרָ֤את שְׁמ⁠וֹ֙	1	Alternate translation: “give him the name”
1715	16:11	tezq			יִשְׁמָעֵ֔אל	1	Some translation teams make the meaning of Ishmael’s name explicit in their translation. Other teams put the meaning of his name in a footnote. See what you did for similar cases in Gen 3:20, 4:1, 16, 25; 6:29, 10:25, 11:9.
1716	16:11	q8bz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	כִּֽי שָׁמַ֥ע יְהוָ֖ה אֶל	1	If you include the meaning of Ishmael’s name earlier in this verse, make sure it fits with how you translate this clause. Alternate translation: “because Yahweh heard” or “because Yahweh paid attention to”
1717	16:11	aus7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	עָנְיֵֽ⁠ךְ	1	The word that means **listened to** implies here that God also took action to help Hagar. Alternate translation: “your cries of misery and has helped you.”
1718	16:12	rnzx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	וְ⁠ה֤וּא	1	The pronoun **he** is emphatic here, to emphasize Ishmael. Make sure that your translation refers here to Ishmael, not Yahweh. Alternate translation: “As for Ishmael, when he grows up, he”
1719	16:12	p7hn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	יִהְיֶה֙ פֶּ֣רֶא אָדָ֔ם	1	The angel compares Ishmael to a wild donkey. Consider whether or not your language can use a similar metaphor or a simile here. Alternate translation: “will be proud and free like a untamed donkey” or “will be like a untamed donkey that no one can control” or “will not be ruled by anyone else”
1720	16:12	ihvp			יָד֣⁠וֹ בַ⁠כֹּ֔ל וְ⁠יַ֥ד כֹּ֖ל בּ֑⁠וֹ	1	Alternate translation: “He will be enemies with everyone.”
1721	16:12	y6tx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	וְ⁠עַל־פְּנֵ֥י & יִשְׁכֹּֽן	1	The rest of this verse forms a parallelism with the first half, emphasizing what Ishmael (and his descendants) will be like. Try to keep both parts of the parallelism in your translation, since each part has a different focus and the second part adds important information. Also, consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “Yes he will even fight against”
1722	16:12	sdus		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	כָל אֶחָ֖י⁠ו	1	The word **brothers** is used here to refer to relatives in general. Consider what is the best way to translate this synecdoche in your language. Alternate translation: “all of his own relatives.” or “all of his own family members.”
1723	16:13	iirj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	וַ⁠תִּקְרָ֤א שֵׁם יְהוָה֙ הַ⁠דֹּבֵ֣ר אֵלֶ֔י⁠הָ אַתָּ֖ה אֵ֣ל רֳאִ֑י	1	Some translations transliterate (copy or borrow) the name **El Roi** from the Hebrew, some translate its meaning, and some do both. Decide what is best in your language.
1724	16:13	nxa3			כִּ֣י אָֽמְרָ֗ה	1	Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “She named him that, because she had said to herself,”
1725	16:13	an8m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	הֲ⁠גַ֥ם הֲלֹ֛ם רָאִ֖יתִי אַחֲרֵ֥י רֹאִֽ⁠י	1	Hagar’s rhetorical question shows surprise and amazement. Consider what is the best way to communicate that in your translation. Alternate translation: “How can it be that I was able to look at the back of the God who looks after me?” or “I just now saw the back of him who sees me!”
1726	16:14	jkis			עַל כֵּן֙	1	See how you translated this phrase in Gen 11:9.
1727	16:14	x357			קָרָ֣א לַ⁠בְּאֵ֔ר	1	Frequently in the Hebrew text, this phrase has a general meaning and does not refer to someone specific. Also, this well is the same as the spring in verse 7. For some languages, it may be necessary to translate these words the same way so that it is clear that they refer to the same place. Do what is best in your language. Alternate translation: “the well is named” or “people call that well” or “the name of the well is”
1728	16:14	vkz7			הִנֵּ֥ה	1	Alternate translation: “That well is still there”
1729	16:14	v5d5			בֵין קָדֵ֖שׁ וּ⁠בֵ֥ין בָּֽרֶד	1	Be consistent here with how you spelled **Kadesh** in Gen 14:7.
1730	16:15	sm1e			וַ⁠תֵּ֧לֶד הָגָ֛ר לְ⁠אַבְרָ֖ם בֵּ֑ן	1	Alternate translation: “After that, she returned home and gave birth to a son for Abram,”
1731	16:15	sf8b			וַ⁠יִּקְרָ֨א אַבְרָ֧ם שֶׁם בְּנ֛⁠וֹ אֲשֶׁר יָלְדָ֥ה הָגָ֖ר יִשְׁמָעֵֽאל	1	Alternate translation: “and he called his son whom she had Ishmael.” or “and he named their son Ishmael.”
1732	16:16	a7rj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases	וְ⁠אַבְרָ֕ם	1	For some languages it is more natural to omit the conjunction here. Do what is best in your language.
1733	16:16	hec8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idioms	בֶּן	1	See how you translated a similar phrase in Gen 5:32.
1734	16:16	xkvq			בְּ⁠לֶֽדֶת הָגָ֥ר אֶת יִשְׁמָעֵ֖אל לְ⁠אַבְרָֽם	1	See how you translated “bore … for Abram” in verse 15. Also, be consistent here with how you spelled **Hagar** in chapter 16 (verses 1, 4, 6-11, 13), and how you spelled **Ishmael** in verses 11, 12 and 15. Alternate translation: “when Hagar gave birth to Ishmael for him.”
1735	17:1	a4g7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	וַ⁠יְהִ֣י אַבְרָ֔ם בֶּן־תִּשְׁעִ֥ים שָׁנָ֖ה וְ⁠תֵ֣שַׁע שָׁנִ֑ים	1	Thirteen years have passed between the last verse of chapter 16 and the first verse of chapter 17. Consider what is the best way in your language to begin this new section. See how you translated “was a son of … years” in Gen 5:32. Alternate translation: “Years later, when Abram was 99 years old,”
1736	17:1	b3u2			וַ⁠יֵּרָ֨א יְהוָ֜ה אֶל אַבְרָ֗ם	1	See how you translated this clause in Gen 12:7. Alternate translation: “Yahweh appeared to him” or “Yahweh visited him”
1737	17:1	ph7e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	אֲנִי אֵ֣ל שַׁדַּ֔י	1	Most translation teams translate the meaning of God’s title here (**God Almighty**). A few teams transliterate the title as “El Shaddai” (as if it were a personal name) and put the meaning of the title in a footnote. Abram already knew that God’s personal name is Yahweh (Gen 12:8; 15:7-8), so he would have understood that God was using a title here (not a personal name). The title **God Almighty** emphasizes God’s authority and power. You could include a transliteration of this title in a footnote. Alternate translation: “I am Almighty God.” or “I am the all-powerful God.”
1738	17:1	z65o		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idioms	הִתְהַלֵּ֥ךְ לְ⁠פָנַ֖⁠י	1	This phrase is an idiom that means to habitually live according to God’s will. Alternate translation: “Walk in my presence” or “Live according to my will”
1739	17:1	mxfa			וֶ⁠הְיֵ֥ה	1	Alternate translation: “yes, you must be”
1740	17:1	bv2d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	תָמִֽים	1	See how you translated this idiom in Gen 6:9. It may be necessary to translate this term in different ways, depending on the context. Alternate translation: “without fault.” or “upright.”
1741	17:2	dsx1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-key-terms	וְ⁠אֶתְּנָ֥ה בְרִיתִ֖⁠י	1	Some translations begin this sentence without a conjunction. Do what is best in your language. See how you translated “cut/make/establish … covenant” in Gen 15:18, where the verb is different from here but has a similar meaning (“establish/seal” or “put into effect”). Alternate translation: “I will institute my covenant”
1742	17:2	unnk			וְ⁠אַרְבֶּ֥ה אוֹתְ⁠ךָ֖ בִּ⁠מְאֹ֥ד מְאֹֽד	1	Alternate translation: “and I will cause you to have very many descendants.” or “and I will increase the number of your descendants so that they are exceedingly numerous.”
1743	17:3	iqyn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	וַ⁠יִּפֹּ֥ל אַבְרָ֖ם עַל־פָּנָ֑י⁠ו	1	Make sure that the translation of this clause does not sound like Abram fell down accidentally. Rather, he intentionally threw himself to the ground out of deep respect for God. Alternate translation: “Then Abram prostrated himself before God to show him respect,”
1744	17:3	ia2w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	וַ⁠יְדַבֵּ֥ר אִתּ֛⁠וֹ אֱלֹהִ֖ים לֵ⁠אמֹֽר	1	Some translations omit **saying** here because it is not natural in those languages. Do what is best in your language. Alternate translation: “and God spoke to him and said,” or “and God continued speaking with Abram,” or “and God added,”
1745	17:4	opjt			אֲנִ֕י הִנֵּ֥ה בְרִיתִ֖⁠י אִתָּ֑⁠ךְ וְ⁠הָיִ֕יתָ	1	In the Hebrew text, the pronoun **me** is emphatic both in form and in sentence position to emphasize that Yahweh is the one doing this. Alternate translation: “Look, this is my responsibility in my covenant with you: I will cause you to be” or “Look, this is what I will do to fulfill my covenant with you: I will make you”
1746	17:4	jhlo			לְ⁠אַ֖ב	1	See how you translated this phrase in Gen 4:20, 21; 10:21.
1747	17:4	to54			הֲמ֥וֹן	1	Alternate translation: “a large number of”
1748	17:4	bvqg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-key-terms	גּוֹיִֽם	1	See how you translated this term in Gen 10:5, 20, 31, 32. Alternate translation: “ethnic groups.”
1749	17:5	t3tn			וְ⁠לֹא־יִקָּרֵ֥א ע֛וֹד אֶת־שִׁמְ⁠ךָ֖ אַבְרָ֑ם	1	Alternate translation: “So your name will not be Abram anymore,” or “Your name will no longer be Abram,”
1750	17:5	y88x			וְ⁠הָיָ֤ה שִׁמְ⁠ךָ֙ אַבְרָהָ֔ם	1	Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “Instead, from now on it will be Abraham,” or “Rather, I am changing it now to Abraham,”
1751	17:5	ju00			כִּ֛י & נְתַתִּֽי⁠ךָ	1	The form of the Hebrew verb in this clause is completed aspect (**have made**) and shows certainty that God will do this. Consider what is the best way to communicate that in your language. Alternate translation: “because I will make you”
1752	17:5	gvn8			אַב הֲמ֥וֹן גּוֹיִ֖ם	1	See how you translated this phrase in verse 4. Alternate translation: “the ancestor of many ethnic groups.”
1753	17:6	d68r		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases	וְ⁠הִפְרֵתִ֤י אֹֽתְ⁠ךָ֙ בִּ⁠מְאֹ֣ד מְאֹ֔ד	1	This verse repeats and elaborates on the last part of verse 5; it does not refer to different events. Consider what is the best way to begin this sentence in your language. Alternate translation: “Yes, I will make you exceedingly fruitful,” or “I will give you very many offspring”
1754	17:6	p8wc			וּ⁠נְתַתִּ֖י⁠ךָ לְ⁠גוֹיִ֑ם	1	Alternate translation: “so that you will be the father of many ethnic groups,” or “and I will cause your descendants to become many ethnic groups,”
1755	17:6	vqo1			וּ⁠מְלָכִ֖ים מִמְּ⁠ךָ֥ יֵצֵֽאוּ	1	Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. See how you translated “king” in Gen 14:1-5. Alternate translation: “In fact, there will be kings who descend from you.” or “In fact, some of your descendants will become kings.”
1756	17:7	q56j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular	וַ⁠הֲקִמֹתִ֨י אֶת בְּרִיתִ֜⁠י בֵּינִ֣⁠י וּ⁠בֵינֶ֗⁠ךָ	1	See how you translated a similar clause in verse 2. The pronouns **you** and **your** are singular in this clause and also later in this verse. Alternate translation: “I will make my covenant with you”
1757	17:7	dj4k			וּ⁠בֵ֨ין זַרְעֲ⁠ךָ֧ אַחֲרֶ֛י⁠ךָ	1	Alternate translation: “and all your offspring who live after you” or “as well as all your offspring”
1758	17:7	s1qx			לְ⁠דֹרֹתָ֖⁠ם	1	Alternate translation: “for all future generations”
1759	17:7	cyi2			לִ⁠בְרִ֣ית עוֹלָ֑ם	1	For some languages it is better to break up this long sentence and begin a new sentence here. Do what is best in your language. Alternate translation: “It will be a covenant that never ends,” or “It will be a covenant that lasts forever,”
1760	17:7	ds2h			לִ⁠הְי֤וֹת לְ⁠ךָ֙ לֵֽ⁠אלֹהִ֔ים וּֽ⁠לְ⁠זַרְעֲ⁠ךָ֖ אַחֲרֶֽי⁠ךָ	1	Alternate translation: “that I will be the God who takes care of you and all your descendants.” or “that I will be the God whom you and all your descendants worship”
1761	17:8	nyz3			וְ⁠נָתַתִּ֣י לְ֠⁠ךָ וּ⁠לְ⁠זַרְעֲ⁠ךָ֨ אַחֲרֶ֜י⁠ךָ	1	Alternate translation: “I will also give to you and your offspring”
1762	17:8	z44f			אֵ֣ת אֶ֣רֶץ מְגֻרֶ֗י⁠ךָ	1	Alternate translation: “the land where you have been living as a outsider,”
1763	17:8	ooc1			אֵ֚ת כָּל אֶ֣רֶץ כְּנַ֔עַן	1	Alternate translation: “yes, the entire land of Canaan,”
1764	17:8	bvrb			לַ⁠אֲחֻזַּ֖ת עוֹלָ֑ם	1	Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “It will be their land forever,”
1765	17:8	udkv			וְ⁠הָיִ֥יתִי לָ⁠הֶ֖ם לֵ⁠אלֹהִֽים	1	See how you translated the phrase “be God to you” in verse 7. Alternate translation: “and I will be the God who takes care of them.” or “I will be the God whom they worship”
1766	17:9	qzbp			וַ⁠יֹּ֤אמֶר אֱלֹהִים֙ אֶל אַבְרָהָ֔ם	1	Some languages leave out this quote margin, because God is still speaking to the same person. See what you did for similar cases in Gen 16:10-11.
1767	17:9	ognl			וְ⁠אַתָּ֖ה	1	In the Hebrew text, the pronoun **you** is emphatic both in form and in sentence position to shift the focus from talking about God’s part in the covenant (verses 4-8) to talking about Abraham’s part. Translate this phrase in a way that shows this change in focus. Alternate translation: “As for you,” or “Now as for your part in my covenant” or “Your responsibility in my agreement is that”
1768	17:9	zstx			אֶת בְּרִיתִ֣⁠י תִשְׁמֹ֑ר	1	Alternate translation: “you must keep the requirements of my agreement,”
1769	17:9	r3ok			אַתָּ֛ה וְ⁠זַרְעֲ⁠ךָ֥	1	For some languages it is better to begin a new sentence here. Do what is best in your language. Alternate translation: “both you and” or “That includes you and”
1770	17:9	uz7r			וְ⁠זַרְעֲ⁠ךָ֥ אַֽחֲרֶ֖י⁠ךָ	1	Alternate translation: “all your descendants who live after you” or “all your offspring”
1771	17:9	uumy			לְ⁠דֹרֹתָֽ⁠ם	1	See how you translated this phrase in verse 7, and a similar phrase in verse 8. Alternate translation: “including all generations to come.” or “for all future generations.”
1772	17:10	grqg			זֹ֣את בְּרִיתִ֞⁠י	1	Alternate translation: “This is what I require in my covenant” or “This is one of the requirements of my agreement”
1773	17:10	mdxu		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular	אֲשֶׁ֣ר תִּשְׁמְר֗וּ	1	Notice that the pronoun **you** is plural here.
1774	17:10	esro		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular	בֵּינִ⁠י֙ וּ⁠בֵ֣ינֵי⁠כֶ֔ם וּ⁠בֵ֥ין	1	The pronoun **you** is plural here and probably refers to Abraham and his family or household. Alternate translation: “the covenant that is between me and you all, including” or “the covenant I have made with all of you, including”
1775	17:10	bxe0		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	זַרְעֲ⁠ךָ֖ אַחֲרֶ֑י⁠ךָ	1	Notice that the pronouns **your** and **you** are singular here and refer to Abraham. Also, it may be clearer or more natural to change the order of some of the clauses in this sentence and say, “This is what I require in my covenant/agreement with you and your descendants who will live after you, which you all must keep/obey:” Do what is best in your language. Alternate translation: “your descendants who will live after you:” or “all your descendants:”
1776	17:10	pe10		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-key-terms	הִמּ֥וֹל לָ⁠כֶ֖ם כָּל זָכָֽר	1	Circumcision involves cutting the foreskin off the penis of a boy or man. Translate this clause in a way that does not offend or embarrass people. Some languages may need to be more discreet and say something general like “must cut off the male skin” or “must follow the male skin-cutting custom.” It may be necessary to include a footnote and/or an explanation in the glossary about this so that people understand what circumcision is, especially in areas where people cut their skin on other parts of the body for other reasons. Alternate translation: “You must circumcise all males who live with you.” or “You must cut off the male foreskin of every boy and man who lives among you.”
1777	17:11	mhww		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular	וּ⁠נְמַלְתֶּ֕ם אֵ֖ת בְּשַׂ֣ר עָרְלַתְ⁠כֶ֑ם	1	Notice that in the Hebrew text, the pronouns **you** and **your** are plural in this verse. Also, be consistent here with how you translated “circumcise” in verse 10. Alternate translation: “Yes, all the males among you must have your foreskins cut off,” or “Indeed you must circumcise the foreskin of all the males among you”
1778	17:11	c80d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular	וְ⁠הָיָה֙ לְ⁠א֣וֹת בְּרִ֔ית בֵּינִ֖⁠י וּ⁠בֵינֵי⁠כֶֽם	1	The pronoun **you** is plural here. Alternate translation: “and that practice will serve as the sign that reminds you of my agreement I made with all of you.” or “and that practice will show you all that I made my covenant with you.”
1779	17:12	pl8e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	וּ⁠בֶן שְׁמֹנַ֣ת יָמִ֗ים יִמּ֥וֹל	1	Consider what is the best way to translate this passive clause in your language. Alternate translation: “Every eight-day-old baby boy must be circumcised by you,” or “So you must circumcise every eight-day-old baby boy,”
1780	17:12	c7zl			כָּל זָכָ֖ר	1	The Hebrew text is ambiguous here. It could mean: (1) “and every other male” or “as well as all other males” or (2) “yes, every male child”. The following context suggests that this phrase includes males of all ages, not just babies, since male slaves who were bought would especially include adult males.
1781	17:12	n2rq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	לְ⁠דֹרֹתֵי⁠כֶ֑ם	1	It may be more natural to put this phrase at the beginning of this verse and say, “For all future generations you must circumcise every baby boy who is eight days old, as well as all other males among your people …” Do what is best in your language. Alternate translation: “for all future generations,”
1782	17:12	qqux			יְלִ֣יד בָּ֔יִת	1	This phrase refers to Abraham’s future sons, including Isaac (Gen 21:4) and his concubines’ sons (25:6), and may also refer to the sons of Abraham’s servants. Also, for some languages it may be better to begin a new sentence here. Do what is best in your language. Alternate translation: “including males who are born in your family” or “That includes those from your own family”
1783	17:12	lsxb			וּ⁠מִקְנַת כֶּ֨סֶף֙ מִ⁠כֹּ֣ל בֶּן נֵכָ֔ר אֲשֶׁ֛ר לֹ֥א מִֽ⁠זַּרְעֲ⁠ךָ֖	1	Alternate translation: “and those whom you buy from foreigners as slaves who are not your descendants.” or “as well as those who are not your offspring but are slaves whom you have bought from foreigners.”
1784	17:13	bi24			הִמּ֧וֹל יִמּ֛וֹל	1	This verse repeats and emphasizes what was just said in verse 12. Consider what is the best way to communicate this emphasis in your language. Alternate translation: “Yes, you must surely circumcise all of them,”
1785	17:13	zibc			יְלִ֥יד בֵּֽיתְ⁠ךָ֖ וּ⁠מִקְנַ֣ת כַּסְפֶּ֑⁠ךָ	1	See how you translated these phrases in verse 12. It may be best to translate them in a slightly different way here because of the repetition. Do what is best in your language. Alternate translation: “including those who are born in your household as well as those whom you buy as a slave” or “regardless of whether they are males from your own household or slaves whom you have bought.”
1786	17:13	ojc7			וְ⁠הָיְתָ֧ה בְרִיתִ֛⁠י	1	Alternate translation: “That is how the sign of my agreement must be marked” or “That is how you must mark my covenant”
1787	17:13	yepf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	בִּ⁠בְשַׂרְ⁠כֶ֖ם	1	The word **flesh** refers here to the body in general. Translate this in a way that is clear and natural in your language.
1788	17:13	we4s			לִ⁠בְרִ֥ית עוֹלָֽם	1	See how you translated **an eternal covenant** in verse 7. Alternate translation: “to show that it is an permanent covenant” or “to show that it is a covenant that never ends.”
1789	17:14	sp1v			וְ⁠עָרֵ֣ל זָכָ֗ר אֲשֶׁ֤ר לֹֽא יִמּוֹל֙ אֶת בְּשַׂ֣ר עָרְלָת֔⁠וֹ	1	In this context, **male** refers to men who refuse to be circumcised, not baby boys. Alternate translation: “But as for every man who is not circumcised,” or “In fact, if a man refuses to let you circumcise him,” or “If a man refuses to be circumcised,”
1790	17:14	z5fa		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	וְ⁠נִכְרְתָ֛ה הַ⁠נֶּ֥פֶשׁ הַ⁠הִ֖וא מֵ⁠עַמֶּ֑י⁠הָ	1	The phrase **cut off from his people** is an idiom which means that the person is an outcast of society and can no longer associate closely with other people in that society. Consider whether or not your language has a similar idiom that would work well here. Alternate translation: “that person must be sent away and not be allowed to fellowship with his people” or “you must send him away and not allow him to fellowship with his people”
1791	17:14	x4d6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	הֵפַֽר	1	This phrase has the opposite meaning of “keep” or “obey” in verse 9. Consider whether or not your language has an idiom like **broken** that means to not do what has been agreed upon or to disobey what was commanded. Alternate translation: “because he has not kept”
1792	17:14	r1ku			אֶת בְּרִיתִ֖⁠י	1	Alternate translation: “the rules of my covenant” or “what I require in my covenant”
1793	17:15	b4k2			וַ⁠יֹּ֤אמֶר אֱלֹהִים֙ אֶל אַבְרָהָ֔ם	1	Alternate translation: “Later God also said to Abraham,”
1794	17:15	d7gc			שָׂרַ֣י אִשְׁתְּ⁠ךָ֔	1	This phrase is first in this quote to change the focus to Sarai and emphasize her. Consider what is the best way to do this in your language.
1795	17:15	zovk			לֹא תִקְרָ֥א אֶת שְׁמָ֖⁠הּ שָׂרָ֑י	1	Alternate translation: “her name will no longer be Sarai,”
1796	17:15	fvai			כִּ֥י שָׂרָ֖ה שְׁמָֽ⁠הּ	1	Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “because from now on her name will be Sarah.” or “Rather her name is now Sarah.” or “Rather, from now on it will be Sarah.”
1797	17:16	m30z			וְ⁠גַ֨ם נָתַ֧תִּי מִמֶּ֛⁠נָּה לְ⁠ךָ֖ בֵּ֑ן	1	Alternate translation: “and I will definitely enable her to have a son for you.” or “and I will definitely give you a son by her.”
1798	17:16	fk5z			וּ⁠בֵֽרַכְתִּ֨י⁠הָ֙	1	Alternate translation: “In fact, I will prosper her” or “Yes, I will bless her”
1799	17:16	sif8			וְ⁠הָֽיְתָ֣ה לְ⁠גוֹיִ֔ם	1	See how you translated **nations** in verses 4-6. Alternate translation: “so that she will become the mother of many ethnic groups,” or “so much that she will have many descendants that will form new ethnic groups,”
1800	17:16	gvvj			מַלְכֵ֥י עַמִּ֖ים מִמֶּ֥⁠נָּה יִהְיֽוּ	1	See how you translated a similar clause in verse 6. Alternate translation: “and kings over peoples will descend from her.” or “and some of her descendants will even be kings who rule over many ethnic groups.”
1801	17:17	xnh2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	וַ⁠יִּפֹּ֧ל אַבְרָהָ֛ם עַל־פָּנָ֖י⁠ו	1	See how you translated a similar clause in verse 3. Alternate translation: “When Abraham heard that, he bowed with his face to the ground before God to show respect,” or “Then Abraham prostrated himself before God to show him respect,”
1802	17:17	wr09		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	וַ⁠יִּצְחָ֑ק וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר בְּ⁠לִבּ֗⁠וֹ	1	The phrase **said in his heart** is an idiom that refers to something Abraham thought, but did not say out loud. Consider whether or not your language has a similar idiom that fits well here. Alternate translation: “but he laughed to himself and thought,”
1803	17:17	d074		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	הַ⁠לְּ⁠בֶ֤ן מֵאָֽה שָׁנָה֙ יִוָּלֵ֔ד	1	Abraham uses the rhetorical questions in verse 17 to express strong disbelief. If that is not clear in your language, you could translate the rhetorical questions as statements, with or without a tag question. Alternate translation: “How can a hundred-year-old man like myself father a son” or “Certainly it is not possible for a hundred-year-old man like me to father a son” or “Certainly a hundred-year-old man like myself cannot father a child, can he?”
1804	17:17	ld4f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	וְ⁠אִ֨ם שָׂרָ֔ה הֲ⁠בַת תִּשְׁעִ֥ים שָׁנָ֖ה תֵּלֵֽד	1	Alternate translation: “And how can Sarah who is 90 years old still have a baby” or “And certainly it is not possible for a 90-year-old woman like Sarah to still bear a baby” or “And certainly a 90-year-old woman like Sarah cannot still give birth to a baby can she?”
1805	17:18	zy6u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	וַ⁠יֹּ֥אמֶר אַבְרָהָ֖ם אֶל הָֽ⁠אֱלֹהִ֑ים	1	Alternate translation: “So he said to God,”
1806	17:18	ro82			ל֥וּ יִשְׁמָעֵ֖אל	1	Consider what is the best way to express this strong wish or hope in your language. Alternate translation: “Oh, that Ishmael could”
1807	17:18	gi97		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	יִחְיֶ֥ה לְ⁠פָנֶֽי⁠ךָ	1	This idiom means to live under God’s care and be blessed by him. Alternate translation: “live in your presence!”
1808	17:19	ocod		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר אֱלֹהִ֗ים	1	Alternate translation: “God said to him,”
1809	17:19	e0ka			אֲבָל֙	1	Consider whether it is best in your language to begin God’s response to Abraham here with a **No** or a “Yes”. Although God agrees that he will bless Ishmael (verse 20), he disagrees with Abraham’s request to allow Ishmael to be the one God establishes his covenant with. Alternate translation: “No, rather” or “Yes, however”
1810	17:19	vvis			שָׂרָ֣ה אִשְׁתְּ⁠ךָ֗	1	Here God emphasizes what he said in verse 16 about Sarah. Alternate translation: “as I said, your wife Sarah is the one who”
1811	17:19	ki58			יֹלֶ֤דֶת לְ⁠ךָ֙ בֵּ֔ן	1	Alternate translation: “will bear you a son,”
1812	17:19	yo8z			וְ⁠קָרָ֥אתָ אֶת שְׁמ֖⁠וֹ יִצְחָ֑ק	1	Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. See how you translated “call … name …” in verse 15. Alternate translation: “and you must name him Isaac.” or “You must give him the name Isaac.”
1813	17:19	jxgr			וַ⁠הֲקִמֹתִ֨י אֶת בְּרִיתִ֥⁠י אִתּ֛⁠וֹ	1	See how you translated a similar clause in verse 7. Alternate translation: “I will make my covenant with him” or “He is the one I will establish my covenant with,”
1814	17:19	t5se			לִ⁠בְרִ֥ית עוֹלָ֖ם	1	Alternate translation: “as a permanent covenant”
1815	17:19	p6c9			לְ⁠זַרְע֥⁠וֹ אַחֲרָֽי⁠ו	1	Alternate translation: “that will also be for all his offspring who live after him.” or “that I will also keep with all his offspring who live after him.”
1816	17:20	x4ze			וּֽ⁠לְ⁠יִשְׁמָעֵ֘אל שְׁמַעְתִּי⁠ךָ֒	1	Alternate translation: “As for Ishmael, I have heard your request for him.”
1817	17:20	hdzr			הִנֵּ֣ה	1	Alternate translation: “So behold” or “So here is what I will do:”
1818	17:20	kdq9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	בֵּרַ֣כְתִּי אֹת֗⁠וֹ	1	See how you translated **bless** in verse 16. Alternate translation: “I will also prosper him,”
1819	17:20	l4uk			וְ⁠הִרְבֵּיתִ֥י אֹת֖⁠וֹ בִּ⁠מְאֹ֣ד מְאֹ֑ד	1	Alternate translation: “so that he has a great many descendants.”
1820	17:20	kjss			יוֹלִ֔יד	1	Alternate translation: “In fact, he will have”
1821	17:20	ya9m			שְׁנֵים עָשָׂ֤ר נְשִׂיאִם֙	1	Many translations have “princes” here, but these Ishmaelite rulers were not actually sons of a king, so it is better to use a more general term in your translation. Alternate translation: “twelve sons who become chiefs,” or “twelve sons who will be great leaders,”
1822	17:20	tlf0			וּ⁠נְתַתִּ֖י⁠ו לְ⁠ג֥וֹי גָּדֽוֹל	1	Alternate translation: “and I will make him the father of a great ethnic group.” or “and I will make him and his descendants become a great ethnic group.”
1823	17:21	ni6a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-key-terms	וְ⁠אֶת בְּרִיתִ֖⁠י אָקִ֣ים	1	In the Hebrew text, the phrase **my covenant** is put before the verb in order to change the topic to God’s covenant. Consider what is the best way to do that in your language. Also consider again how you translated **covenant** in verses 2, 4, 7, 9-11, 13-14, 19, 21. Alternate translation: “But I will make my covenant”
1824	17:21	nbs6			אֲשֶׁר֩ תֵּלֵ֨ד לְ⁠ךָ֤ שָׂרָה֙	1	Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. Also, see how you translated “is bearing … for you” in verse 19. Alternate translation: “whom Sarah will give birth to for you”
1825	17:21	e5iw			לַ⁠מּוֹעֵ֣ד הַ⁠זֶּ֔ה בַּ⁠שָּׁנָ֖ה הָ⁠אַחֶֽרֶת	1	The Hebrew text is ambiguous here. It could mean: (1) “by/at this time/season next year.” or (2) “at the appointed/set time next year.”
1826	17:22	e61u			וַ⁠יְכַ֖ל לְ⁠דַבֵּ֣ר אִתּ֑⁠וֹ	1	See how you translated “spoke with him” in verse 3. Alternate translation: “When God had finished speaking with Abraham,”
1827	17:22	fuch		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	וַ⁠יַּ֣עַל אֱלֹהִ֔ים מֵ⁠עַ֖ל אַבְרָהָֽם	1	Consider whether to use a noun or a pronoun to refer to God and Abraham at each point in this verse. Do what is clear and natural in your language. Alternate translation: “he went up from Abraham to heaven.” or “he left him and ascended to heaven.” or “he left him.”
1828	17:23	sklq			וַ⁠יִּקַּ֨ח אַבְרָהָ֜ם	1	Alternate translation: “Then Abraham brought together”
1829	17:23	crat			וְ⁠אֵת֙ כָּל מִקְנַ֣ת כַּסְפּ֔⁠וֹ	1	Alternate translation: “as well as all the male slaves whom he had bought,”
1830	17:23	waa8			כָּל זָכָ֕ר בְּ⁠אַנְשֵׁ֖י בֵּ֣ית אַבְרָהָ֑ם	1	This phrase refers to everyone mentioned in the first half of this verse, including all males of all ages, not just men.
1831	17:23	m2zy			וַ⁠יָּ֜מָל אֶת בְּשַׂ֣ר עָרְלָתָ֗⁠ם בְּ⁠עֶ֨צֶם֙ הַ⁠יּ֣וֹם הַ⁠זֶּ֔ה	1	Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “and on that same day he cut off their foreskins,”
1832	17:23	dx5x		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	כַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֛ר דִּבֶּ֥ר אִתּ֖⁠וֹ אֱלֹהִֽים	1	For some languages it may be clearer or more natural to change the order of the clauses in this verse and say, “Then that very/same day, Abraham did just/exactly as God had told/commanded him to do: He took/gathered …” Do what is best in your language. Alternate translation: “just as God had commanded him to do.”
1833	17:24	q91v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background	וְ⁠אַ֨בְרָהָ֔ם	1	The information in verses 24 and 25 is background information. Many languages have a specific conjunction or transitional phrase that is used to introduce this kind of information. Do what is best in your language. Alternate translation: “Now Abraham”
1834	17:24	cjb4			בֶּן תִּשְׁעִ֥ים וָ⁠תֵ֖שַׁע שָׁנָ֑ה	1	See how you translated “a son of … years” in verse 1. Alternate translation: “was ninety-nine years old”
1835	17:24	belb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	בְּ⁠הִמֹּל֖⁠וֹ בְּשַׂ֥ר עָרְלָתֽ⁠וֹ	1	We do not know who circumcised Abraham. Some Jewish scholars think it was Shem and some others think Abraham did it himself. However, the Hebrew text does not say who did it, so in your translation it is best to also not specify who did it. Consider what is the best way to translate this passive clause in your language. Alternate translation: “when his foreskin was cut off,”
1836	17:25	vbof			וְ⁠יִשְׁמָעֵ֣אל בְּנ֔⁠וֹ	1	Consider whether or not it is better to begin a new sentence here in your language. Alternate translation: “His son Ishmael”
1837	17:25	tj3a			בֶּן שְׁלֹ֥שׁ עֶשְׂרֵ֖ה שָׁנָ֑ה	1	Alternate translation: “was 13 years old”
1838	17:25	m286		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	בְּ⁠הִ֨מֹּל֔⁠וֹ אֵ֖ת בְּשַׂ֥ר עָרְלָתֽ⁠וֹ	1	See how you translated this clause in verse 24. Alternate translation: “when his foreskin was cut off.” or “when he was circumcised.” or “when he circumcised him.”
1839	17:26	d2d2			בְּ⁠עֶ֨צֶם֙ הַ⁠יּ֣וֹם הַ⁠זֶּ֔ה	1	Verses 26 and 27 repeat what happened in verse 23 to emphasize what happened. Make sure in your translation that it does not sound like Abraham and Ishmael were circumcised twice. See how you translated “on that very/same day” in verse 23. Alternate translation: “So it was, on that very day”
1840	17:26	ipkz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	נִמּ֖וֹל אַבְרָהָ֑ם וְ⁠יִשְׁמָעֵ֖אל בְּנֽ⁠וֹ	1	Abraham is the one who circumcised his son Ishmael (verse 23). See how you translated “he was circumcised” in verse 24. Alternate translation: “Abraham was circumcised, and he circumcised his son Ishmael.”
1841	17:27	xu47			יְלִ֣יד בָּ֔יִת	1	See how you translated this phrase in verses 12 and 23.
1842	17:27	mrt0			וּ⁠מִקְנַת־כֶּ֖סֶף	1	See how you translated a similar clause in verses 12 and 23. Alternate translation: “as well as those whom he had bought as slaves”
1843	17:27	b2ph			מֵ⁠אֵ֣ת בֶּן נֵכָ֑ר	1	See how you translated this phrase in verse 12.
1844	17:27	tt49		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	נִמֹּ֖לוּ אִתּֽ⁠וֹ	1	For some languages it may be better to move this phrase earlier in this verse and say, “And all the other males in his/Abraham’s household were also circumcised, including those who had been born …” Do what is best in your language. Also, consider again how you translated **circumcised** in verses 10-14, 23-27.
1845	18:1	xaic			וַ⁠יֵּרָ֤א אֵלָי⁠ו֙ יְהוָ֔ה	1	See how you translated **appeared** in Gen 12:7 and 17:1. Also, consider whether it is better to refer to Abraham here with a pronoun or with his name in your language. Alternate translation: “Then one day Yahweh came again to him” or “One day Yahweh visited Abraham again”
1846	18:1	yyba			בְּ⁠אֵלֹנֵ֖י מַמְרֵ֑א	1	See how you translated this phrase in Gen 13:18, 14:13, and a similar phrase in Gen 12:6.
1847	18:1	qyjw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns	וְ⁠ה֛וּא יֹשֵׁ֥ב	1	Alternate translation: “as Abraham was sitting”
1848	18:1	grq0			פֶּֽתַח הָ⁠אֹ֖הֶל	1	The entrance to the tent was an opening that could be closed by a large piece of cloth or animal skin. It did not have a solid wood door like a house has. See how you translated **tent** in Gen 4:20. Alternate translation: “at the doorway of his tent” or “by the front of his tent”
1849	18:1	x2ic			כְּ⁠חֹ֥ם הַ⁠יּֽוֹם	1	Alternate translation: “during the hot time of the day.”
1850	18:2	febu		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	וַ⁠יִּשָּׂ֤א עֵינָי⁠ו֙ וַ⁠יַּ֔רְא	1	See how you translate this phrase in Gen 22:13. Alternate translation: “He looked up”
1851	18:2	lfa5			וְ⁠הִנֵּה֙ שְׁלֹשָׁ֣ה אֲנָשִׁ֔ים נִצָּבִ֖ים	1	Alternate translation: “and noticed that there were three men standing” or “and was surprised to see three men standing”
1852	18:2	ceux			עָלָ֑י⁠ו	1	Translate this phrase in a way that fits with the fact that the men were far enough away from Abraham that he could run over to them (as he did in the next sentence). Alternate translation: “not too far away from him.”
1853	18:2	waan			וַ⁠יַּ֗רְא	1	Alternate translation: “When he saw them,”
1854	18:2	vco6			וַ⁠יָּ֤רָץ & מִ⁠פֶּ֣תַח הָ⁠אֹ֔הֶל	1	Alternate translation: “he got up from where he was and ran” or “he got up and ran to them”
1855	18:2	xsoq			לִ⁠קְרָאתָ⁠ם֙	1	Alternate translation: “to welcome them.”
1856	18:2	ayo5			וַ⁠יִּשְׁתַּ֖חוּ אָֽרְצָ⁠ה	1	Compare how you translated a phrase that has a similar meaning (“fell on his face”) in Gen 17:3, 17. Alternate translation: “Then he bowed low before them with his forehead to the ground to show respect,” or “Then he prostrated himself on the ground in front of them to show respect,”
1857	18:3	unrc			וַ⁠יֹּאמַ֑ר	1	Alternate translation: “and said to them,”
1858	18:3	i1yu		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-honorifics	אֲדֹנָ֗⁠י	1	Abraham uses **lords** here as a polite address to the three men. The Hebrew word “lord” can also be a reference to God, but notice that at this point Abraham probably thought he was talking to men or angels. It wasn’t until later that he realized that one of them was Yahweh (verse 14). Alternate translation: “My masters,” or “Gentlemen,”
1859	18:3	f44a			אִם נָ֨א מָצָ֤אתִי חֵן֙ בְּ⁠עֵינֶ֔י⁠ךָ	1	The pronoun **your** is singular here in the Hebrew text, and also in the next clause. It could be that Abraham is addressing each of the three men simultaneously, or that he is addressing their leader or spokesman. Alternate translation: “if you are satisfied with me,” or “if you would honor me with your presence,”
1860	18:3	qzez		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	אַל נָ֥א תַעֲבֹ֖ר מֵ⁠עַ֥ל עַבְדֶּֽ⁠ךָ	1	Abraham refers to himself as a servant here in order to show respect to his guests. Alternate translation: “please stay here for a while as my guests.”
1861	18:4	s8jr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	יֻקַּֽח נָ֣א מְעַט מַ֔יִם	1	Saying **a little** was a polite way of showing generosity. Make sure your translation does not sound here like Abraham was only offering the men a tiny bit of water; he or his servants were going to bring them enough water to wash their feet. Alternate translation: “Let my servants bring you some water,”
1862	18:4	ygvl		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular	וְ⁠רַחֲצ֖וּ רַגְלֵי⁠כֶ֑ם	1	People wore sandals and their feet would get dusty when they traveled. So it was customary to offer guests water to wash the dust off their feet. Consider whether or not it is better to begin a new sentence here in your language. Also, notice that the pronouns **you** and **your** are plural here in the Hebrew text. Alternate translation: “That way you all can wash the dust off your feet”
1863	18:4	pywd			וְ⁠הִֽשָּׁעֲנ֖וּ	1	Alternate translation: “and then relax here”
1864	18:5	dabs			וְ⁠אֶקְחָ֨ה	1	Alternate translation: “I will also get you” or “Let me also get you”
1865	18:5	w6hc			פַת	1	Saying **a morsel** was a polite way of showing generosity. Make sure your translation does not sound here like Abraham was only offering the men a tiny bit of bread; he was going to give them plenty of food to eat. Alternate translation: “a little bit of”
1866	18:5	qih5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	לֶ֜חֶם	1	Since bread was a common staple of their diet, it is often used in the Bible to refer to food in general. Alternate translation: “bread for you to eat.”
1867	18:5	e1nm		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	וְ⁠סַעֲד֤וּ לִבְּ⁠כֶם֙	1	Notice that the pronouns **you** and **your** are plural in this quote in the Hebrew text and refer to Abraham’s three guests. Alternate translation: “Then you can be refreshed”
1868	18:5	vde1			אַחַ֣ר תַּעֲבֹ֔רוּ	1	Alternate translation: “and then continue on your way,” or “before you continue traveling,”
1869	18:5	gvtq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	כִּֽי־עַל־כֵּ֥ן עֲבַרְתֶּ֖ם עַֽל עַבְדְּ⁠כֶ֑ם	1	For some languages it may be more natural to put this clause at the beginning of this verse and say, “Since you are here with me, let me also bring some food …” Do what is best in your language. Alternate translation: “now that you have come to me.” or “since you are here with me.”
1870	18:5	hxgd		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמְר֔וּ	1	Alternate translation: “So they said to him,” or “The men replied to him,”
1871	18:5	wdtf			כֵּ֥ן	2	The word used here in the Hebrew text shows agreement or acceptance. Do what is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Very well,” or “That is good”
1872	18:5	zxbs			תַּעֲשֶׂ֖ה כַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֥ר דִּבַּֽרְתָּ	1	Alternate translation: “do what you have suggested.”
1873	18:6	mws9			הָ⁠אֹ֖הֱלָ⁠ה אֶל שָׂרָ֑ה	1	Alternate translation: “to Sarah inside the tent”
1874	18:6	i8g7			וַ⁠יֹּ֗אמֶר	1	Alternate translation: “and said to her,”
1875	18:6	eknx			מַהֲרִ֞י	1	Alternate translation: “Quickly use” or “Quickly prepare”
1876	18:6	vfdt		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	שְׁלֹ֤שׁ סְאִים֙	1	It is not certain how much **three seahs** was, but it is thought that it was more than 20 quarts/liters. It was enough flour to make bread for many people, just as the calf (verse 7) provided enough meat for many people and showed generous hospitality. Besides Abraham’s guests, others in his household may have also joined in eating the feast. Alternate translation: “three large scoops”
1877	18:6	yzn0			קֶ֣מַח סֹ֔לֶת	1	Alternate translation: “of good quality flour.” or “of the best flour.”
1878	18:6	ygf6			ל֖וּשִׁי וַ⁠עֲשִׂ֥י עֻגֽוֹת	1	The Hebrew word for **loaves** here is often translated “cakes”, which probably refers to their flat, round shape (similar to biscuits). However, make sure your translation of this word does not sound like a dessert, because this bread was not sweet. Also, consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “Knead the dough and make it into loaves” or “and bake some loaves of flat bread.” or “and make some bread.”
1879	18:7	bsyq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns	וְ⁠אֶל־הַ⁠בָּקָ֖ר רָ֣ץ אַבְרָהָ֑ם	1	Alternate translation: “Then he hurriedly left the tent and went to his herd of cattle” or “Next he quickly went outside to his herd of cattle”
1880	18:7	hxpb			וַ⁠יִּקַּ֨ח	1	Alternate translation: “and picked out”
1881	18:7	z2ik			בֶּן בָּקָ֜ר רַ֤ךְ וָ⁠טוֹב֙	1	Alternate translation: “one of his best calves that would be tasty to eat.”
1882	18:7	jtgs			וַ⁠יִּתֵּ֣ן	1	The word **gave** means Abram brought the calf to his servant and put him in charge of preparing its meat for a meal. Make sure your translation does not sound like the calf was a gift. Alternate translation: “Then he took the calf” or “Then he turned it over”
1883	18:7	vnc1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	וַ⁠יְמַהֵ֖ר לַ⁠עֲשׂ֥וֹת אֹתֽ⁠וֹ	1	Make sure it is clear in your translation that this clause refers to the servant, not Abraham. Alternate translation: “and his servant quickly prepared it.” or “who quickly slaughtered it and roasted it.”
1884	18:8	pb0g		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	וַ⁠יִּקַּ֨ח	1	Make sure that your translation of this phrase refers to Abraham, not his servant. Alternate translation: “Then he got”
1885	18:8	meiu			חֶמְאָ֜ה	1	This term refers to churned, fermented milk that has curdled. Alternate translation: “some curds”
1886	18:8	dhgo			וְ⁠חָלָ֗ב	1	Alternate translation: “along with milk” or “as well as milk”
1887	18:8	iwky			וּ⁠בֶן הַ⁠בָּקָר֙	1	Alternate translation: “and the meat from the calf”
1888	18:8	c5ub			אֲשֶׁ֣ר עָשָׂ֔ה	1	Alternate translation: “that he had his servant prepare,” or “that the servant had cooked”
1889	18:8	tlvu		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	וַ⁠יִּתֵּ֖ן לִ⁠פְנֵי⁠הֶ֑ם	1	Since verse 2 was the last time the three men were mentioned, it may be clearer and more natural to make them explicit here. Do what is best in your language. Alternate translation: “and he served all of it to the three men to eat.” or “and he set it all before his three guests to eat.”
1890	18:8	oc6u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וַ⁠יֹּאכֵֽלוּ	1	As the host, Abraham stood nearby his guests in order to wait on them and make sure they had everything that they needed. Alternate translation: “and waited on them while they ate.”
1891	18:9	xl7m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	וַ⁠יֹּאמְר֣וּ אֵׄלָׄ֔יׄ⁠וׄ	1	The Hebrew text uses a plural pronoun here (**they**) to refer to one of the three men who spoke to Abraham on behalf of them all (See verse 10). Many languages can use **they** or “the men” in the same way. Make sure your translation of this quote margin does not sound like all three of the men spoke at the same time. Alternate translation: “Then one of the men asked him”
1892	18:9	frnv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	וַ⁠יֹּ֖אמֶר	1	Make sure it is clear in your translation that Abraham is the one speaking here. Alternate translation: “He answered him,”
1893	18:9	c5q0			הִנֵּ֥ה בָ⁠אֹֽהֶל	1	Alternate translation: “She is there inside the tent.”
1894	18:10	b369			וַ⁠יֹּ֗אמֶר	1	This phrase refers to the man in verse 9 who spoke on behalf of himself and the other two men. We find out in verse 13 that the man was actually Yahweh. However, at this point Abraham and Sarah probably did not yet know who he was, so it is better to not specify who he was here, in order to keep that suspense in your translation. Alternate translation: “Then that man”
1895	18:10	qpv8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	וַ⁠יֹּ֗אמֶר	1	Alternate translation: “said to him” or “spoke again to Abraham,”
1896	18:10	aib9			שׁ֣וֹב אָשׁ֤וּב	1	Alternate translation: “I will certainly come back”
1897	18:10	bdy4			אֵלֶ֨י⁠ךָ֙	1	Alternate translation: “to you here”
1898	18:10	s103		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	כָּ⁠עֵ֣ת חַיָּ֔ה	1	For some languages it may be more natural to move this time phrase to the beginning of this quote and say, “Next year at this time I will surely/definitely return …” Do what is best in your language. Alternate translation: “at this season next year,” or “next year at this time”
1899	18:10	usku			וְ⁠הִנֵּה	1	Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “and when I do,” or “At that time,”
1900	18:10	yh3k			בֵ֖ן לְ⁠שָׂרָ֣ה אִשְׁתֶּ֑⁠ךָ	1	This means that Sarah would have a son with her when Yahweh returns. It does not mean that she would give birth at that time. Alternate translation: “your wife Sarah will have a baby boy with her.” or “your wife Sarah will already have a baby son”
1901	18:10	kp1s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background	וְ⁠שָׂרָ֥ה שֹׁמַ֛עַת	1	This sentence gives information about something that was happening while the man was talking. Translate this in a way that makes that clear in your language. Alternate translation: “Now Sarah was eavesdropping” or “Sarah was eavesdropping”
1902	18:10	btll			פֶּ֥תַח הָ⁠אֹ֖הֶל	1	See how you translated “the entrance of the tent” in verse 1. Alternate translation: “inside the doorway of the tent,”
1903	18:10	vtqh			וְ⁠ה֥וּא אַחֲרָֽי⁠ו	1	Notice that the pronoun **it** refers to the entrance to the tent (where Sarah was). Alternate translation: “which was right behind”
1904	18:10	g6tq			אַחֲרָֽי⁠ו	1	The pronoun **him** is ambiguous here. It can refer to: (1) “the man” or (2) “Abraham”
1905	18:11	oz4x		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background	וְ⁠אַבְרָהָ֤ם וְ⁠שָׂרָה֙	1	This verse gives background information that is important to what happens next. Some languages use a conjunction such as **Now** here to introduce this kind of information, while other languages omit the conjunction, especially if **Now** is used to begin the last sentence in verse 10. Do what is best in your language. Alternate translation: “Abraham and she” or “Sarah and Abraham”
1906	18:11	rsbl			זְקֵנִ֔ים בָּאִ֖ים בַּ⁠יָּמִ֑ים	1	Alternate translation: “were already quite old” or “were very elderly”
1907	18:11	pdfh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism	חָדַל֙ לִ⁠הְי֣וֹת לְ⁠שָׂרָ֔ה אֹ֖רַח כַּ⁠נָּשִֽׁים	1	The Hebrew text has an idiom here that is a polite way of saying that Sarah had reached menopause and so was not able to have children. Other languages may have a similar idiom. Make sure your translation of this clause will not offend or embarrass people when it is read aloud in public. Alternate translation: “so that she was much older than the normal age for bearing children.” or “so that she was far past the time that she could bear children.”
1908	18:12	plyn			וַ⁠תִּצְחַ֥ק שָׂרָ֖ה בְּ⁠קִרְבָּ֣⁠הּ	1	See how you translated **laughed** in Gen 17:17 where Abraham also laughed to himself. Alternate translation: “So Sarah laughed to herself in disbelief”
1909	18:12	u386			לֵ⁠אמֹ֑ר	1	Alternate translation: “and thought to herself,” or “and asked herself,”
1910	18:12	nggz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	אַחֲרֵ֤י בְלֹתִ⁠י֙	1	Alternate translation: “Since my body is now worn out,” or “Now that I am too old to conceive,”
1911	18:12	rjek		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	הָֽיְתָה לִּ֣⁠י עֶדְנָ֔ה	1	Sarah uses a rhetorical question to express her strong emotion and disbelief. Consider whether or not it is best to use a rhetorical question here in your language. Alternate translation: “will I still have this pleasure?”
1912	18:12	he9b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	וַֽ⁠אדֹנִ֖⁠י זָקֵֽן	1	The phrase **my lord** is a title of respect that Sarah uses to refer to Abraham as her husband. Also, for some languages it may be better to change the order of some of the clauses in this verse and say, “I am too old to conceive and my husband is also very/too old! How can I possibly still have/experience the pleasure of having a child?” or “It doesn’t seem possible that I could have/experience the pleasure of having a child now that I am too old to conceive. Besides that, my husband is also very/too old!” Do what is best in your language. Alternate translation: “Besides that, my master is also too old!”
1913	18:13	xspz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	וַ⁠יֹּ֥אמֶר יְהוָ֖ה אֶל אַבְרָהָ֑ם	1	The way you translate this quote margin will depend on whether you translate the rest of this verse as a rhetorical question or a statement. Alternate translation: “Then Yahweh asked Abraham,”
1914	18:13	jhpl		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	לָ֣⁠מָּה זֶּה֩ צָחֲקָ֨ה שָׂרָ֜ה לֵ⁠אמֹ֗ר	1	Yahweh uses rhetorical question in verses 13-14 to confront Sarah’s disbelief and to emphasize that nothing is too difficult for God to do. Consider whether or not it is best to use rhetorical questions here in your language. Alternate translation: “Why did Sarah laugh to herself and say” or “Sarah should not have laughed and thought to herself,” or “Sarah should not have laughed, thinking,”
1915	18:13	jigk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	הַ⁠אַ֥ף אֻמְנָ֛ם אֵלֵ֖ד וַ⁠אֲנִ֥י זָקַֽנְתִּי	1	Consider whether it is more natural in your language to make this embedded quote a direct or indirect quote. Make sure that your translation of **I** refers here to Sarah, not Yahweh. Alternate translation: “I am too old to bear a child!”
1916	18:14	i07c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	הֲ⁠יִפָּלֵ֥א מֵ⁠יְהוָ֖ה דָּבָ֑ר	1	Alternate translation: “Is there anything that is too hard for Yahweh to do?” or “Nothing is too hard for Yahweh to do!”
1917	18:14	qtll			לַ⁠מּוֹעֵ֞ד	1	Alternate translation: “At the time that I have decided,”
1918	18:14	a096			אָשׁ֥וּב אֵלֶ֛י⁠ךָ	1	Consider how you translated this in verse 10. Alternate translation: “I will come back here to visit you”
1919	18:14	vgyv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	כָּ⁠עֵ֥ת חַיָּ֖ה	1	See how you translated this idiom in verse 10. Also, for some languages it may be better to put this phrase right after the first time phrase in this verse and say, “At the time that I have decided, which will be this time next year, I will return here to visit you,” Do what is best in your language. Alternate translation: “Yes, I will return at this time next year,” or “—it will be at this time next year—”
1920	18:14	i8zs			וּ⁠לְ⁠שָׂרָ֥ה בֵֽן	1	See how you translated a similar clause in verse 10. Alternate translation: “and Sarah will have a baby son with her.” or “and Sarah will already have a baby boy.”
1921	18:15	za8c			וַ⁠תְּכַחֵ֨שׁ שָׂרָ֧ה	1	The Hebrew verb here includes the meaning of lying or deceiving. Alternate translation: “But Sarah lied to him”
1922	18:15	e03j			לֵ⁠אמֹ֛ר	1	Notice that the verbs **denied** and **saying** refer to the same event, not two separate events. Make sure that is clear in your translation.
1923	18:15	d6be		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations	לֹ֥א צָחַ֖קְתִּי כִּ֣י יָרֵ֑אָה	1	Consider whether it is best in your language to translate this quote as a direct or indirect quote. Also, for some languages it may be clearer or more natural to change the order of the clauses in this sentence and say, “When Sarah heard that, she was afraid, so she lied to him and said, “I did not laugh.” ” Do what is best in your language. Alternate translation: “that she did not laugh. She said that, because she was afraid.”
1924	18:15	sjaq			וַ⁠יֹּ֥אמֶר	1	Alternate translation: “But he replied to her,”
1925	18:15	rwv6			לֹ֖א כִּ֥י צָחָֽקְתְּ	1	Consider whether Yahweh’s reply to Sarah here should begin with **No** or “Yes” in your language. Alternate translation: “Yes, you did laugh.”
1926	18:16	c73z			וַ⁠יָּקֻ֤מוּ מִ⁠שָּׁם֙ הָֽ⁠אֲנָשִׁ֔ים	1	Alternate translation: “After they had finished eating, the three men got up to leave”
1927	18:16	gktx			וַ⁠יַּשְׁקִ֖פוּ עַל פְּנֵ֣י סְדֹ֑ם	1	This phrase reflects the fact that the city of Sodom was lower in elevation than the city of Hebron, where Abraham was living. Alternate translation: “and started heading down toward the city of Sodom.”
1928	18:16	hm8x			וְ⁠אַ֨בְרָהָ֔ם הֹלֵ֥ךְ עִמָּ֖⁠ם	1	Alternate translation: “Abraham walked with them for a while” or “Abraham accompanied them for a while”
1929	18:16	f1fq			לְ⁠שַׁלְּחָֽ⁠ם	1	Alternate translation: “as they were leaving.”
1930	18:17	jgid		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	וַֽ⁠יהֹוָ֖ה אָמָ֑ר	1	The context implies that Yahweh said this to himself, without Abraham hearing him. See how you translated a similar phrase in Gen 11:6. Alternate translation: “Then Yahweh said to himself,”
1931	18:17	h1l5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	הַֽ⁠מְכַסֶּ֤ה אֲנִי֙ מֵֽ⁠אַבְרָהָ֔ם	1	Alternate translation: “I will not conceal from Abraham” or “I will tell Abraham”
1932	18:17	gyoq			אֲשֶׁ֖ר אֲנִ֥י עֹשֶֽׂה	1	Whether you end this sentence with a question mark or a period will depend on how you choose to translate this rhetorical question. Alternate translation: “what I am going to do to the city of Sodom”
1933	18:18	aib0			וְ⁠אַ֨בְרָהָ֔ם הָי֧וֹ יִֽהְיֶ֛ה	1	Some translations begin a new sentence here. Other translations continue the rhetorical question (or statement) in verse 17 to the end of verse 18 and say, “since Abraham/he will …” or “seeing that Abraham/he will …” Do what is best in your language. Alternate translation: “he will surely be the ancestor of” or “After all, Abraham and his descendants will surely multiply and become”
1934	18:18	k83p			לְ⁠ג֥וֹי גָּד֖וֹל וְ⁠עָצ֑וּם	1	See how you translated “great nation” in Gen 12:2. Alternate translation: “a great and powerful ethnic group,”
1935	18:18	ox5n		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ב֔⁠וֹ	1	This phrase refers to Abraham and his descendants, including ultimately the Messiah. See the note about this at Gen 12:3. Alternate translation: “and through him” or “and because of him” or “and by means of him”
1936	18:18	vsqn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	וְ⁠נִ֨בְרְכוּ & כֹּ֖ל גּוֹיֵ֥י הָ⁠אָֽרֶץ	1	See how you translated a similar clause in Gen 12:3. Alternate translation: “all the ethnic groups in the world will be blessed by me.” or “I will bless all the ethnic groups in the world.”
1937	18:19	bba7			כִּ֣י	1	Alternate translation: “Indeed”
1938	18:19	fa4n		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	יְדַעְתִּ֗י⁠ו	1	Consider whether or not your language has an idiom that fits well here. Alternate translation: “I have chosen Abraham”
1939	18:19	ghcz			לְמַעַן֩ אֲשֶׁ֨ר יְצַוֶּ֜ה אֶת בָּנָ֤י⁠ו	1	Alternate translation: “so that he will guide his children”
1940	18:19	tkzz			וְ⁠אֶת בֵּית⁠וֹ֙ אַחֲרָ֔י⁠ו	1	Alternate translation: “grandchildren, and other descendants who will live after him,”
1941	18:19	w7fg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	וְ⁠שָֽׁמְרוּ֙ דֶּ֣רֶךְ יְהוָ֔ה	1	Make sure it is clear in your translation that Yahweh is speaking about himself here.
1942	18:19	l0t4			לַ⁠עֲשׂ֥וֹת צְדָקָ֖ה וּ⁠מִשְׁפָּ֑ט	1	Alternate translation: “and do what is right and just in my eyes” or “and do what is right including treat people justly”
1943	18:19	sxv0			לְמַ֗עַן	1	For some languages i

The file is too large to be shown. View Raw